Streamlined Solopreneur: Tips to Help Solopreneurs Automate Their Business on Steno.fm

Streamlined Solopreneur: Tips to Help Solopreneurs Automate Their Business

You didn’t start your business to work 24/7—you started it for freedom. But between endless tasks, client work, and content creation, it feels like you’re drowning. Streamlined Solopreneur helps you save time, simplify your systems, and automate your business so you can finally step back and focus on what truly matters—whether that’s growing your income, spending more time with your family, or just watching a movie in the middle of the day. Join me, Joe Casabona, as I share actionable strategies, automation tips, and gear recommendations to reduce friction and help you build a spacious business that gives...

S2 E471 · Mon, April 14, 2025
Tools To Make Video Production Easier
Remember when late-night hosts went remote during the pandemic and somehow looked worse than your average Zoom call? Even with massive budgets, their setups were rough. Meanwhile, I’ve managed to build a solo video production workflow that looks better than theirs — with no crew. In this episode, I walk through the tools and tech I use to replicate a full video studio by myself. I share how I record faster, cut editing time in half, and publish polished content — whether it’s courses, YouTube videos, or shorts — all without burning out. If video production has ever felt overwhelming to you, this is your permission to simplify. Top Takeaways You don’t need a crew — you need a system. With the right tools and prep, you can create professional-looking videos solo, without wasting hours on editing or setup. Ecamm Live is the command center. It handles everything — multiple cameras, screen sharing, overlays, and real-time scene switching — all mapped to buttons on my Stream Deck. Gling.ai cuts editing time by 80%. It automatically removes filler words, silences, and bad takes using transcript-based editing. It’s a total game-changer for long-form content. Tella is perfect for shorts and quick demos. It’s like what Loom should have been. I use it for social media clips, explainer videos, and coaching follow-ups Show Notes Luria’s Episode Ecamm Live (use code CASABONA for 15% off) Tella Gling.ai How I’ve Configured my Stream Deck ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E470 · Mon, April 07, 2025
Less Friction, More Authority: How to Show Up Confidently on Camera with Luria Petrucci
Video is becoming an essential tool for solopreneurs, and having good camera presence can help you build trust and authority faster. But showing up well on video isn’t just about buying the right camera—it’s about understanding energy, framing, lighting, and how to create an engaging presence. I sat down with Luria Petrucci , a longtime video expert, to break down what solopreneurs need to know about looking and feeling confident on camera—without overcomplicating it. Plus, we dig into the psychology of video—how your background, body language, and even the way you use a teleprompter can make a huge difference in how your audience perceives you. If video has felt like a heavy lift, this episode will help you simplify the process and get started with a system that works for you. I want to hear from you! Send your feedback to https://streamlinedfeedback.com . Top Takeaways The camera steals energy – You need to bring 2-3x more energy than you think to avoid looking flat on screen. Good audio is more important than good video – Viewers will tolerate lower-quality visuals, but bad audio will make them tune out immediately. Perfection is a procrastination tool – Many solopreneurs overthink the tech instead of just hitting record and improving over time. Show Notes Luria’s Gear Checklist Luria's Lighting Guide Joe’s gear recommendations Bold Video Bundle Teleprompter Mastery Check out my other shows at https://network.streamlined.fm ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E469 · Mon, March 31, 2025
Do You Have an AI Swipe File?
I’ve been on a mission to help solopreneurs cut through friction—especially when it comes to using AI. And one major pain point? Staring at a blinking cursor, not knowing what to ask ChatGPT. If you’ve ever wasted time retyping prompts, getting inconsistent results, or forgetting what worked last time, this one’s for you. I finally built an AI swipe file—a collection of reusable prompts, templates, and context that lets me get better, faster results from tools like ChatGPT and Google Gemini. In this episode, I break down how I’m using AI right now, what’s in my swipe file, how it saves me time, and which tools I use to manage everything. I also shared some prompts from listeners about how projects in ChatGPT are starting to replace parts of my swipe file. If you’ve been meaning to get more consistent with your AI usage—or want to avoid typing the same prompt for the 100th time—this is your sign to start a swipe file. Top Takeaways A swipe file isn’t just for copywriters—it’s a game-changer for AI. Think of it as SOPs for your AI tools: reusable prompts, saved context, and examples that give you consistent results without starting from scratch. ChatGPT Projects are starting to replace some of my swipe file needs by storing persistent context and instructions—great for repeatable tasks like show descriptions and editing guidance. AI is here to assist, not replace. Let it handle the scaffolding so you can focus on adding your personality and expertise on top. Want my actual swipe file? You’ll find it in my free automation database: streamlined.fm/join Show Notes TextExpander Streamlined Feedback Notion Obsidian Bear Notes Simplenote Raycast ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E468 · Mon, March 24, 2025
Why Solopreneurs Need to Embrace AI (the right way) with Damien Schreurs
AI isn’t just a passing trend—it’s a game-changer for solopreneurs looking to streamline and automate their businesses. Or is it? I’ve always been AI hesitant, but I’ve also been using it a lot more. So today's guest, Damien Schreurs, and I discuss how AI is shifting from simple task automation to handling cognitive work, why people struggle to accept it, and how solopreneurs can embrace AI without losing their unique touch. We also get really in the weeds with AI-powered workflows that save time, reduce manual work, and help you focus on what matters most in your business. I want to hear from you! Send your feedback to https://streamlinedfeedback.com . For all of the links mentioned in this episode, go to https://streamlined.fm/468 Top Takeaways AI is the next big automation revolution. Just like electricity or the internet, AI is here to stay, and solopreneurs who adapt early will benefit the most. AI isn’t a robot—it’s an automation tool for thinking tasks. AI models don’t create original ideas, but they can analyze, summarize, and assist in decision-making. The best automation still needs human judgment. AI can process data, but it takes human experience to make strategic decisions and apply insights effectively. Show Notes Macpreneur Podcast & Website Joe Casabona on Macpreneur Should we use AI to write for us? The Coming Wave by Mustafa Suleyman & Michael Bhaskar AlphaGo Documentary AI Marketing Institute MindStudio Make.com Zapier Claude AI ChatGPT Check out my other shows at https://network.streamlined.fm Disclosure: ChatGPT generated most of this description from the episode’s transcript ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E467 · Wed, March 19, 2025
Unveiling my new Personal Brand with Hollie Arnett
What started as a rebrand for Podcast Workflows turned into a full re-evaluation of my entire business. After conversations with my mastermind group and some deep reflection, I realized I wasn’t just serving podcasters—I was helping solopreneurs create space in their businesses through automation, systems, and smart workflows. Holly guided me through a brand strategy process that helped me clarify my audience, messaging, and positioning, leading to a full personal rebrand. For all of the links mentioned in this episode, go to https://streamlined.fm/467 Top Takeaways Niching down feels scary, but it makes it easier for the right people to find and hire you. Clarity in branding makes decision-making easier, from product offerings to content creation. A good brand should reflect your personality and values—mine even incorporates my love for baseball and spaciousness. Show Notes Niching down feels scary, but it makes it easier for the right people to find and hire you. Clarity in branding makes decision-making easier, from product offerings to content creation. A good brand should reflect your personality and values—mine even incorporates my love for baseball and spaciousness. ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E466 · Mon, March 17, 2025
Why Solopreneurs Need a Strong Personal Brand with Hollie Arnett
Most solopreneurs already have a brand, whether they realize it or not—it's the perception people form about them based on their content, messaging, and presence. But without intentional branding, that perception is left to chance. Holly Arnett breaks down the difference between a personal brand and a business brand, the importance of branding beyond just logos and colors, and how a strong brand makes it easier to market yourself, attract the right clients, and streamline decision-making. Got something to say? Write in at https://streamlinedfeedback.com For all of the links mentioned in this episode, go to https://streamlined.fm/466 Top Takeaways A brand is not just colors and logos—it’s the perception people have of you. Branding is the process of shaping and controlling that perception intentionally. A strong personal brand makes you more recommendable—people should easily be able to describe what you do and who you help. Show Notes Hollie Arnett Makers and Moxie ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E465 · Mon, March 10, 2025
Shortcuts That Make Life Easier for Me
I HATE feeling friction with tech that’s supposed to make my life easier. And I love my iPhone, but I feel the friction sometimes. Apple Shortcuts can help solopreneurs automate repetitive tasks and reduce that friction. Today I break down some of my favorite shortcuts to show you how I make my life easier and help you come up with ideas. Whether it’s streamlining content creation, organizing tasks, or even just cleaning up screenshots, the right shortcuts can save time and reduce friction. The key takeaway? Look for areas where you repeatedly perform the same actions and build shortcuts to handle them. If you’re constantly adding things to reminders, capturing notes, or planning travel, there’s likely a way to make it easier. For all of the links mentioned in this episode, go to https://streamlined.fm/465 Top Takeaways Apple Shortcuts can automate daily tasks, from capturing notes and managing to-dos to preparing for trips and cleaning up your phone’s clutter. The best shortcuts remove friction—if a task feels tedious, it’s a good candidate for automation. Experimenting with Shortcuts can help you find simple ways to optimize your work and personal life. Want to download my favorite Shortcuts (and 40 other automation templates)? Get them here: https://streamlined.fm/automate Show Notes An Introduction to Apple Shortcuts with Stephen Robles Organizing Your Digital Life with Mike Schmitz MacStories & Apple Frames by Federico Viticci Actions for Obsidian Whisper Memos Nautomate for Notion Users Shortcuts The Make Life Easier for Me ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E464 · Mon, March 03, 2025
How I Built My Own CRM Using Notion and Automation
I hate CRMs. I know I need one—I’m doing more coaching, getting more inbound leads, and ranking in the top three organic search results for podcast coaches on Google. But no matter how many times I’ve tried HubSpot, Zoho, or whatever the flavor of the week is, they’ve never fit into my workflow. So I did a totally normal, not weird thing: I built my own CRM. In this episode, I walk through the simple system I set up using Notion, Todoist, Make.com , and my website. I’ll share why I built it this way, how it automates lead tracking and follow-ups, and why reducing friction is the key to sticking with any system. Plus, I’ll show you how you can apply this same approach to streamline your own processes—without forcing yourself into tools that don’t work for you. For all of the links mentioned in this episode, go to https://streamlined.fm/464 Top Takeaways The best CRM (or any tool) is the one you’ll actually use—start simple and build on tools you already know. If you struggle with sticking to a system, it’s likely because it doesn’t fit your natural workflow. Adapt the system, not yourself. Don’t limit yourself because of past experience. There is lots of flexibility in the apps we use today, and you can take advantage of that. Show Notes Screenshots I posted on LinkedIn Automations Database Notion Todoist Make.com Gravity Forms Want to see the automations I use? Get access to my 40+ Automations Database at streamlined.fm/automation . Send feedback to https://streamlinedfeedback.com Feeling stuck? Check out my unstuck sessions at https://casabona.org/unstuck ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E463 · Wed, February 26, 2025
Growing a YouTube Channel in a Crowded Field with Stephen Robles
Stephen Robles is not only a Shortcuts and automation expert—he’s also built a successful YouTube channel covering Apple products, smart home tech, and (of course) Shortcuts. But he didn’t just start making random videos. He figured out how to create content that people actually want to watch. In this episode, Stephen breaks down his YouTube strategy: how he finds content ideas, how he packages videos for success, and why your title and thumbnail might be killing your views . If you’re a creator trying to grow on YouTube, this episode is packed with insights. For all of the links mentioned in this episode, go to https://streamlined.fm/463 Top Takeaways Your packaging (title & thumbnail) is everything. If no one clicks, no one watches—so spend time making them compelling. Experiment with content angles. Stephen didn’t review the iPhone 15—he focused just on USB-C, which made his video stand out. Consistency matters, but smart workflows matter more. He records multiple camera angles at once, uses AI to edit, and batches content to maximize efficiency. Show Notes Stephen’s YouTube Channel (Shortcuts Playlist) Stephen’s Shortcuts Community Apple Shortcuts App Pushcut (for running Shortcuts automatically) Toolbox Pro (adds more actions to Shortcuts) Actions (another Shortcuts-enhancing app) Lutron Smart Switches Meross Homebridge (for adding non-HomeKit devices to Apple Home) Matt Cassinelli (Shortcuts Expert) Federico Viticci & MacStories (Apple & Automation) Gling.ai (AI-powered video editing tool) Transcriptionist (AI transcription app for Mac & iOS) ChatGPT API (for automating title ideas, OCR, and more) CleanShot X (for high-quality screen recordings on Mac) Ecamm Live iZotope RX10 (audio cleanup & enhancement tool) DJI Osmo Pocket 3 (compact gimbal camera for video sho
S2 E462 · Mon, February 24, 2025
An Introduction to Apple’s Shortcuts with Stephen Robles
I’ve been talking a lot about automation this year, and one tool that keeps coming up is Apple’s Shortcuts app. So I brought in Stephen Robles , a YouTuber and podcaster who’s been using Shortcuts since it was called Workflows before Apple bought it. We get into what Shortcuts actually does, and how you can use it to automate repetitive tasks, eliminate friction, and make your iPhone way more useful. Stephen also shares some incredible automation ideas, from formatting podcast show notes to controlling smart home devices. If you’ve ever thought, I wish my phone just did this for me, there’s a good chance Shortcuts can make that happen. For all of the links mentioned in this episode, go to https://streamlined.fm/462 Top Takeaways Shortcuts can automate almost anything. Whether it’s formatting text, logging data, or running workflows with a tap, it’s a game-changer. The Action Button takes it further. You can assign multiple shortcuts to one button press, making it even more versatile. Home automation can be super smart. Stephen shares how his smart shades close when he turns on the bathroom fan and how his patio fans activate when it gets hot. Show Notes Stephen’s YouTube Channel (Shortcuts Playlist) Stephen’s Shortcuts Community Apple Shortcuts App Pushcut (for running Shortcuts automatically) Toolbox Pro (adds more actions to Shortcuts) Actions (another Shortcuts-enhancing app) Lutron Smart Switches Send Feedback: https://streamlinedfeedback.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E461 · Wed, February 19, 2025
Being a Solopreneur Mom vs. a Solopreneur Dad with Leah Remillet
Leah and I might be in different stages of parenting, but we have very similar situations — 3 kids, running a business, spouse who also works. So in part 2 of our interview, we jump into the societal expectations of moms and dads, discussing the stark differences in how each is perceived. Leah shares how she navigated running a business while being a hands-on mom and the challenges of unspoken gender roles in parenting. We also discuss our own anxiety with bringing kids up today vs. when we were kids — and how we’re trying to fix it. Top Takeaways Moms Face More Pressure to “Do It All” – The expectation is still that moms handle home responsibilities, even when they work full-time. Balance Looks Different at Different Stages – Leah’s balance shifted as her kids grew older, and Joe’s approach has to be different with younger kids. Perfection is the Enemy of Good Parenting – It’s okay to not have Pinterest-perfect parties or homemade treats. Focus on being present instead. Show Notes Listen to Part 1 Leah Remillet Balancing Busy Podcast My 2025 Yearly Theme The Brick Device The Anxious Generation Why Over-Parenting Is Creating Anxiety—and What to Do Instead with Dr. Camillo Ortiz Send feedback at https://streamlinedfeedback.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E460 · Mon, February 17, 2025
Does Work-Life Balance Exist? With Leah Remillet
Work-Life Balance is a myth! Or is it? In today’s conversation with Leah Remillet, we talk all about our goal as solopreneur parents to have everything – as in “AND,” not “OR.” Leah emphasizes that balance isn’t about equal time for everything but about feeling good in YOUR core areas of life. She explains her framework for achieving work-life balance through priorities, presence, and purpose and offers practical strategies like setting boundaries, system stacking, and discipline to maintain balance. Top Takeaways Set Boundaries with Your Work – Create office hours, shut down your computer, or build whatever boundaries you need to to make that mental shift. Perfection is a Myth – Instead of focusing on what’s going wrong, focus on the “bright spots” where things go well and build from there. System Stacking is Key – Small, intentional habits (like meal prepping, scheduling breaks, and using alarms) create long-term balance. Show Notes Leah Remillet Balancing Busy Podcast My 2025 Yearly Theme The Brick Device The Anxious Generation Why Over-Parenting Is Creating Anxiety—and What to Do Instead with Dr. Camillo Ortiz Send feedback at https://streamlinedfeedback.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E459 · Wed, February 12, 2025
I rearranged my office! [Joe's Audio Notes]
This weekend, I completely rearranged my office—and I couldn’t be happier with the results. What started as frustration with my camera framing turned into a full workspace transformation. In this episode, I break down: - Why I moved my desk and how it improved my video setup - The changes I made to declutter and improve cable management - The unexpected number of extra USB cables and extension cords I found (seriously, where did they all come from?) - Why I finally got rid of my massive softbox lights - My ongoing whiteboard dilemma and plans for even more optimization Timelapse of my Office Rearrangement https://youtu.be/H8Ar19kSBjE Got questions or office setup tips? Let me know! ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E458 · Mon, February 10, 2025
Automation 101 for Busy Solopreneurs
Automation can feel overwhelming, but it all boils down to four simple components: triggers, actions, conditions, and timing. Once you understand these, you can start automating repetitive tasks, saving yourself hours of work and mental energy. In this episode, I break down these components with real-world examples, like home automation and business workflows, and share how you can use them to create seamless systems for your solopreneur business. Then, I’ll tell you how you can start thinking about your tasks in terms of these components. Top Takeaways Triggers are the events that kick off an automation, like a form submission or a specific time of day. Identifying what starts a process is the first step in building an efficient system. Actions are the tasks your automation performs after the trigger, whether it’s sending an email, updating a database, or turning off your smart lights. Start identifying daily tasks that could benefit from automation. Map out the trigger, action, condition, and timing to see how you can streamline your workflow. Show Notes Slides from My Podfest Talk Automations Template Database Send Feedback ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E457 · Mon, February 03, 2025
2025 Starts Now for me — here’s why
January was chaotic for me, with family time over the holidays, snow days, travel for Podfest, and a house full of sick people. Despite all that, my business kept running smoothly thanks to the systems and processes I’ve built over the years. Instead of stressing over a “lost” month, I decided to start 2025 in February, reframing my timeline and giving myself permission to adapt. This experience reinforced the importance of creating margin—not just in your weekly schedule but as a core part of your business—to handle unexpected disruptions while still moving forward. Top Takeaways My systems and processes provided me was more margin than I thought. Despite not working for half of December and a lot of January, I was still able to continue producing my podcast, posting here, generating leads, and sending out proposals. The calendar year is arbitrary. The things I wanted to do that I didn't do in January can easily move into February. And I already know my systems can support those changes. Building margin into your business isn’t just about avoiding burnout—it’s about ensuring you have the space to adapt and thrive, even during busy or unpredictable times. Show Notes Read the LinkedIn post Leave feedback at StreamlinedFeedback.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E456 · Mon, January 27, 2025
Automation and Delegation are Worth It
“How do I know if investing in automation is worth it?” This was a question someone asked me after my talk at Podfest. And it’s a fair question. We don’t want to waste time and money on something that won’t pay off. So in today’s episode, I tell you exactly how to know if automation and delegation are worth the investment. Top Takeaways Understand Opportunity Cost : Opportunity cost is the value of what you give up when choosing one activity over another. For solopreneurs, this often means the lost income or time that could be spent on billable work. Automation Rule of Thumb : Automate repetitive tasks you’ve done at least three times and that require consistent inputs and outputs. But do the task manually first to ensure automation makes sense. Take Small Risks for Big Gains : Test delegation by hiring a VA or outsourcing small tasks. Even $50/week can help you reclaim time to avoid burnout or spend with family. Show Notes Why You’re Losing Money when You Mow the Lawn Send feedback to StreamlinedFeedback.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E455 · Mon, January 20, 2025
Using AI: Disclose It or Don’t Use It
This one might ruffle some feathers, but I’m OK with that. I think we NEED to disclose the usage of AI in creative work more. It’s less about signaling that you cheated in some way — on the contrary, I don’t think using AI is de-facto cheating. It’s about honesty, integrity, and transparency. So my policy is simple: if you use AI to write, record, or produce something, it should be disclosed in the same way affiliate links or paid promotion has to be disclosed . And today, I explore why I feel so strongly about that. Top Takeaways Establish Clear Guidelines for AI Disclosure: I tell my readers how and when I use AI. If it contributes more than 5% of an article’s total word count, I write it at the bottom of the piece. AI Produces Mediocrity: As Jason Snell said**,** AI tends to average out content, making most of it mediocre at best. If you want to stand out, you can’t just rely on AI. Human Connection is Irreplaceable: In a world where AI threatens to erode personal connection, it’s up to us to keep our content human. Show Notes My AI Manifesto: We Must Disclose the Use of AI My AI Disclosures Page Send Feedback ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E454 · Mon, January 13, 2025
How to Create Content Your Audience Actually Wants
Halfway through writing nearly 24 articles for my Podcast Advent project, I started to wonder if I was wasting my time. Is this worth it? Am I writing what people actually want to read? You’ve probably fallen into the same trap: spending hours creating content, unsure if it’s resonating with anyone. It’s frustrating, exhausting, and can feel like shouting into the void. But it doesn’t have to be this way. Today, we’re exploring a few things you can try to come up with content that resonates with your audience — plus I’ll tell you about my GAPS framework for content in 2025. Top Takeaways Let data lead the way : Your analytics are a treasure trove of insights. Tools like Google Analytics and Search Console can show you what content performs well so you can double down on those topics. Ask your audience : Your audience is your best resource. Invite questions through email, social media, or a dedicated feedback link, and turn their questions into valuable content. Experiment, but evaluate : Testing new ideas is important, but don’t forget to review the results. If something doesn’t work after a few tries, let it go. Disclosure: ChatGPT has contributed more than 10% to the description and takeaways for this text, fully using the episode’s transcript. Links Leave Feedback at https://streamlinedfeedback.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E453 · Mon, January 06, 2025
2025 Yearly Theme: The Year of Being Present
It's time for 2025's yearly theme. While The Year of Control didn't go as planned, I'm excited to have a much better plan in place for this year's theme, The Year of Being Present. Want even more podcast content, giving you a behind the scenes look at being a busy, solopreneur parent? Sign up for my free, private podcast at casabona.org/notes Show Notes My 2025 Yearly Theme Joe's Audio Notes Why We Need to Disclose AI Usage The Brick Focus App Send your feedback at streamlinedfeedback.com (00:00) - Intro (00:50) - Housekeeping (02:27) - Grading The Year of Control (13:31) - The Year of Being Present (24:13) - Helpful Tools (31:25) - Wrapping Up ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E452 · Fri, December 20, 2024
Generosity and the Future: My Favorite Christmas Story
I knew from a young age, I wanted to play the drums. I got my first small kit when I was five and when my friends and I started a "band," heavy quotes, I played paint buckets. When I was 15 years old, I knew I needed a real kit. This is the story of how I got it, and how one man's incredible kindness had a profound effect on me. Show Notes Read the Story at Casabona.org Rate: Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Podchaser Get Unstuck in 2025 ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E447 · Mon, December 16, 2024
My Biggest Failure, and Success, of 2024
2024 has been a transformative year for me. I learned a ton about myself and my business, and for the first time in a while I feel like I’m not flailing. I’ll have the clearest plan I’ve had in a long time in 2025 — one that’s reinforced by conversations I’ve had, not just hunches. So for the last episode of the year, I wanted to do a quick year in review where I talk about my biggest success, my biggest failure, and the lessons I learn. Plus, some feedback from last week’s episode on using AI. My Biggest Success This was definitely ranking #1 in Google for “Podcast Coach”. It shows that my work to grow this area of my business is working out! Biggest Failure My Be everywhere strategy. I made a big deal about it and abandoned after 4 months, since it was very clearly not working. It was basically all downsides. It also resulted in two other outcomes: Going to stop publishing on Medium in 2025 Shutting down my membership Lessons Know your niche. I thought I knew mine but it got a lot clearer the back half of the year, and I saw a positive impact because of it. Don’t discount SEO/Google, and even ChatGPT, which is being used for search more. As social media is fracturing further, Focus on one thing at a time. My Be Everywhere strategy left me trying to do too many things at once, and none of the succeeded. Links PodMatch Maker and Moxie Podcast Advent My Experiment with Substack and Being “Everywhere” My Be Everywhere Strategy was an Incredible Failure How to be a Scrappy Researcher (to Actually Sell Products) with Becky Pierson Davidson I’m Shutting Down my Podcast Membership We Need AI Disclosures Matt Medeiros The Podcast Setup Mike (Bagel) Barugel (00:00) - Intro (01:32) - My Biggest Success (06:01) - My Biggest Failure (09:34) - Social Media is Fracturing (11:30) - 3 Lessons from 2024 (16:25) - Feedback on Using AI ★ Support
S2 E446 · Mon, December 09, 2024
It’s Been 2 Years Since ChatGPT Came Out. How do Solopreneurs Use It?
It’s been two years since ChatGPT went mainstream, and AI has completely transformed how we work. While I maintain some hesitancy and skepticism in using AI, it has made it’s way into my daily life for certain tasks. While I’ll tell you all about that, I also talk about why the human touch will always matter, no matter how advanced these tools get. So strap in (yes, I wrote these words without any intervention from AI) for a look into how I’ve been using AI as a solopreneur. And don’t worry — I’ve mostly edited out the rambling rants. Top Takeaways AI tools like ChatGPT have improved significantly, especially with features like custom GPTs and web-connected capabilities, but there’s room for growth in personalization. AI has become an essential tool in my workflows, particularly for providing fresh perspectives during ideation and research, and “rubber ducking.” As we move forward, it’s important to balance efficiency with authenticity, using AI for support while ensuring it doesn’t replace meaningful human interactions and creativity. Links Apple's Definition of a Photo The Coming Wave I'm on Bluesky Send your feedback (00:00) - Intro (01:52) - I'm AI Hesitant (05:49) - How I'm Using AI (09:41) - ChatGPT is Replacing Google (12:48) - My Thoughts on Apple Intelligence (13:58) - What is a Photo? (18:53) - Feedback — How You're Using AI! (22:31) - The Future of AI (25:41) - Wrapping Up ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E445 · Mon, December 02, 2024
How to Build Authority as a Solopreneur with Jessica Lackey
“Build your authority” feels like advice that’s often given without a solution attached. And it’s SO important to solopreneurs, especially since social media is no longer the best place to build a proper audience. That’s why I sat down with Jessica Lackey, a business and operations strategist who’s all about helping solopreneurs like us build real authority. We talked all about what you actually need to do to build authority – from understanding who you’re talking to, to the medium you use to get your message out. Top Takeaways Develop a Clear Premise, Process, and Body of Work: Building authority begins with a well-defined message and positioning (your premise), a unique approach to your work (your process), and a public body of work that showcases your thinking and differentiates you from others. Focus on Patterns and Behaviors Over Demographics: When identifying your niche or audience, prioritize the patterns, behaviors, and values of those you serve best, rather than just their demographic details. This leads to more meaningful connections and effective authority building. Create a Cohesive Body of Work Outside of Feed-Based Platforms: Relying solely on social media can be limiting due to its ephemeral nature. Building authority is more effective on platforms you own—like blogs, newsletters, or podcasts—where your content forms a cohesive and accessible body of work. Finally, pick the medium you’re most comfortable with – or as Jessica puts it – pick the method for authority building that you’ll actually use. Show Notes Jessica Lackey ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 Enull · Sat, November 30, 2024
Some Apps and Services I'm Grateful for
In this bonus episode, I share a gratitude-inspired look at the tools and habits that have shaped my year, including my favorite apps, services, and hardware. From time-saving actions to game-changing tech, this episode offers a sneak peek into my “favorites of the year” and how they’ve helped me reclaim time and focus. Links Obsidian Blank Spaces App The Brick I'm on Bluesky Audible ChatGPT Kindle Colorsoft My iPhone Home Screen ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E444 · Mon, November 25, 2024
Work-Life Balance Reframed: Be Kind to Yourself with Lindsey Carnick
Have you ever been playing with your kids or trying to relax, but your mind keeps drifting back to work? Trust me, you’re not alone! It can feel frustrating – and it can feel like you’re failing to achieve “work/life balance.” That’s why I brought on Lindsey Carnick, a licensed clinical social worker and owner of Onward Psychological Services. We get into how our minds work, the importance of aligning with our personal values, and practical strategies to stop overthinking – BUT ALSO why there’s no shame in those random work thoughts. If you’re done feeling shame for work thoughts hijacking your free time, and want to learn how to be more in control of your reaction to them, this is a perfect episode for you. Something that puts my mind at ease with work is knowing things are still chugging along, even when I’m sleeping, thanks to my automations. Want a head start? Download my free automations database at https://streamlined.fm/freebie Top Takeaways Accept the Mind’s Wanderings : It’s natural for your mind to think about work during personal time. Instead of resisting or feeling guilty about these thoughts, acknowledge them without judgment. Align Actions with Personal Values : Understanding and prioritizing your personal values helps in making decisions that lead to a fulfilling life. Write to Manage Thoughts : Writing down thoughts can help clear your mind and prevent intrusive ideas from occupying mental space. Plus, once you write things down, the words on the page won’t change! Show Notes Lindsey Carnick Lindsey on Linkedin Lindsey on Instagram The Black Swan ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 Enull · Wed, November 20, 2024
The 2024 Solopreneur's Gift Guide (with Cat Mulvihill)
It’s the annual gift guide episode! Except, instead of just talking at you for 40 minutes, This year, I’ve teamed up with my good friend Cat Mulvihill to bring you the ultimate 2024 Gift Guide for solopreneurs and anyone working from home. We talk home goods, tech, productivity, EDC, and more. Our main goal fits perfectly with the mission too: we want to help you solve a problem…not just spend money unnecessarily. Whether you’re shopping for yourself or looking for the perfect gift for the solopreneur in your life, we’ve got you covered with thoughtful, problem-solving recommendations that’ll make the work-from-home experience smoother and more enjoyable. And let us know, what’s something you can’t live without? Leave a message at streamlinedfeedback.com Find Cat Cat Mulvihill Cat on LinkedIn Cat’s YouTube Channel Want a special discount on all the Elgato stuff we mentioned? Use Cat's link and discount code: https://elgato.sjv.io/catmulvihill Rebate Code at checkout: ZZ-CatMulvihill Home and Office Dual Basket Air Fryer OXO Coffee Grinder (I incorrectly said “Bonavita” during the show, which is my coffee maker) Tea Kettle Lamy Fountain Pen Joe’s Pen Buyer’s Guide Oofos Sandals Tech Rocketbook Rock Paper Pencil Doc Popps Kindle Colorsoft Kobo eReaders Stream Deck Plus Stream Deck Neo Cat’s Stream Deck Essentials Course Elgato Prompter Elgato Light Remote Brick Philips SmartSleep Alarm Clock iFixIt Kit RØDE Micro Mobile Wireless Mics <a href="htt
S2 E443 · Mon, November 18, 2024
How Solopreneurs Can Work with a Virtual Assistant
Bringing a VA into your business can free up your time and help you focus on growth, but finding and effectively working with the right VA requires clarity on what you need, a structured hiring process, and simple, ongoing communication. Many solopreneurs are overwhelmed by the process of hiring and working with a VA. You may not know where to start, what tasks to delegate, or how to ensure the VA’s work aligns with your business goals. This leads to hesitation, missed opportunities, and often burnout from handling too many tasks alone. So today, I’m going to tell you how I work with my VA, and give you a 4-step process for finding and successfully working your VA. Want that VA Notion template I mentioned? Head on over to https://streamlinedfeedback.com/ and leave a message! Top Takeaways Define and Delegate Key Tasks: Start by identifying tasks that take up the most time but don’t require your direct involvement. Using the “perform, evaluate, and remove” framework helps clarify which tasks are best suited for delegation to a VA. Select and Test Multiple Candidates: To find a suitable VA, post a job on platforms like Fiverr, Upwork, or onlinejobs.ph , then test a shortlist of candidates on the same task. Evaluating each VA’s work on a small project helps gauge their skills and attention to detail. Create Videos for Each Task: Use video tutorials to record yourself completing each task, explaining each step clearly. Have the VA transcribe these instructions and write out steps, creating a documented process that they can refer back to as they work. ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Fri, November 15, 2024
Free Preview: Joe's Audio Notes
A few months ago I launched a free private podcast called Joe’s Audio Notes. The episodes are very short (7 minutes or less), where I share my thoughts on being a solopreneur, a podcaster, a parent, and other thoughts related to being a productive member of society. I'm sharing 3 of the episodes here (which you can find in the chapter markers): Thinking About my Content Strategy How do you pick the right idea? Battling the work hangover If you like it, I'd love for you to join! You can sign up for free here. (00:00) - Intro (01:22) - Thinking About my Content Strategy (07:00) - How do you pick the right idea? (12:42) - Battling the work hangover ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E442 · Mon, November 11, 2024
How to Build a Flexible Lifestyle Business with Den López
Ever thought about creating an online course that truly makes a difference? One that actually helps people accomplish their goals? That’s exactly what guitar coach Den López has done. He transformed his life from being a car mechanic in Barcelona to becoming a successful online guitar instructor. We’ll talk all about how he created the “Guitar in One Hour” Method that helps beginners play songs quickly without the usual frustration, his unique approach to designing courses that focus on actionable outcomes and real skill acquisition, and why he believes in giving away his best content for free to build trust. If you’ve ever wanted to build a flexible lifestyle business, deliver an online course that actually gets results, or need that push to follow your passion, this episode is a must-listen. Top Takeaways Prioritize Actionable Outcomes in Your Courses : Focus on helping students achieve specific skills or results, and embed practical exercises within your lessons to encourage active participation and skill acquisition. Provide Immediate Value to Build Trust : Offer valuable content for free to address your audience’s immediate needs, and use lead magnets that solve specific problems quickly. Utilize Simple and Accessible Technology : High-quality content doesn’t require expensive equipment. Using basic tools like a smartphone can be effective and efficient. Show Notes Den López Learning guitar FREE Download ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E441 · Mon, November 04, 2024
Why You Need to Automate Your Business as a Busy Parent with Kim Caloca-Madden
Being a business owner is hard. So is being a parent. So why don’t we hear more about how to do both well? Fret not – that’s why I brought Kim Caloca-Madden onto the show. We dive deep into why business owners with kids should build systems and how automation can be a game-changer for busy parents. Kim shares her personal journey from being a stay-at-home mom needing to generate income to becoming a powerhouse in business automation. We also cover how automation enhances consistency and efficiency in your business, practical steps to start automating today, even if you’re a newbie, Kim’s favorite tools for streamlining tasks and managing time, and balancing parenthood and entrepreneurship without losing your sanity. Want to get a head start on your automation journey with my free Automations Database? Go to https://streamlined.fm/freebie to download it. Top Takeaways Automation Enhances Consistency and Efficiency : Implementing automation in business processes helps deliver a consistent customer experience and reduces human error. Start Small with Automation : Begin by automating simple, repetitive tasks that consume time. Examples include task management, calendar synchronization, and email responses. Automation Requires Maintenance and Human Oversight . And remember, not all tasks should be automated; human interaction is necessary for certain aspects to maintain a personal touch. Show Notes Kim Caloca-Madden Automators Podcast Getting Things Done by David Allen ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E440 · Mon, October 28, 2024
How are you Protecting Your Time?
The summer had one lasting effect I didn’t notice until recently: I made my schedule pretty open for anyone who wanted to meet. I didn’t want them to be limited to my limited availability, so I tried to be as open as possible. But over the last 2 weeks —really since my episode with Conny, I realized that I’ve let everyone else control my calendar. I’ll take a meeting with almost anyone bc I feel they are the best way to form relationships, but I’m not vetting those people. I’m not creating boundaries for my meetings either. I even have a calendar that’s totally open for friends — but I’ve sent it to more than friends. If you’re a busy solopreneur — especially a parent or someone with other obligations — this can kill productivity. So how do we fix it? That’s what we’re talking about today. One Big Problem: I’m not guarding my time One Small Fix: Cal.com Feedback: Working with a VA Get your free automations database at https://streamlined.fm/freebie Top Takeaways You need to control your own calendar instead of letting other people control it. That means asking yourself when you can block time off for no meetings, how many meetings you want to take in a day, and what’s the criteria for if you take a meeting or not. Cal.com is an excellent tool for creating a system that will manage your calendar for you. Show Notes Cal.com Submit feedback ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E439 · Mon, October 21, 2024
How to Actually Sell Stuff Using Social Media with Katie Brinkley
My love-hate[but mostly hate] relationship with social media is well documented. It feels like a time-suck where you get into arguments with people who don’t care about anything you say. People tell me it’s great to grow your business…I just don’t see it. But Katie Brinkley has changed that for me. She elevates CEOs to become thought leaders and disruptors in their industries. And she does it mostly through social media. By the end of this episode, she’ll give you strategies for choosing the right social networks, posting (3-4 times per week max), as well as how to waste less time and make more sales. Want to hear a longer, ad-free version of this episode where Katie and I talk about brand social media vs. personal social media? Become a member of Streamlined Solopreneur Accelerated . Top Takeaways Select the Right Platforms: Focus on one or two platforms where your target audience is most active. Remember each platform has its own culture. Prioritize Genuine Engagement: Spend time connecting and commenting on others' posts to build relationships. Engagement is more impactful than frequent posting without interaction. Use Hashtags Strategically: Identify and engage with hashtags your ideal clients are using. This approach helps you connect more effectively with your target audience. Show Notes Katie Brinkley Stampede Social on Instagram Manychat The Social Shift ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E438 · Mon, October 14, 2024
How to go from chaos to peace as a busy solopreneur with Conny Graf
It’s easy for people who live unconstrained lives to give advice. “Just meditate for 2 hours each morning.” “Hustle.” “Get rid of anything that doesn’t bring you joy.” The truth is that most people have some constraints to live by. Whether it’s kids, work, or other obligations, we can’t just drop everything to follow the latest guru. That’s why I like Conny Graf’s approach. Conny has many credentials, but the one I like best is “certified clutter-clearing practitioner.” And today, she’s going to tell you how you can reasonably declutter your life to turn chaos into peace. Want to hear a longer, ad-free version of this episode where I talk about the chaotic day leading up to this interview? Become a member of Streamlined Solopreneur Accelerated . Top Takeaways Chaos is when you have too many things going on, a cluttered environment, and a packed calendar that leads to stress and lack of focus. Recognize the early warning signs that you're slipping into chaos, like feeling agitated or nervous. Be intentional about your priorities and learn to say no more often. Not everything is equally important - focus on the "glass balls" in life like family and relationships. Give yourself grace when you can't be at your best. Declutter your physical spaces a little bit each day. Create designated spots for things like shoes and papers. Optimize your environment to support your daily activities and prevent stuff from piling up. Finding peace is an ongoing journey, not a destination. Make small adjustments over time, reflect on what's working and what's not, and continuously optimize your life and business. Focus on progress, not perfection. Show Notes Conny Graf Aligning Your Values to Set the Right Goals with Tanya Alvarez ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E437 · Mon, October 07, 2024
4 Ways to Market Without Social Media with Emily Aborn
Do you hate social media as much as I do? Some experts will tell you that you need social media to market, but that’s increasingly not true. Gone are the heady days of Twitter, where you can tweet a link and people would actually see it. That’s why I brought on Emily Aborn, a Content Copywriter, Speaker, and Podcast Host. She’s also a wealth of information on how to market by making sure you have a great product, and much like her, a ton of personality. Want to hear a longer, ad-free version of this episode where Emily and I discuss the importance of a strong personal brand? Become a member of Streamlined Solopreneur Accelerated . Top Takeaways Having a high-quality product or service that solves your target audience's problems is the foundation of effective marketing Collaborating with others in your industry can help expand your reach and build trust with new audiences. Focusing on marketing strategies that align with your strengths, interests, and values can lead to more authentic and effective marketing efforts. Show Notes Emily Aborn Forget The Funnel Stop doing "Sales" and Start Having Conversations with Nikki Rausch Leveraging Guesting Podmatch Content With Character Podcast ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E436 · Mon, September 30, 2024
Just Launch the Dang Program Already
I made an unexpected $300 over a weekend in September. And I know that doesn’t sound like a lot — but it’s money I didn’t have, that I have now. That is the power of launching messy — something my friend Stacey encouraged me to do, and what I want to talk about today in a solo episode with some freshly minted segments: One Big Problem: How to get over the fear of making something perfect before launching it One Small Fix: Using Tella.tv to easily create videos as a way to update my product Feedback: Send yours in at https://streamlinedfeedback.com Top Takeaways Overcoming Perfectionism : Don't let the pursuit of perfection prevent you from launching your product. Follow the advice of creating a minimum viable product (MVP) and iterate from there. This helps you get real feedback and make improvements based on actual user experience. Soft Launching : Consider soft launching your product to a small group of users. This approach allows you to gather essential feedback and make necessary adjustments before a full-scale launch. Offer early access discounts as an incentive for early adopters. Find the right tool for the job: I got so caught up in making it perfect, that I overlooked the real value of Podcast Navigator: advice and access. With Tella, I’m able to easily provide both to my customers. Show Notes Podcast Navigator Tella (00:00) - Welcome! (00:50) - The Big Problem: Launching (08:08) - The Small Fix: Tella.TV (11:22) - Feedback: Submit Yours Today! ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E435 · Mon, September 23, 2024
How Important is a Good Home Studio, Really? with Junaid Ahmed
I’ve been thinking a lot about the notion of starting simple (or messy) vs. starting perfect. And while I definitely fall more on the side of “start messy and iterate,” there are a few places where you shouldn’t skimp. A good home studio is one of them, which is why I brought on my friend Junaid. He’s a “Home Studio Architect,” and he’s a wealth of knowledge. We talk about why you need at least good audio, how to improve your setup without breaking the bank, and the absolute non-negotiables. By the end of the episode, you’ll know exactly what you need to sound more authoritative with your content. Want to hear a longer, ad-free version of this episode where Junaid and I talk about our specific setups ? Become a member of Streamlined Solopreneur Accelerated . Top Takeaways Start Small with Video Quality: Don't let the barrier of high-end equipment stop you from creating content. Your smartphone is good enough to start. Lighting is Key: Optimizing your studio lighting can make a big difference. Understand the roles of key lights, fill lights and backlights. Experiment with different setups until you find what works best for you. Invest in a Good Microphone: For podcasting and video recording, audio quality is most important. You can find a great mic for $100-250, depending on your budget. Show Notes Junaid Ahmed 7 Stages of Home Studio Evolution Want to be a Better speaker? Do THESE things with Mike Pacchione Mastering iPhone Video Production Your First Podcast Setup What's on my Desk? ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E434 · Mon, September 16, 2024
Finding Your Non-Negotiable for Health Work-Life Balance with Terry Toh
Recently my friend Justin asked on X, “How do you define success?” I said, “Can I knock off for a day at will to spend time with my family?” The world constantly tells us we need to hustle to be successful – but that can’t be true. If you’re a parent, for example, hustle is just not an option. That’s why I’ve brought on Terry Toh. Terry helps business owners successfully run their side business while maintaining a full-time job. But as you’ll see, much of what he has to say can apply to busy solopreneur who may have other obligations – like family, volunteer work, or other interests outside of work. It’s all about finding your non-negotiable. Want to hear a longer, ad-free version of this episode where Terry and I talk about Silicon Valley Hustle Culture? Become a member of Streamlined Solopreneur Accelerated . Top Takeaways Define what success means to you personally . It's not just about money, but spending time on what matters most to you. Regularly check in with yourself as priorities change. Identify your single top priority and 2-3 key non-negotiables at any given time. Intentionally make progress on these each day before moving on to less critical tasks. Watch for personal signs that you're doing too much and nearing burnout, such as revenge bedtime procrastination or being irritable with your kids. Build in breaks and support. Show Notes Terry Toh Terry on X Terry on Linkedin Aligning Your Values to Set the Right Goals with Tanya Alvarez The Checklist Manifesto ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Fri, September 13, 2024
The Importance of Episode Segments (Bonus!)
Ever wonder how to make your podcast stand out in a sea of content? After a serendipitous conversation at Podcast Movement 2024, I uncovered a game-changing strategy that could revolutionize your approach. Spoiler alert: It involves segments. I'll break down why rethinking your podcast structure can make a big difference. We'll explore how segments can help you give more value to your audience, make your show more accessible, and even repurpose content more effectively. Plus, I'll share different segment ideas that work for both interview and solo episodes, ensuring you never run out of compelling content. Want to hear a longer, ad-free version of this episode where I talk about a cool new opportunity, and building community ? Become a member of Streamlined Solopreneur Accelerated . And check out my other podcast, https://podcastworkflows.com Top Takeaways Implement Segments in Your Podcast : To create a more engaging show, think about incorporating segments. Just like how late-night shows have defined parts, segmenting your podcast can make it more consumable and structured. You can dedicate parts of your episode to different topics or formats, such as opening monologues, interviews, and specific segments tailored to your audience's interests. Structure for Solo Episodes : If you're worried that solo episodes might become stale, develop a clear structure. For instance, discuss a main topic, then showcase an interesting tool related to that topic, and finish with an automation tip. This keeps the solo content engaging and valuable. Balancing Personal and Professional Content : For busy solopreneur parents, combining personal experiences with actionable business advice can create a relatable and impactful podcast. Consider dedicating a segment to how you manage parenting alongside your entrepreneurial duties. ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E433 · Mon, September 09, 2024
Scaling Your Business While Staying a Solopreneur with Joel Oliver
If you’re anything like me, you probably think about ways you can appreciably scale your business. Part of streamlining, after all, is taking things off your place. That’s why I brought on Joel Oliver. Joel is the editor for all of my podcasts, including this one. I’ve been with him since he was a freelance editor, and now he’s grown to have a team of editors to help him work on more shows. Listen in as we discuss structuring the business to stay a solopreneurship, while also creating processes that seamlessly hand off tasks to team members. We’ll talk about everything from picking tasks to delegate, to training! Want to hear a longer, ad-free version of this episode where Joel and I talk about what it's like editing my process and adding video? Become a member of Streamlined Solopreneur Accelerated . Top Takeaways Delegate to Scale : As a solopreneur, it's crucial to delegate tasks that are not central to your core business functions. This frees up time to focus on strategic activities and growth. Creating systems and processes is vital for effective delegation . Use checklists and workflow systems to ensure tasks are completed consistently and to a high standard. This approach helps maintain quality control and accountability among team members. Mindset of Letting Go : Letting go of tasks and trusting others to handle them is a significant mindset shift for solopreneurs. Show Notes Joel Oliver Descript Sometimes You Need to Fire Everyone and Start from Scratch with Jordan Eaton Talkroute: Visit streamlined.fm/talkroute for 20% off your first year Ready to get Unstuck? Visit https://streamlined.fm/unstuck for 33% off. ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E432 · Mon, September 02, 2024
Was Skipping Summer Camp Worth It?
It’s the end of the summer and the end of our experiment to keep our kids home instead of sending them to summer camp. So today I’m going to answer 3 questions: 1. How did it go (including giving it a grade) 2. Was it worth it? (and if yes, would it have made it **not** worth it) 3. Will we do it again? In Accelerated, I talk about why I want to create a more scalable business while remaining a solopreneur, and we do a time-tracking check-in. Sign up to get ad-free, extended episodes early over at https://streamlined.fm/join Takeaways Know your schedule & build in time for unknowns. I felt overwhelmed because I didn’t have any margin in my schedule - Save some extra money. I know we saved money by not spending it, but that’s different from having extra money in the bank. Having kids home means having to entertain them —so have a budget for that! - Cherish the time you have time. I’m reminded that as another kid enters full-time school, they are now out of the house for most of their waking hours each week. Talkroute: Visit streamlined.fm/talkroute for 20% off your first year Ready to get Unstuck? Visit https://streamlined.fm/unstuck for 33% off. ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E431 · Mon, August 26, 2024
Mastering Visual Storytelling in Presentations with Emily Schneider
I think failing to give a good presentation is an incredibly missed opportunity. You have everything: a captive audience, borrowed credibility, and a place to deliver your message your way . But there are a lot of places where your presentation can fall down. Most people will focus on not capturing the audience quickly enough, or pacing. Maybe not rehearsing. But what about your slides? The actual visual part of your presentation. The visual storytelling is as important as the words you deliver. Not enough context? Your audience is lost. Too much text? Your audience is too busy reading to hear your message. That’s why I decided to have Emily Schneider on the show. She’s a visual storyteller, and her canvas is PowerPoint presentations. Intrigued? I was too. Want to hear a longer, ad-free version of this episode where I take Emily’s advice and roast my own recent talk slides? Become a member of Streamlined Solopreneur Accelerated . Top Takeaways Start with the Audience : Understand who your audience is and what you want them to think, feel, and do by the end of your presentation. This is crucial for making a meaningful impact. Craft a Compelling Story : Begin with the end in mind and structure your presentation around a clear storytelling arc. Focus on the challenge, benefits, and reinforcing the main message. Balance Images and Words : Use simple words or short sentences, and stylize your slides to naturally guide your audience through your story. This approach is effective not just for live presentations but also for pitch decks and emailed presentations. Show Notes Emily Schneider 4 Simple Tips for Impactful Presentations The Go Giver Want to be a Better Speaker? Do THESE Things with Mike Pacchione Talkroute: Visit streamlined.fm/talkroute for 20% off your first year Get started with Clariti for just $1 your first month with code SOLO2024 Ready to get Unstuck? Visit https://streamlined.fm/unstuck for 33% off. ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E430 · Mon, August 19, 2024
Working Through my Product Ladder
Do you have offerings for people at any level of their journey? That’s the importance of having a well-defined product ladder. A product ladder provides multiple offerings at different price points and levels of engagement to meet potential customers where they are at. Today I’ll talk about how I have struggled with this in my own business, with offerings that didn’t clearly communicate how I help my specific target audience of busy solopreneurs with podcasts. Then, I give you a walk through (walk-up?) of my Product Ladder! Want to hear my poke holes in my product ladder and give a general update on Podcast Navigator and my business? You can become a member over at https://streamlined.fm/join Top Takeaways As a solopreneur, it's important to have multiple offerings at different price points to avoid putting all your eggs in one basket. Some offerings should be scalable and not require a lot of your time. Your product ladder should clearly communicate how you help your specific target audience and micro-segments achieve their goals. Be focused rather than trying to be everything to everyone. Map out your product ladder from low-priced "assistance" offerings like courses, to mid-priced "accountability" offerings like group coaching, to high-priced "acceleration" offerings like done-for-you services. Have something for customers at every stage. Your core offering that you want to sell the most should be in the middle of your product ladder. For me, that's my Podcast Navigator tool. Constantly evaluate and refine your product ladder based on customer feedback and your business goals as a solopreneur. Don't be afraid to make adjustments as you gain more clarity. Show Notes Podcast Navigator My Home Page, where most of product live Chris Lema’s blog post on Product Ladders Talkroute: Visit streamlined.fm/talkroute for 20% off your first year Get started with Clariti for just $1 your first month with code SOLO2024 Ready to get Unstuck? Visit https://streamlined.fm/unstuck for 33% off. ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E429 · Mon, August 12, 2024
Reclaiming Control: Navigating the Hosted vs. Self-Hosted Dilemma
Are you feeling overwhelmed by the endless options for hosting your online business? The decision between a hosted platform like Squarespace or a self-hosted solution like WordPress can be daunting, especially for solopreneurs juggling multiple responsibilities. And while the conversation feels like it's been done to death, I was recently reminded that even seemingly simple platforms can shut you down for no reason. There are a lot of merits to going with a hosted platform. But there's also a lot of danger. Let's explore. Want to hear a longer, ad-free version of this episode where I talk about my experience choosing the wrong platforms, and how I’m trying to fix it? Become a member of Streamlined Solopreneur Accelerated . Top Takeaways Hosted vs. Self-Hosted is a lot like renting vs. owning a house. There are safeties in place, but you can't do as much, and you run a higher risk of being kicked off a platform you don't own. No matter what you choose, portability and how it impacts your ability to truly own and control your online presence is important. Worse than needing to change platforms is being completely unable to. Research is key. Look at features, sure, but make sure you can export, use your own payment accounts, and look at the terms of service. You might even reach out to support to ask them questions about what types of projects are allowed. Show Notes Why an apartment is better than a house for most creators Matt Medeiros on X Memberful ConvertKit Get started with Clariti for just $1 your first month with code SOLO2024 ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E428 · Mon, July 22, 2024
How Solopreneurs can Optimize Their Taxes with Rachel Stas
When I first started my business, I was 14 years old. My income was pretty light, and my expenses were even lighter. Heck – I didn’t even pay for hosting. I hosted my few client websites on a web server in my bedroom (don’t tell my old ISP). But even then, I knew the importance of keeping track of my income and expenses, which I did in an Excel sheet. I’ve always had an interest in accounting, which I thought served me well. Then I hired Rachel Stas. She made some fantastic changes to my business that ended up saving me money AND lowered my tax bill. And while everyone is different, I know the advice she gives today will be great for any solopreneur*. Want to hear a longer, ad-free version of this episode where Rachel and I talk about my business, and I ask her specific questions about my books? Become a member of Streamlined Solopreneur Accelerated . Top Takeaways Forming an LLC alone does not provide tax benefits . While incorporation is an important aspect of running a business, you also need to file as the right type of entity (like an S Corp), to help lighten your tax load. Track all business income and expenses from day one in a spreadsheet or separate bank account. Don't rely on memory or mix business and personal finances. Don’t deduct for the sake of deducting, and be cautious with what you deduct. Some things, like a home office, might offer short-term gains for long-term pain. Finally, I believe that investing time upfront to properly track finances and get professional accounting help pays off in the long run in taxes saved and peace of mind. Don’t wait until your business gets big to implement good accounting practices. Show Notes Rachel Stas Tax Why Solopreneurs Need to Time Track Podcast Growth Audit Check out Podcast Workflows here or wherever you get your podcasts Get started with Clariti for just $1 your first month with code SOLO2024 ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E427 · Mon, July 15, 2024
Why and How I’m Fixing my Newsletter
My newsletter has gone through a lot of changes over the years, but something that's been steadfast is promoting the latest episode of this podcast at the beginning of the week. And that made perfect sense when both the newsletter and this podcast talked about largely the same thing. But now this show talks about running a solo business generally, while the newsletter is supposed to focus on podcast processes and systems. They both make the same promise , but the audiences are different. I've tried splitting the baby, so to speak, by promoting the episode, and then something behind-the-scenes look at that episode. But it doesn't work. You know...don't talk to more than one audience, yada yada. As a result, the newsletter isn't growing the way I'd like. And that’s what we’re talking about today. Top Takeaways I need to make my newsletter’s value proposition clear. Right now, it’s trying to attract and talk to two different audiences. As a result, it’s not a “recommendable” newsletter. People with great newsletters (like Chenell Basilio and Justin Moore) have great newsletters with a clear focus, so people know who to recommend them to. The new format of the newsletter will drive home my promise: to improve your podcast processes. And while I may recommend Streamlined Solopreneur sometimes, it will not be the focus of any newsletter. Get started with Clariti for just $1 your first month with code SOLO2024 ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E426 · Mon, July 08, 2024
Generating Predictable Income Joining Affiliate Programs with Justine Galea
I remember the first time I got an affiliate payout. I didn’t even know it was coming. The money just showed up in my account. “What is this from?” Then an email followed. A hosting company I had written a blog post about paid my affiliate commission for the last 2 months. Since then, I’ve been stumbling through, clumsily trying to make affiliate income an appreciable part of my income – but it’s never worked as well as I hoped. So I brought in an expert: my friend Justine. She’s been doing affiliate programs forever and currently leads ConvertKit, as well as consults through her own business, Brilliant Affiliate. She’s the perfect person to talk to. Justine not only sets me straight, but she offers a TON of fantastic actionable advice for how to make the most of affiliate programs, how to find the right ones, and how they can live harmoniously (and even help) with sponsorships. Top Takeaways Affiliate programs provide a way to earn passive income by referring customers to products/services you recommend. Look for ones that pay well. Target your affiliate content to the right people – people who are low in the funnel, and are weighing their options between your recommended product and competitors. Balance affiliate income with sponsorships - affiliates are more passive/long-term while sponsorships are good for timely campaigns. But being a good affiliate can also help you land sponsored campaigns from the same company! Show Notes Justine Galea Justine on Twitter ConvertKit Podcasting Tools Sponsors: Check out Liquid Web Get started with Clariti for just $1 your first month with code SOLO2024 Ready to get Unstuck? Visit https://streamlined.fm/unstuck for 33% off. ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E425 · Mon, July 01, 2024
The Philosophies Behind Choosing the Right Tools (Without Breaking the Bank) with Sarah St John
A common thread on the show this year has been the push and pull of finding the right tools while also balancing our time and money as solopreneurs. A while back I invited my friend and fellow podcaster Sarah St John onto the show. She’s the host of the Frugalpreneur podcast, and at first, I thought we’d share podcasting war stories. But then everything went wrong. We were having both hardware and software issues. So once we got everything squared away, I thought we could refocus the conversation. See, I have a tech background, and sometimes forget that troubleshooting and working with tech isn’t everyone’s cup of tea. So we decided to dive deep into managing your tech stack without spending a fortune. We share our top tips and personal experiences on how to choose the right tools, avoid unnecessary expenses, and leverage platforms like AppSumo for amazing lifetime deals. Whether you're a tech newbie or a seasoned pro, this episode is packed with actionable advice to help you streamline your business operations and save money. Top Takeaways Evaluate Your Current Tools: Regularly check if your tools are still meeting your needs. Consider the Cost of Switching: Weigh the benefits of switching tools against the effort required. Balance Convenience and Cost: Ensure the cost of a tool is justified by its value. Show Notes Sarah St John Caard Skool Captivate Descript System.io SendFox TidyCal Castmagic Capsho Podium Podsqueeze StreamYard Riverside Transistor Obsidian Notion Ecamm Live Cal.com WordPress Switchy Sponsors: Check out Liquid Web Get started with Clariti for just $1 your first month with code SOLO20
S2 E424 · Mon, June 24, 2024
Why Solopreneurs NEED to Time Track
I remember the first time after my wife and I started dating that a mutual friend of ours became pregnant. I was the first one to find out and got to relay the message to her. "Amy's pregnant," I said. My wife then asked a series of questions: "When is she due? What is she having? How is she feeling?" I had the same answer to every question: "I don't know." All I knew was that Amy was pregnant. My wife later went out and found this information for both of us. All these details were crucial to being a more present and supportive friend. So why am I telling you this? if you are running a business, especially a solo business where your time is so important, and you are not time tracking, it's kind of like knowing just the bare minimum. You might know you completed a project, but you should really know how long you spent on it, where you are spending most of your time, and how you can use this data to improve your business. So in today’s episode, you’ll learn about the importance of time tracking for solopreneurs. Time tracking is not just about noting down hours; it's about understanding where your time goes, improving efficiency, and making informed business decisions. Top Takeaways Start Simple : Begin with basic time-tracking methods like pen and paper or simple apps. The key is to start noting down where your time goes, even if it's just approximate. Use the Right Tools : I recommend using tools like Timery (which sits on top of Toggl), Timing, and RescueTime. These tools can help automate the process and provide detailed insights into how you spend your time. Categorize and Tag Tasks : Break down your tasks into projects and use tags for more granular tracking. This helps in understanding which specific activities are taking up most of your time and allows for better analysis. Regular Reviews : Review your time tracking data regularly—weekly, monthly, and quarterly. This helps in identifying trends and making necessary adjustments to improve efficiency. Automate Where Possible : Use shortcuts and automation tools like Stream Deck and focus modes on iOS to start and stop timers automatically. This reduces the manual effort involved in time tracking. Sponsors: Check out Liquid Web Get started with Clariti for just $1 your first month with code SOLO2024 Ready to get Unstuck? Visit https://streamlined.fm/unstuck for 33% off. ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E423 · Mon, June 17, 2024
Your Next 1000 Leads: How To Consistently Attract Prospects Into Your Business with Jennie Wright
Just this morning I watched an incredibly interesting video that sent me down a rabbit hole. A 19-year-old kid was arm wrestling against a massive bodybuilder – and won, pretty easily. Thinking this could be rigged or fake, I looked at other matches this fellow – Maxim appears to be his name – competed in. And he won…a lot. See, while he is very strong (just not as big as the other guys), Maxim has great technique. What does this have to do with lead generation? Well, as you’ll hear from Jennie Wright, you don’t need a massive list to build your business. You don’t need to be smarmy. You don’t need to be showy. You just need to have good technique – and forge good relationships. Top Takeaways Consistency is key in lead generation. Create a plan that aligns with your end goal and focuses on activities that will give you the best results within your available time and resources. Leverage other people's audiences by appearing as a guest on podcasts, speaking at summits, and participating in bundles. This is an effective way to grow your credibility and reach new potential leads. Nurture your leads authentically by setting expectations, providing value, and building trust. Avoid being too salesy, and focus on creating genuine relationships with your audience. Show Notes Jennie Wright Sponsors: Check out Liquid Web Get started with Clariti for just $1 your first month with code SOLO2024 Ready to get Unstuck? Visit https://streamlined.fm/unstuck for 33% off. ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E422 · Mon, June 10, 2024
Organizing Your Digital Life (using Obsidian?) with Mike Schmitz
Perhaps the most important lesson I learned over and over again running a business is that it’s never about the tool – it’s about the solution to a particular problem. So while I recruited Mike Schmitz to talk about Obsidian, what we actually talked about was much, much deeper. Personal Knowledge Management (PKM) is much more about defining your approach, and intentionality and making time for the important things in your life. All of this creates balance, and space, for you to do your best work. Mike also shares his 5 C's of his "creativity flywheel" for capturing ideas and creating valuable output, which is fantastic. If you're feeling overwhelmed by information and struggling to turn your ideas into reality, this episode will give you a framework to tame the chaos. Tune in for practical tips and inspiration to upgrade your PKM and productivity! Top Takeaways Obsidian is powerful but requires intentional use to get value from it. Simply dumping notes in is not enough - you need a system. Having a philosophy, vision, and values guides what projects and information to focus on. Start with the end in mind. Use apps intentionally by "hiring" them for specific jobs. Don't try to do everything in one app. Pick the best tool for each job. Show Notes Mike Schmitz Wiki-style Offline note-taking App Intentional Life Chart PKM Stack 5 Cs of Creativity Steal Like an Artist What I Learned From BJ Novak Obsidian Mind Node Focused Podcast Bookworm Podcast Ugmonk Practical PKM Sponsored by Liquid Web Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E421 · Mon, June 03, 2024
How to Create a Winning Content Calendar with Kaitlyn Merola
Tell me if this sounds familiar: you know you need to publish a blog post, video, or newsletter, but you have no idea what you’re going to talk about. And this isn’t the first time it’s happened. You definitely have ideas, but you can’t think of anything at the moment. That’s why you need a content calendar – and why I’ve brought on Kaitlyn Merola to tell us all about them. We're going DEEP on how to plan, organize, and execute on your content and social plan using a centralized content calendar. Here’s what we’ll cover: 👉 What exactly is a content calendar (and how it’s different from a social calendar) 👉 Determining the right content cadence (why more != better) 👉 Repurposing content across channels (maximize that ROI!) 👉 Mapping content to the buyer's journey (awareness, consideration, sales) 👉 Plus, in Accelerated, we talk about the role of AI in content creation (spoiler: not what you think!) Whether you're a solopreneur in a content feast or a content famine, this is for you! Top Takeaways A content calendar is a central place to plan, organize, and track all your content efforts across different channels. It helps provide direction and alignment for your content strategy. For SEO purposes, prioritize quality over quantity - publishing one high-quality blog post per week is often sufficient rather than lower-quality posts daily. Map your content to the buyer's journey stages (awareness, consideration, decision) to ensure it serves the right purpose at each stage. Show Notes Kaitlyn Merola Move Marketing Sponsored by Liquid Web Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E420 · Mon, May 27, 2024
Why We’re Not Doing Summer Camp (and How it’s Affecting my Business)
If you have kids and you’re a solopreneur, you know how tough summer care could be — especially if you have small children. Today, I'm diving into why my wife and I decided to skip summer camp for our kids and how this big decision is changing how I’m structuring my business for the summer. Discussion Topics: Financial and Family Considerations : The high cost of summer camp motivated my wife and me to find a solution that allows us to save nearly $10,000 while providing more quality family time. Flexible Scheduling : My wife and I adjusted our schedules so one of us is always available to care for our kids, which highlights the importance of managing work flexibility as a solopreneur. Temporary Chaos : I anticipate that managing my kids full-time will lead to some chaotic and stressful days, but it's a worthwhile trade-off for the family time we cherish. Support Network : Leveraging support from family, friends, and babysitters is crucial to our adjusted childcare strategy, emphasizing the value of a strong support network. Deep Work Planning : I plan to maximize productivity by scheduling meetings on specific days and blocking off consecutive hours for focused work, illustrating the importance of proactive scheduling. Temporary Shift in Priorities : Recognizing that the summer period is temporary, I remind solopreneurs to take advantage of this time to make memories with their kids and cherish the flexibility our work allows. Sponsored by Liquid Web Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E419 · Mon, May 20, 2024
Solopreneur’s Guide to SEO in 2024 with Lauren Gaggioli
One day in March I started getting regular inbound requests from my coaching form – I had no idea why. When I looked into it, it turns out that I was ranking at #2 on Google for “Podcast Coach.” Not to sound like a broken record…but I had no idea why. I didn’t feel like I was doing anything special. I didn’t do keyword research. I didn’t write content in a certain way. So I wanted to learn more. That’s why I sat down with SEO pro Lauren Gaggioli to get the real truth about search engine optimization in 2024. We cover a bunch of stuff from why quality human-written content will ALWAYS beat AI-generated stuff to the long-game SEO strategy that keeps paying off for years. Plus, I get Lauren's real talk on whether social media is even worth it for driving traffic in 2024. Her perspective will not surprise you. If you're a solopreneur, blogger, or content creator feeling lost with SEO, you need to hear what Lauren has to say. Stop wasting time on strategies that don't work and start optimizing intelligently! Top Takeaways SEO is about appealing to Google's bots and making your website discoverable for relevant search queries. BUT…Google prioritizes quality, human-written content over AI-generated or keyword-stuffed content. SEO is a long-term investment, and it's essential to commit to it for at least 12 months to see meaningful results. While social media can be useful for engagement, SEO is more effective for driving targeted traffic and revenue. Researching low-difficulty, high-relevance keywords and focusing on answering the questions your target audience asks is crucial for SEO success. Show Notes Lauren Gaggioli Imperfect action will get you there The Marshmallow Test Keyword difficulty is more important than volume Mangools Sponsored by Liquid Web Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E418 · Mon, May 13, 2024
Make Your Website a Team Member with Monica Pitts
Context is everything. It’s easy to think that if you have a salesperson who’s actively frustrating potential clients to the point where they never consider hiring you, you’d fire that salesperson. But what if your website is doing it? Would you fire your website? You should. That’s why I’m SO excited to have Monica Pitts on the show today. She’s going to tell us how we can save HOURS per month by making our website a member of our team (sound familiar?). We spoke for over two hours – and you’re getting the best parts of it. We cover everything from mindset to automation, and of course, we cover tools. Top Takeaways Your website doesn’t need to just be a brochure site – it can actually take work off your plate. This is why you need to treat it like an employee, not just a static asset. Be cautious about relying too heavily on third-party automation tools like Zapier. Consider native integrations first for faster processing and a better user experience. A website is crucial for your business. It offers a reliable source of information compared to social media platforms and serves as a long-lasting marketing approach. Social Media is great to show people you’re alive, but you need a website to attract customers. Show Notes Monica Pitts Gravity Forms Formidable Forms ConvertKit Active Campaign Great Things Require Time Why You're Leaving Money on the Table with Email Automation with Kronda Adair Sponsors: Check out Liquid Web Memberful: Get your free trial for at memberful.com/streamlined ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E417 · Mon, May 06, 2024
Forget the Tools: Focus on Mindset with Rashelle Isip
I know this is going to sound like an Italian stereotype, but my mother makes the best chicken cutlets. They are thin cuts of chicken, perfectly breaded and seasoned, and taste amazing hot and cold. I’d watch her in hopes of learning how to make them as well (or at least close to it). She’d tell me things like, “You just know how much breading to use,” and “cook them until they look right.” What she didn’t do was walk into the kitchen and get paralyzed over which pan to use, or the perfect wooden spoon for the job. She’d get right to work. As solopreneurs, it’s easy to fall into the trap of “this tool will get me back on track,” but it’s often your mindset that needs adjusting first. That’s why today I’m talking to Rashelle Isip, The Order Expert. Much like me, she helps business owners be more productive and less stressed. But while I’m an implementer, she focuses more on mindset and taking a look at everything going on in her clients’ lives. Top Takeaways Take a step back to evaluate the systems in place and reassess how they impact daily routines and overall life. This is crucial to putting the right system in place, and not just copying someone else’s, which won’t work for you. When adopting new tools, approach them with curiosity and intentional limitation to assess their effectiveness in streamlining systems, getting organized, and maintaining focus. Maintain a positive mindset, adapt to unexpected setbacks with flexibility, and remember to be forgiving and gentle with yourself when things don't go according to plan. Show Notes Rashelle Isip The Green Zone Conversation Book Sponsors: Check out Liquid Web Memberful: Get your free trial for at memberful.com/streamlined ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E416 · Mon, April 29, 2024
Rebranding my YouTube Channel
There's an old adage in construction that you should measure twice and cut once. The idea being that cutting is a permanent action. If you cut a piece of wood, you can't put it back together. So you should measure where you're cutting, make sure you're measuring it right, and double-check your work before you take that permanent action. Now on the Internet, things aren't necessarily as permanent. Sure. Things that are online could be online forever. But as far as setting up a YouTube page or a podcast or a website, well, you can change them pretty easily. I just kinda made a decision and I ran with it. And now I'm kind of regretting that decision. But because nothing is permanent on the Internet, I am rectifying that. Top Takeaways: When rebranding your YouTube channel, focus on creating a clear and specific mission for your content. This will help the YouTube algorithm understand and recommend your content to the appropriate audience. Regularly review your analytics to see which videos are performing well and update those thumbnails and descriptions to optimize visibility. The title and thumbnail have the biggest impact on click-through rates. Consider the performance of your top videos and use that information to guide your content strategy. If specific topics or types of content are consistently performing well, consider creating more content around those topics to leverage your existing success. Sponsors: Check out Liquid Web Memberful: Get your free trial for at memberful.com/streamlined ★ Support this podcast ★
S2 E415 · Mon, April 22, 2024
Can AI Change What and How We Repurpose With Greg Wasserman
I’m currently reading Stories that Stick by Kindra Hall. In it, she mentions that “story” has become such a common term that people use it for everything, even if it’s not a story. I feel the same thing has been done to the term “repurposing.” See, when you repurpose something in the real world, you take it, you make changes to it, and you give it new life. You don’t just lop a piece off of it and say you’ve repurposed it. But that’s what many people consider repurposing today. “I’m going to clip 1 minute of this 60-minute conversation and call it repurposed.” That’s why I’m excited to have Greg Wasserman on the show today. He helps us reframe repurposing, and talks about how AI can help us repurpose properly – and while I don’t agree with everything he says, I like exploring different ideas. Top Takeaways Repurposing content isn’t just turning current content into other content. It’s taking conversations and turning them into content, products, and more. Get creative! Greg uses his coaching calls and repurposes them into courses. How can you take conversations you’re having and leverage them to get something tangible for your business? When it comes to leveraging AI, consider your creative comfort. Some people are more comfortable writing. Some feel better talking it out. Integrate AI into your current and best process! Show Notes Greg Wasserman lu.ma Discovering What Customers Really Want with Georgiana Laudi Why Podcast Interviews are a Content Goldmine with Tom Schwab Grammarly Castmagic.io Sponsors: Check out Liquid Web Memberful: Get your free trial for at memberful.com/streamlined ★ Support this podcast ★
Trailer · Wed, April 17, 2024
How I Built It is now Streamlined Solopreneur!
After 8 years, I'm changing the name of this podcast from How I Built It to Streamlined Solopreneur. Here's why. You can learn more at https://streamlined.fm ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E414 · Mon, April 15, 2024
Building Native Apps using Nocode as a Team of One with Karla Fernandes
The first documented parachute jump happened in the late 1700s, when André-Jacques Garnerin just from balloons at “only” 2000 feet. He no doubt prepared for this moment, testing his parachute and doing everything he could to mitigate risk. Today, skydiving is a sport and a recreational activity, with a lot of safety measures and technology to further mitigate risk. Why am I telling you this? Because human beings are, by and large, risk-averse…so doing everything we can to reduce it is incredibly important. When it comes to launching a business, it, much like skydiving, is much less risky than it was 200 years ago. Part of that is the ability to create applications – and therefore launch software-based businesses – without code. That’s exactly what Karla Fernandes is going to talk to us about today. And she should know. She’s launched over a dozen native apps, without writing a single line of code. Top Takeaways When evaluating business ideas, prioritize those that solve user problems and gauge interest through pre-sales and feedback from friends, ensuring a user-centric approach and viability. Use no-code tools for faster product development, which allow you to validate, test, and iterate quickly. With no code solutions, you can test multiple product ideas simultaneously without significant investment, helping to hedge your bets and validate ideas quickly and affordably. Show Notes Karla Fernandes Million Dollar Weekend by Noah Kagan Native App: Figma Bravo Studio Airtable Sponsors: Check out Liquid Web Memberful: Get your free trial for at memberful.com/streamlined ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Thu, April 11, 2024
From Doubt to Determination: Pushing Through the Podcasting Dip [Podcraft]
Today we have a good old fashioned feed drop from my friends at The Podcast Host, and their show, Podcraft. What really makes someone a successful podcaster? Is it a certain number of episodes, downloads, or reviews? Is it whether content creation has become their full-time job? Or could it be because they’ve been recognised with a prestigious award? That's what they'll discuss on this episode, and every episode this season. I hope you enjoy! Check out Podcraft wherever you listen. ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E413 · Mon, April 08, 2024
My Be Everywhere Strategy was an Incredible Failure (Which is Good)
I love shuffling poker chips. In fact, I love playing poker…but there’s a fallacy in gambling that can get you into a lot of trouble. It’s the fallacy of sunk cost. Basically, you think you should continue what is ultimately a losing battle because you’ve already invested some amount of money in the pot. The same thing can be applied to lots of stuff. Have you ever finished a book or a movie you didn’t like just because you started it? That’s the fallacy of sunk cost. And I’m happy to say that 4 months into 2024, I successfully avoided that fallacy with something that, in January, I was all-in on: my “Be Everywhere” Strategy. Show Notes My Experiment with Substack and Being “Everywhere” Taking a bet on Substack’s Network Effect with Nathalie Lussier Why I’m Killing my Membership Podcast Workflows Sponsors: Check out Liquid Web Memberful: Get your free trial for at memberful.com/streamlined ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E412 · Mon, April 01, 2024
Discovering What Customers Really Want with Georgiana Laudi
I remember touring a Murano Glass factory on my honeymoon to Italy. Basically as soon as we stepped foot into the place, a man giving us the tour had us pegged . So when it came time to sell us something, he didn’t just ask us if we wanted to buy some glass art. He painted us a picture of a unique conversation piece that we can put in our home, to help us remember this time at the beginning of our marriage. To turn into a family heirloom for when we have kids and grandkids. He wasn’t selling us glass. He was selling us a vision of our future. And it worked like gangbusters. So how can we do that for our customers? That’s what Georgiana Laudi is here to talk to us about. She is the co-author of Forget the Funnel , a book that had a profound effect on my business – and today, we’re talking all about jobs to be done, research, and capturing the voice of our customers. Top Takeaways Understand the "Jobs to Be Done": Customers aren't buying products themselves, but rather the solutions the products offer. Identify the specific jobs your product or service helps customers accomplish. Capture the Voice of the Customer: Conduct customer interviews to capture actual language and patterns from customer conversations. Continuous Customer Research: Regularly conduct foundational research every 6-12 months and ensure it's continually validated based on industry shifts. Show Notes Georgiana Laudi Georgiana on Forget the Funnel What are Jobs to be Done? Demand Side Sales Forget the Funnel How to be a Scrappy Researcher (to Actually Sell Products) with Becky Pierson Davidson Copyhackers Forget the Funnel Podcast Sponsors: Check out Liquid Web Memberful: Get your free trial for at memberful.com/streamlined ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E411 · Mon, March 25, 2024
Tools Check-in: What am I using so far in 2024?
My grandfather came to the United States from Italy in 1949 and worked in New York City for much of his life — primarily in construction. For as long as I can remember, he had this big, metal toolbox. And when he passed away, he gave it to me, and I still have and use it to this day. Pop had that toolbox for decades. When he found something that worked for him, he held on to it and took care of it. There’s a hammer in there that has to be as old as I am. And when you think about it, the hammer is a pretty good analogy for our digital tools. It’s a basic device, but there are countless variations, purpose-built for specific tasks. Much like a task manager or notes app, you mostly know what you’re getting — but you may want something a little more specialized for your needs. While you don’t want to change tools all the time, it is good to evaluate your toolset from time to time. So I thought I’d check in and share the tools I’m using. Show Notes Tools Check-in: What am I using so far in 2024? Tools for Podcasters (Podcast Workflows) When Do You Burn All of Your Processes Down and Start Over? My Stream Deck: How I’ve Configured it for Maximum Productivity and Production Become a Member Tools mentioned: Notion Riverside.fm Descript ScreenFlow iZotope Castmagic Things 3 Bear Notes Fantastical Calendly Mimestream Timery Arc ChatGPT Raycast Sponsored by Liquid Web Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E410 · Mon, March 18, 2024
Rethinking Our Relationship with Time and Money with Khe Hy
I abhor hustle culture. Telling someone to work a full-time job, then go home and work more all for some goal that keeps changing is, in my opinion, how to lead an empty life. I’m worried that, even in 2024, we continue to fetishize making money and hustling. So I decided to take it to Khe Hy. Khe, if you don’t know, worked hard – as he puts it, he hustled for 10 years of his life. He worked on Wall Street, becoming the equivalent of a junior partner in a law firm, and earning a 7-figure salary. But he left that job, and he’s built a life he enjoys. But he makes it very clear: sometimes you do need to hustle. Life is full of seasons – and recognizing that seasonality is important. We cover a ton of topics in our short time. Top Takeaways There are seasons to life. It’s important to recognize that and adjust for the season you’re in. If you’re working to eventually gain more time, ask yourself if you can cut some costs and gain that time now. Sure, someone could pay you $10,000 for 5 hours of data entry – but do you want to do data entry, or would you rather have those 5 hours free? There’s a difference between revenue and profit. Most people share top line revenue, but what are they really taking home? Show Notes Khe Hy Revenue Hub's interview with Tiago Araújo RadReads The magic of doing $10,000 per hour work Are you a Post-Achievement Professional? Sponsors: Check out Liquid Web Go to http://porkbun.com/HowIBuiltIt24 to get $1 off your next desired domain name at Porkbun! ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E409 · Mon, March 11, 2024
Aligning Your Values to Set the Right Goals with Tanya Alvarez
What do you want your life to look like? Last week I talked about how not being intentional is kind of like driving a car without the GPS. But goal setting without knowing what you want – that’s a bit like driving a car without having a destination in mind. Well, today, Tanya Alvarez is going to help us figure out the destination – you can think of her as your own GPS. And much like that Google Maps car, she’s well-traveled and has a ton of experience to back up her advice – from funding her first startup with credit cards to completing a Half Ironman and traveling to 42 countries, she’s done it all. And now she wants to help you do it too, by sharing her system for prioritizing your goals. Top Takeaways Take the time to define and rank your personal values. Understand how these values shape your goals and prioritize them to ensure alignment with your desired outcomes. View your goals as hypotheses and break them down into manageable time frames. This approach provides flexibility for adjustments while promoting focused and effective work periods. When faced with multiple business ideas or tasks, evaluate them based on effort, impact, and activity categories. This can help you understand your capacity and prioritize tasks effectively. Show Notes Tanya Alvarez Sponsors: Check out Liquid Web Go to http://porkbun.com/HowIBuiltIt24 to get $1 off your next desired domain name at Porkbun! ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E408 · Mon, March 04, 2024
Why I’m Killing my Membership
Not being intentional in your business is a bit like getting in your car and driving without the GPS. Sure…you generally know where you’re going. But what if a road is closed? What if there’s avoidable traffic? A GPS can help you navigate around those things. When you’re intentional about your business, you go from wandering aimlessly, taking any work that makes ends meet, to setting and achieving your goals. And today, I’m going to talk about how I’m being more intentional in my business, and why that decision has led me to end my membership. Top Takeaways Take the time to identify tasks that provide the best returns on your time investment. Focus on work that aligns with your income goals and brings you closer to achieving your business objectives. Take control of your schedule by tracking your time and evaluating the effectiveness of your tasks. Use tools like time tracking apps to make data-driven decisions and maximize your productivity. Reflect on your business goals and values, and make decisions that align with them. Ensure that your business endeavors are in sync with what matters most to you and contribute to your overall happiness and success. Sponsors: Check out Liquid Web Go to http://porkbun.com/HowIBuiltIt24 to get $1 off your next desired domain name at Porkbun! ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E407 · Mon, February 26, 2024
Why Every Business Owner Needs a Podcast with Krystal Proffitt
Do you really need social media to build a following? To build expertise? To be successful? It’s something I’ve been thinking about a lot. I think lots of creators are too. The rote advice that you see from the ultra successful people just doesn’t work for most of us. And it doesn’t have to. What if I told you there was a better way. As it turns out, today’s guest, my friend and Amazon best selling author of the book start a binge-worthy podcast, Krystal Proffitt, agree: starting a podcast is a great way to build your business. In today’s conversation, we talk about why podcasting is the best way to build expertise and trust, why there aren’t too many podcasts, and how you can start a successful one. Plus, in the pro show, we talk all about how to do interviews the right way. Top Takeaways Podcasts are a great, intimate way to get your content in the hands of your ideal audience. And, as Seth Godin put it, they are the generous act of showing up. You differentiate your podcast by making sure your audience feels seen and heard. This could (and should) be through relatable stories, and by engaging with them through feedback. The first thing you should think about, before you every consider which mic to buy, is what’s your message? Without a message, you don’t have a podcast. Show Notes Krystal Proffitt My interview with Krystal on Podcast Automation Amy Porterfield Sponsors: Check out Liquid Web Go to http://porkbun.com/HowIBuiltIt24 to get $1 off your next desired domain name at Porkbun! ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E406 · Mon, February 19, 2024
Solopreneurs Need to Sell Strategy as a Service with Maggie Patterson
During the pandemic, we were told one thing seemingly over and over again: You need to start a membership. You need a community. That’s the only way you can scale your business. And to be honest, I fed into it. I believed that a membership was the key to stop trading for hours for dollars. But the truth is I was trading more hours for fewer dollars. See, what most solopreneurs don’t realize (what I didn’t realize for a long time) is that you’re always trading hours for dollars. That’s what work is. The key difference is how many hours you're trading for how many dollars. And that’s what Maggie Patterson is here to talk to us about today. See, when the pandemic ended, we both noticed something: many of those people who were preaching the importance of basing your business off a community or membership were going back to one thing: services. Because when you do services right, you can make a lot of money. Today, Maggie, who has over 15 years of experience successfully selling client services, tells us the key to unlocking more income: selling strategy. Top Takeaways It’s important to understand what kind of business you want to run. 1-to-1 business is a lot different from a 1-to-many business. And they require different strategies. The key is in pricing. Don’t just price on gut feeling. Tether it to some reality (like how much money you need to make to pay yourself, and run the business), and then listen for feedback. The market will tell you if you’re priced correctly. Too many solopreneurs give the strategy away for free in their proposal. They say exactly what they’re going to do. Instead, hold paid strategy sessions (sometimes called Discovery projects) where you get paid to truly understand the scope, and give the client something tangible. Show Notes Maggie Patterson Reverse Salary Calculator The Best Advice I Never Took Sponsored by Liquid Web Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E405 · Mon, February 12, 2024
Taking a bet on Substack’s Network Effect with Nathalie Lussier
Choosing the right platform can feel like an impossible task sometimes. There are so many options, from services to creating your own website and owning everything – how do you choose? Well, Nathalie Lussier and I have both been around the block. She owns a popular WordPress-based LMS called AccessAlly, and I’ve tried dozens of platforms for memberships, including ones I’ve built myself. So it was interesting timing when we both decided to start publishing on Substack in late November/early December. Today, we’re going to trade notes, going over why we decided to move there, what migration was like, and what we like and dislike about the platform. For members, we’ll discuss our timing to move within the context of a bigger controversy surrounding Substack. Top Takeaways Social Media for promoting and growing your work has been going downhill for a while now. But Substack has built in a number of features, like Notes and Recommendations, to incentivize sharing while also staying on the platform. One of Substack's best features is its interoperability. You can easily import email lists, content, and even paying subscribers through Stripe. And moving is easy too. Everything you can import, you can also export. The best way to leverage Substack’s network effect is to find your tribe – people who you can work with to restack, recommend, and follow on Notes. Just like any social network, don’t discount the “social” part. Show Notes The Momentum Memo AccessAlly How Knowing Your Customers Lets You Charge More with Nathalie Lussier Sponsored by Liquid Web Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E404 · Mon, February 05, 2024
What’s Missing From Your Process?
One of my favorite Disney+ shows is Loki. It’s a truly fascinating look at time travel, predetermined events, and controlling your own destiny. And now I’m going to give you a major (if not very simplified) spoiler, if you haven’t seen it. In the finale, Loki masters the ability to “time slip,” or transport to any time, any place, in any timeline (for all intents and purposes, a timeline is a parallel universe). This also allows him to relive events over and over again. So as all of existence faces eradication, he can take as much “time” as he wants to learn how to save everything and everyone, on every timeline. He continuously, over thousands of years, learns everything he needs to learn, and practices, through trial and error, to improve his process, and his odds of saving everything and everyone. And while we don’t have thousands of years, or the ability to time travel, we do have the ability to take a step back and consider the question, “What’s missing?” Read the full article here Sponsored by Liquid Web Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E403 · Tue, January 30, 2024
Great Things Require Time
It was Christmas Eve, and I was waiting in line for bagels. As someone who grew up in New York now living close to Philly, I’m admittedly a snob about the quality of the bagels I eat. But there’s a bagel shop not 5 minutes from my house that makes the best bagels I’ve ever had outside of NY/NJ. And they offer preorders for Christmas Eve. It’s become a bit of a tradition in our house to get those bagels and do a Christmas Eve brunch. They also have a select stock for people on a first come first serve basis. People who preorder can buy from this stock. The many preorders combined with the select stock creates a long line. After-all, these bagels are superb. So we waited. And during that wait, there were some people who complained about the wait1. But no one left the line or cancelled their order. After all, if all they wanted was bagels, they could have gone to the grocery store a few doors down and buy bagels immediately. But those are not even good bagels. And we wanted great bagels. See, there’s a dirty little secret that no one wants to hear these days: Great things require time. And they’re worth the wait. Read the full article here In the PRO show, I explain how I plan for conferences, and how I measure direct ROI from events. Join here . Sponsored by Liquid Web Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E402 · Mon, January 22, 2024
My Experiment with Substack and Being “Everywhere”
I sweat bullets over finding the right tools. Some might say I am an Overthinker. And that is an asset to me. But occasionally, it causes crippling analysis paralysis. I’ve spent every day of this very young year, thinking about the implementation for my membership, even though I know the simplest solution is to use Substack. And last week, I would have told you that’s the end of the story. But it’s not. So today, I’m going to tell you about a journey that led me to Substack and grossly overcomplicating my publishing process. And why that could be a good thing. For members, we discuss how I’m managing multiple publishing places, why “Be Everywhere” is so important to me, and my goals for this experiment. Sponsored by Liquid Web Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E401 · Mon, January 15, 2024
Why LinkedIn's "Best Practices" Might Be Your Downfall in 2024 with Matt Clark
It was a wild year for social media in 2023. Twitter turned into X. Meta launched Threads. And LinkedIn started off the year as a promising platform for engagement and growth before tweaking the algorithm and tanking all of that. Matt Clark, founder of The Virtual Edge, host of the Rainmaker Show, and expert in sales argues that we shouldn’t treat LinkedIn like a social media platform because it’s not one. It’s a professional networking platform. That means we need to treat it more like a networking event if we want to make the most of it. And today, he’s going to tell us how. In the subscribers-only show, Matt and I talk more about building a lifestyle before you build your business. We touch on how people like Alex Hormozi oversimplify how they do things in order to push how "easy" it is to build a business. We also talk about the difference life choices we've made, and how our businesses support that — and what you should consider as well! Top Takeaways LinkedIn wants you to be intentional. That means you need to know WHO you’re talking to, and HOW you help them. Make sure your profile is optimized for your client. Do some research to figure out their biggest problem, and how you can fix it for them. If you don’t know where to start, run a poll. This will re-engage your connections. Ask 3-4 questions that are targeted to your ideal client. Then for the people who DO engage, follow up and ask to get on a quick call. Show Notes Matt Clark Matt on Linkedin Stop doing “Sales” and Start Having Conversations with Nikki Rausch Why You Need to be on LinkedIn if You’re a Creator with Kathleen Celmins How to be a Scrappy Researcher (to Actually Sell Products) with Becky Pierson Davidson Power vs. Force Leonardo Da Vinci Chris Lema Sponsored by: Liquid Web Sponsored by Liquid Web Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E400 · Mon, January 08, 2024
My 2024 Yearly Theme
The word 'Control' evokes various thoughts and emotions, many of which are negative. Control is often associated with an excessive desire to dominate or dictate every aspect of a situation.The bad guys in movies and in real life desire control at almost any cost. Emperor Palpatine in Star Wars said the only way to improve life in the galaxy was for him to seize control. Thanos said the only way to save the universe was to control the population by controlling the infinity stones. Countless dictators and wannabe dictators have justified taking control because they’re the only ones who can save us. It sounds micro-managy, almost authoritarian when you say, “I want to be more controlling.” But Control at the right scale is super important. If you don’t control your car, bike, or other vehicle, for example, you will end up hurting yourself or someone else. In thinking about my next yearly theme, a recent conversation I had with my therapist was top of mind. I told her that I didn’t feel like I was in control of anything. Not my health. Not my money. Not my time or schedule.That's why my 2024 Yearly Theme is *The Year of Control.* For members, we discuss the themes I didn’t choose, how the membership will work in 2024, and the direction of the podcast in general. You can join here . Links My 2024 Yearly Theme Favorites of 2023 Cortex 2024 Yearly Themes Sponsored by Liquid Web Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E345 · Mon, December 18, 2023
How to be a Scrappy Researcher (to Actually Sell Products) with Becky Pierson Davidson
Over the last few weeks, you’ve heard from multiple guests about the importance of research – Dappz talking about calculated risks and doing research for the actual calculation. Nikki Rausch talking about speaking your potential customer’s language. Adriana tells us to do research when we’re guesting on a podcast. But that begs the question: how ? How do we make sure we’re doing the right kind of research to yield helpful information – especially if we’re not a huge company? We need to do scrappy research – which is why I brought in my friend, Becky Pierson Davidson. She’s an educator, speaker, and community-driven product strategist who’s focused on helping people like us simplify our customer journey, improve retention, and increase customer LTV. And she’s got the receipts, working with diverse clients, including personal brands, fortune 500 companies, creative service agencies, and startups. So I thought there was no better way to close out the year than to talk to her about scrappy research. Top Takeaways Research prevents you from building the wrong thing. Launches that flop are usually launches that have no research backing them up. Don’t just build something for you. It’s not about you . Sure, some people will tell you to dog food your own product – but your business won’t survive if you’re the only customer. You want quantitative and qualitative research. Look at all of your analytics, see what content performs well, but also survey your audience, and have real conversations with potential customers. You only need 5 to find a problem to solve. Show Notes Becky Pierson Davidson Becky on Instagram Becky on Linkedin Get $100 off Journey Makers Live with code FRIENDOFJOE Steve Woodruff "King of Clarity" Sponsored by: Sensei Sponsored by : Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E344 · Mon, December 11, 2023
You're Using AI All Wrong with Bryan McAnulty
A few weeks ago, I ruffled some feathers on social media. I said, “Telling people you wrote your book with AI is like telling people you ran a marathon with your car.” Wow. People took umbrage with that statement. And while I stand by what I said, I thought it would be a good idea to talk to an AI expert. So I reached out to Bryan McAnulty of Heights Platform to see me (or everyone else) straight. And you know what he told me? We’re all doing it wrong. We shouldn’t use AI as a proxy for Google. We should use it as an actual assistant. And for that, we need to give it a ton of context. Top Takeaways Instead of thinking of AI as a tool, think of it as an instrument. You need to learn how to play it and personalize it to play your kind of music. In the long run, you won’t be able to use AI to cheat, because what makes your content unique is your personal experiences. Since AI works on how you train it, You can have as many AI assistants as you want. It doesn’t just have to be one. Show Notes Bryan McAnulty Obsidian Smart Connections Copilot Cortex Podcast All the News from Open AI's First Developer Conference Heights Platform Creator Climb Sponsored by: Sensei Sponsored by : Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E343 · Mon, December 04, 2023
How to be Prepared (and Reach More People) as a Podcast Guest with Adriana Baer
Imagine that you’re going to give a talk on a topic you know really well. You spend time on the presentation, rehearse it 100 times, dial in the slides, and you’re feeling great. You get the conference, deliver the talk, and you think you nailed it. But when you ask for questions, one person raises her hand and says, “Nous ne parlons pas anglais.” That’s right. You just delivered your talk in English, and the entire audience speaks French. You made an assumption that you knew that audience. And the conference host made that same assumption. Now the effects, or embarrassment, may not be as strong if you guest on a podcast, but they can cut against your credibility, and potentially waste your time…and the audience’s time. That’s why you need to be prepared. And that’s exactly what public speaking coach (and fantastic guest) Adriana Baer is going to talk to us about today. We chat about everything from research to storytelling, and she even has a few bonus tips. Be sure to stick around until the end for a special bundled deal we’re offering. Top Takeaways Podcast guesting is a gift. While the rest of the world lives in 5 second sound bites, podcasts give us the time and space to flex our expertise. To be an effective podcast guest, you need to do your research. Understand who you’re talking to, and how you can help them. You need to tell good stories – you do that but having some prepared, but also by actively listening to the host. Show Notes Adriana Baer Why Podcast Interviews are a Content Goldmine with Tom Schwab The Digital Storytelling Aspect of Podcasting The Solopreneur's Gift Guide Sponsored by: Sensei Sponsored by : Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E342 · Mon, November 27, 2023
Stop doing "Sales" and Start Having Conversations with Nikki Rausch
Recently, I sat down to dinner with my family when the doorbell rang. It was a door-to-door HelloFresh salesman, who wanted to make dinner easier for us (while ironically preventing me from eating dinner). I immediately got frustrated for two reasons: It was dinner time and the interruption was unwelcomed I had already told this guy’s partner “no” several hours earlier. It was a conversation that not only was unwelcome but was already flat-out rejected once before. This sort of tactic is what gives sales a bad name, and why folks like us hate sales. But today’s guest, Nikki Rausch, is here to tell us that’s not at all how sales should work – and what we should do instead. Top Takeaways Sales isn’t a one-way street. It’s a collaborative conversation that you have permission to enter into. And you get permission by asking. The person you’re speaking to has their own language – you need to tailor your offer to meet their needs and use their language. Never make assumptions! You can’t further a relationship without asking questions. Assumptions are driven by limiting beliefs. Questions lead to concrete answers. Show Notes Nikki Rausch What Prepared Plumbers Can Teach You About Winning Business The Selling Staircase: Mastering the Art of Relationship Mastering the Sales Conversation Sponsored by: Sensei Sponsored by : Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E341 · Mon, November 20, 2023
Turning the Table: How do I Find the Right Lead Magnet for my Podcast with Zach Swinehart
Social media advice these days reminds me a bit of the parable of the Emperor with no Clothes . See, it's easy for anyone to display how smart and successful they are. They say things like, "Here's your content strategy for 2024: Post three times on X daily, post one thread on X daily. Create three LinkedIn posts per day and one LinkedIn carousel per week." People read that and think, "That's easy to understand," without realizing that just posting content is not a strategy at all. I often think about how people perceive me and my show because I consider myself a successful podcaster. But I also feel conflicted – I don't feel I've done a good job of leveraging this show to grow my audience. So, I've decided to have my friend, Zach Swinehart, come on to talk about how I can improve my conversions for this show. However, it almost feels a bit like the emperor has no clothes. Am I putting myself out there? Am I letting myself be too vulnerable? I guess you’re about to find out. Top Takeaways When it comes to determining your lead magnet, you should test a few to see which resonates. When you're testing calls to action or lead magnets in a podcast, you should try a few different spots with a few different links. Know who you're talking to and try to understand your audience by looking at their pain points and objections. Show Notes Double Your Email List Growth Rate in 29 minutes Check out the full interview over on Zach's podcast, Full Time Creator Personalization is the Path Forward with Brennan Dunn Sponsored by: Sensei Sponsored by : Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Fri, November 17, 2023
Should We Use AI to Write for Us? (Debate with Alastair McDermott)
How much help is too much help? When do you go from the actual worker to the visionary? And where does AI fit into all of this? Over on LinkedIn, I said using AI to write your book is like using a car to run a marathon. People took issue with that. So my friend Alastair MeDermott and I decided to have a good old fashioned debate. You’ll hear a nuanced discussion around: How to think about AI assistance in writing and content creation Where AI can help versus replace in the creative process How iterative prompting can shape the AI output Whether AI will ever replicate truly original human ideas The importance of the human editorial eye in approving AI-generated content What we potentially stand to lose in fully outsourcing creative work to machines If you’re feeling uncertain about how to responsibly and effectively leverage AI tools like ChatGPT in your business and content creation, don’t miss this lively exchange of perspectives. Tune in now to help shape your own ethical framework. Check out Alastair's podcast over at https://therecognizedauthority.com/ ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E340 · Mon, November 13, 2023
Why You NEED to Take Calculated Risks to Grow Your Business with Matt "Dappz" McGuckin
Imagine making $70,000…from your bedroom…in one night. That’s exactly what Matt “Dappz” McGuckin did with his online trading cards shop. He got his start “breaking” – that is, buying and opening boxes of cards live online, and selling the contents…all on TikTok. Sounds risky? It is! But today, Dappz Sports is the Live Shopping Company on TikTok in the U.S., making over $20 Million in gross sales. So the risks have paid off. Now maybe it seems like too far-fetched to say you’ll make $70K in one night, but it’s not too far-fetched to say that making calculated risks will elevate your business. It’s a proven strategy and Dappz, and today, he’s going to tell you how you can do it too. Top Takeaways Don’t try to think about how you’ll go viral. Instead, be consistent and try different things. Experimenting can be low-stakes risk-taking. One of the biggest risks that pay off is hiring someone. They will take SO much off your plate. It sounds scary, but it’s a must for any business owner. Research is SO important with it comes to mitigating risk – remember, this is about calculated risks, not being a cowboy, and doing crazy stuff to see if it pays off. Show Notes Matt "Dappz" McGuckin Matt on Tiktok The Social Dilemma on Netflix Sponsored by: Sensei Sponsored by : Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E339 · Mon, November 06, 2023
The 2023 Solopreneur's Gift Guide
Over the years, I’ve published a great many gift guides on my blog. From freelancers, to podcasters, to working from home, and even my hobbies — like pens and cigars. And this year is no different. But given my relatively new focus on helping solopreneurs (and the fact that the “Work from Home” guide is starting to feel a little stale), I’ve decided to change things up in 2023. That's why this year, I'm introducing the Solopreneur's Gift Guide. Enjoy! Links The 2023 Solopreneur's Gift Guide View on Casabona.org Recording / Video Conference Gear Elgato Facecam Elgato Facecam Pro Live Stream kit Samson Q2U Sennheiser PC 8 USB Headset Podcaster’s Gift Guide Hue Lights Elgato Key Light | Key Light Air Neewer 2 Pack Lume Cube for Video Conferencing Home Office Steelcase HON Chairs Roller Blade Wheels for Office Chairs Jarvis by Fully E7 by FlexiSpot Moft Sit-Stand Laptop Desk Twelve South Logitech MX Master 3 Keycron K2 Pro Mechanical Keyboard Ergonomic keyboard from Microsoft Monitor Arm by Fully At Home Tech Western Digital
S1 E338 · Mon, October 30, 2023
Why Awkwardness Is Your Competitive Advantage in Content Creation with Henna Pryor
Do you remember the most awkward moments of your life? One for me was definitely the day I was defending my master’s thesis. I was explaining a complex algorithm, when my advisor interrupted me and said, “Well…that’s not really how it works.” In front of my classmates, other faculty, and a number of friends who showed up out of support. As you can imagine, I was mortified – until recovered, finished the presentation, and said, If you have any questions, I’d be happy to answer them. Unless it’s about that one algorithm. They you can ask Dr. Bishop.” That got laughs, and I finished strong. I learned an important lesson that day: awkwardness will happen. It’s how you handle it that has a lasting effect. And that’s exactly what Dr. Henna Pryor is going to talk about with us today. She’s a keynote speaker, and her best-selling book, Good Awkward , came out in September with endorsements from people like NFL Quarterback Russell Wilson. Top Takeaways We are living in a society that increasingly doesn’t need to use its “social skills” muscle. We don’t have to interact with as many people, and it’s making us feel worse. Awkward goes hand-in-hand with uncertainty. That means if you never want to feel awkward, you’ll never grow. In order to embrace uncertainty, and therefore awkwardness, we need to create more situations to “practice” than the current world gives us. Show Notes Henna Pryor Henna Pryor Book Henna on Linkedin Henna on Instagram How to Stand Out When Everything is Competing for Attention with Steve Woodruff Sponsored by: Sensei Sponsored by : Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E337 · Mon, October 23, 2023
The Importance of Digital Storytelling
A family walks into a talent agency, and says, “Have we got the act for you…” If you’re familiar with this opening to a joke, you may have had a visceral reaction to it — either you think it’s hysterically funny, shamefully disgusting, or both. It’s the opening to the joke, The Aristocrats , and if you have a weak stomach, I don’t suggest you look it up. See, the point of this joke isn’t actually the punchline, which is right in the title. The point is to see how long you can improv a shocking, disgusting, offensive story. You can think about it as a secret handshake among comedians, that became not so secret after a 2005 documentary came out about it. It going me thinking about the importance of telling a story. This week, I got to speak to my friend Nick Benson’s college classes about Digital Storytelling. Don’t worry, I didn’t tell The Aristocrats . Instead, I spoke to them about why storytelling is so important in any content you create, especially podcasting. Read the article here: https://podcastliftoff.com/podcast-storytelling/ Sponsored by : Lulu : Sign up for free today and sell your book. Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E336 · Mon, October 16, 2023
Sometimes You Need to Fire Everyone and Start from Scratch with Jordan Eaton
In a way, the chaotic start to our interview, followed by a calm, cool conversation, is a metaphor for Jordan’s business journey this year. See, this isn’t just a story about how to hire good people for your business. It’s a cautionary tale, and proof that running a business is about always learning and adjusting. Jordan runs an agency of high-level remote assistants. Today, she’s telling us her own trials and tribulations with making what seemed to be the right hiring call but ended up plunging her business into a few chaotic months. Don’t worry though, through patience and vigilance, she came out on the other side in a much better position. Plus, in the PRO show, we talk about what she’s doing for me…and why she’s contributed to me potentially leaving Airtable for Notion. Top Takeaways You need to share your mission with your team early on. This ensures that you’re both aligned on the same values – which will form a stronger bond than a paycheck. Know when to communicate. Jordan saw that through hiring contractors, they were taking on too much, and as a result, the quality of their work slipped. Clear communication could have prevented the worst outcome for her: loss of clients. Know when to cut ties. Jordan saw that for her agency, a contractor relationship would not work. So she pivoted and decided to hire full-time employees instead. It took several months to find the right fit, but she’s happy she didn’t rush into the decision. When you do bring on new employees, make sure to have a rock-solid, hands-on training program. This will allow them to start learning and doing, from day 1. Show Notes Jordan Eaton Sponsored by: Lulu | Sensei Sponsored by : Lulu : Sign up for free today and sell your book. Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Thu, October 12, 2023
Podcast Workflows: How Trailer Park Got 10,000 Downloads in 6 weeks.
It's podcast swap time! Except I'm telling you about another podcast of mine: Podcast Workflows. It's a daily podcast that focuses on how to help podcasters improve their processes. Every Wednesday, I do a deep dive into someone's process, and that's what I'm bringing you today. Learn more at https://show.podcastworkflows.com/ Arielle Nissenblatt eats, sleeps, and breathes podcasts. Her main job is with a podcast company. Her newsletter is all about podcast curation. She runs a podcast community on Discord. She loves podcasts so much that she, along with her co-host Tim Villegas, produce a podcast about podcasts. Well really, about podcast trailers specifically. It’s called Trailer Park . You might think that this is too niche, but they got 10,000 downloads in just a few weeks. Their outreach process was crucial to achieving that goal. Read on to learn how they did it. IN THIS EPISODE Why a super-niche podcast is the path to success Spending some time in the edit can greatly enhance your show Pitching and direct outreach is still the best way to grow your podcast Read the full article here: https://podcastworkflows.com/trailer-park-podcast/ ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E335 · Mon, October 09, 2023
Why Podcast Interviews are a Content Goldmine with Tom Schwab
If I wanted to cater to the current algorithm gods, I’d probably talk about how this interview is all about what AI can and cannot do for us. But it’s so much more than that. Much like the problem with leveraging AI to do all of the heavy lifting, me positioning this episode as “about AI,” would be inauthentic. And authenticity…well that’s really what this episode is about. Tom Schwab is someone who believes at his core that you’re just One Conversation Away from a profitable…and perhaps quite successful…business. So that’s what he helps people do. He helps them have conversations. And today, you’re going to learn how to get better at having the right conversations, as well as how to leverage those conversations to build your authority…authentically. Plus in the PRO show, Tom and I exchange podcast interview horror stories! Top Takeaways Marketing is starting a conversation with someone who could be a great customer. But before you can do that, you need to get clear on what you do, and who you do it for. Obscurity is bad for business. When you go on podcasts, you’re having a conversation with potentially lots of people. This means you need to show up, be present, and make the host look like a genius for having you on! Go for quality over quantity. When I asked Tom about how to get on more podcasts he said, “More is not better. Better is better.” So use your time wisely, and show up fully for the listeners. Show Notes Tom Schwab Sponsored by: Lulu | Sensei Sponsored by : Lulu : Sign up for free today and sell your book. Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E334 · Mon, October 02, 2023
How to Stand Out When Everything is Competing for Attention with Steve Woodruff
Take the 2024 Listener Survey ! Did you know that Netflix is also a gaming platform now? That Apple make TV shows? That Disney own a number of YouTube channels without the Disney branding? It’s because they know what Steve Woodruff knows. If you’re a podcaster, you might think the competition is other podcasters. If you make movies, you might think the competition is another movie. You’d be wrong. See, what Netflix, Apple, Disney, and Steve know, is that the competition is everything. People are assaulted every day by stimuli, and if you want to cut through all of the noise, you need to stand out by being an effective communication designer. And there’s no better person to tell us how to do that than the King of Clarity himself. Plus, in the PRO show, we talk about using AI to write books, and Steve’s process for writing his latest book, The Point . Top Takeaways The average American spends 7-10 hours per day in front of a screen. On top of that, we see 4,000-10,000 ads every day . In other words, there is a lot of stuff competing for our attention. You want to be pigeonholed! Instead of an “Elevator Pitch,” which sounds stuff and outdated, Steve prefers the term “Memory Dart.” What’s one sentence you can say to people so they know exactly what you do? If you’re not communicating clearly to an outsider, you’re not communicating clearly. You want to make sure your copy (website, LinkedIn profile, Twitter) makes sense to people who don’t know your work well. Show Notes Steve Woodruff Steve in Linkedin Want to be a Better Speaker? Do THESE Things with Mike Pacchione Clarity Wins Book You’re Writing Your Business Book Wrong with Josh Bernoff Sponsored by: Hostinger | Lulu | Sensei Sponsored by : Hostinger : Get 10% off + 2 months free with code BUILD Lulu : Sign up for free today and sell your book. Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA <a href="https://casabona.org/buy-me-coffee/" rel
S1 E333 · Mon, September 25, 2023
Using Twitter to Grow Your Podcast with Yong-Soo Chung
Take the 2024 Listener Survey ! Imagine running a high 7-figure business with over 300,000 followers on social media, then launching a podcast. How many downloads would you expect? 100,000? 150,000? What about…10? We’ve all been there: we spend a TON of time pouring blood, sweat, and tears into a project just to have it launch to crickets. That’s exactly what happened to Yong-Soo Chung with his podcast. Despite the social following, no one cared about his show. But instead of wallowing in self-pity or shutting the show down, Yong-Soo took action. He reactivated his 12-year dormant Twitter account, and started basically from scratch, growing to 20,000 followers in less than a year. Now he has a great process for getting people from Twitter to his newsletter, to his podcast. We’ll cover his entire journey and more. Plus, in the PRO show, we exchange notes on our production processes! Life Lessons Have a clearly defined niche, and know how to reach people in that niche. Yong-Soo’s initial problem was a mismatch between his businesses and his show. Once he started to find people in the right niche, he started to find listeners. Share personal stories – these are the things that resonate with people, no matter what platform or niche. By being a little vulnerable, people will want to learn more about you and your story. Continuously hone your target avatar and make sure to grow your show to serve your audience and yourself. You need to be interested in the show – after all, that’s how you tell a good story. Show Notes Yong-Soo Chung Yong-Soo in Twitter Yong-Soo in Instagram Yong-Soo in Linkedin Using AI to Craft a Listener Avatar Want People to Find Your Podcast? Do More Than Just Tweet with Deirdre Tshien Sponsored by: Hostinger | Lulu | Sensei Sponsored by : Hostinger : Get 10% off + 2 months free with code BUILD Lulu : Sign up for free today and sell your book. Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA <str
S1 E332 · Mon, September 18, 2023
Create More Engaging Cohort-based Courses with the Flipped Classroom Model
Take the 2024 Listener Survey ! Cohort-based courses are on the decline if the tastemakers are to be believed. And it makes sense. Now that people aren’t stuck at home, they probably don’t want to spend time interacting online when they can interact IRL. But that doesn’t mean that CBCs have no utility. In fact, I think that there’s a great way we can make CBCs even better, by employing a tactic that has been explored in the K12 and higher education settings: the flipped classroom. In the episode we’ll: Check out the flipped classroom model, a way to get students more involved and boost their learning. See how engaging teaching methods move past old school methods and foster better student participation. Learn some of the pitfalls of the flipped classroom in a practice. Measure the effect of customizing course material to suit students, a way to make education more personalized. See how the topic matters when considering the use of the flipped classroom model. Address how we can incorporate the flipped classroom model in cohort-based courses. Sponsored by : Hostinger : Get 10% off + 2 months free with code BUILD Lulu : Sign up for free today and sell your book. Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E331 · Mon, September 11, 2023
Why You're Thinking About Building in Public the Wrong Way with Kevon Cheung
Take the 2024 Listener Survey ! I love Hibachi. I love the food. I love the experience. That seems a lot like building in public, right? After all, the chef is literally cooking in front of us, building our meal. But according to Kevon Cheung – a guy who’s built his entire community by building in public – Hibachi is entertainment. In order to build in public, you need to take your audience on a journey with you. That’s why he believes building in public is more like Omakase. This is where the chef will choose the foods for you, involve you in the process, and tell you a story about the food you’re eating. That’s what Building in Public truly is, and today, we’re going to learn how to leverage it to build great communities and better products. Top Takeaways You need to talk about something people care about, not just vanity metrics. No one cares what time you wake up to write. They want to know what you’re writing about, and why you chose to write about that topic. Only your competitors care about how you do something – your secret sauce. Your audience is invested in you, and they want to know about the journey…both the ups and the downs. You shouldn’t just announce something when you’re not sure it will do well. Instead, tell your audience you’re exploring an idea. Ask them about it, and involve them in the process. THEN, make a decision and share that with them, along with why you made the decision. Show Notes Kevon Cheung Kevon in Twitter PublicLab Monica Lent What Happened to Wirecutter How To Build a $1000/year Membership with Jay Clouse Podcast Workflows book http://helpthisbook.com Sponsored by: Hostinger | Lulu | Sensei Sponsored by : Hostinger : Get 10% off + 2 months free with code BUILD Lulu : Sign up for free today and sell your book. Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA <a href="https://casabona.org/b
S1 E330 · Mon, September 04, 2023
An Emmy Award-Winning Producer Teaches You Storytelling with Cody Sheehy
You need to tell a good story, no matter what kind of content you create. This is obvious in fiction, but it’s just as important in non-fiction. Don’t believe me? Take it from Emmy Award-winning producer, Cody Sheehy. He creates documentaries, and today he tells us why storytelling has been crucial to his work, and is crucial to yours too. In the PRO show, I couldn’t resist: I asked what it was like to win an Emmy. Top Takeaways Everything comes down to having a good character. Your audience needs to associate with the character for them to feel connected to your content (this is why long-form> short-form). While Joseph Campbell’s formula is great in theory, it doesn’t fit perfectly in the real world. But you still need to take elements from it to craft something compelling. Finishing strong should feel like you’re running through a house, closing all the doors. Your character needs to grow and you need to close most, if not all, of the open threads. Show Notes Cody Sheehy Sponsored by: Lulu | Sensei Sponsored by : Lulu : Sign up for free today and sell your book. Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E329 · Mon, August 28, 2023
Why You Need to be on LinkedIn if You're a Creator with Kathleen Celmins
If you think about social networks as people, LinkedIn is TikTok’s dorky older, more professional sister…that the younger, more hip sister needs to borrow money from. That’s how Kathleen Celmins sees it, and she’s very effective at selling on LinkedIn. In fact, she says that if you’re just trying to grow your follower count on LinkedIn, you’re doing it wrong. Instead, it’s all about the connections. How do you convert those connections into clients? That’s what we get into during this call. Plus, in the PRO show we talk about the danger of creating tools that rely on social media. Top Takeaways While every other social network is super content-heavy, LinkedIn is different. If you post more than once a day, you’re competing with yourself. Followers on LinkedIn are a vanity metric. Your goal is to fill your calendar with calls…so create connections and see if those connections are a good fit. Your LinkedIn Profile is your sales page. Optimize it for your offer, and start connecting with people in your niche. Show Notes Kathleen Celmins How to NOT Burn Out While Using Social Media with Alex Marshall Waalaxy Sponsored by: Lulu | Sensei Sponsored by : Lulu : Sign up for free today and sell your book. Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E328 · Mon, August 21, 2023
Want People to Find Your Podcast? Do More Than Just Tweet with Deirdre Tshien
I used to think that promoting my podcast was a matter of tweeting it (Xeeting it?) and hoping for the best. And while I’ve learned a TON over the years about what to do, and what not to do, Deirdre Tshien still blew my mind as we talked about her traffic pyramid. As the co-founder and CEO of Capsho (an AI tool to help create promotional assets), she knows a thing or two about how to market and grow your podcast. We’ll get into that, plus podcast discoverability tips that change my approach to this very show, and my audits. Plus, in the PRO show, we talk about what it’s like building niche commercial AI tools. Top Takeaways Look for the 4 tiers of getting traffic to your content: passive, and active organic marketing, leveraging other audiences, and paid ads There are lots of ways to improve podcast discoverability, including optimizing titles, descriptions, and even artist names for the words your niche is searching for. The name of the repurposing game is dripping out clips from your show and giving the episode a long life. That’s why Deirdre started Capsho in the first place! Show Notes Deirdre Tshien MoPod Podpage Creative Studios Voxalyze Making Money on Marketplaces with Maddy Osman Sponsored by: Lulu | Sensei Sponsored by : Lulu : Sign up for free today and sell your book. Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E327 · Mon, August 14, 2023
Summer Slow Down: 5 Tools I'm Trying
It's the summer and I just came off a ton of travel, so this episode is a mishmash of things and a little rambly. Strap in! We’ll talk about a contract position I have, plus some new partnerships I’m excited about. Then we’ll move to my summer of travel and how I’m managing the workload before moving onto the main event: 5 tools I’m trying out this summer. In the pro show, I talk about what I’m using Notion for, more about my new position, Luma, and seeing a therapist. Show Notes Arc Browser Voxalyze AudioPen Quillbee Capsho Luma RSS.com My YouTube Channel Sponsored by: Lulu | Sensei Sponsored by : Lulu : Sign up for free today and sell your book. Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E326 · Mon, August 07, 2023
Why You Need to Keep a Digital Journal as a Creator with Andy Ayim
“I don’t need to write it down because I’ll remember” is hopelessly naive. Sorry if that stung, but it’s true. You need to write things down, as Andy Ayim MBE learned when he started his digital journal. He’s a father, husband, creator, thinker, investor, and founder of The Angel Investing School. He has invested in over 17 gap-closing startups. And he would be completely lost without what he calls his “Tracker” - a digital journal he keeps in Notion. In fact, he believes his Tracker is so crucial, that he considers it DIY coaching and counseling too. So let’s dive into why YOU need to keep a digital journal, and how to make it happen. Plus, in the PRO show, we talk about investing, single-vs-multi-focus, and how Andy invented Spotify, and I invented Facebook… Top Takeaways “You’re never really failing if you learn from it.” Your digital journal is like the “Google Analytics of your life.” You can keep track of what you do, how do feel, and lots of other data points to help you learn. This can also be an eternal source of content. If you’re logging books, thoughts, and ideas, you can reference your digital journal when you’re feeling stuck to look for inspiration. Get started the way that works best for you. Andy started with a Google Doc before moving to Notion when he understood what he needed. Show Notes Andy Ayim Small World Books Cortex Podcast Atomic Habits Building a Second Brain Sponsored by: Sensei Sponsored by : Lulu : Sign up for free today and sell your book. Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E325 · Mon, July 31, 2023
Building Your Business by Being Bold with Brooke Janousek
They say fortune favors the bold, and that’s definitely the case for Brooke Janousek. After decades in the marketing industry, she decided to strike out on her own and needed to take any opportunity she could get to help her business grow. So she took her shot by asking Sara Blakely’s (founder of SPANX) husband, during his talk, in front of 800 people, for a chance to meet her. According to Brooke, you need to be bold in your own business- “if you don’t have a seat at the table, you need to make one.” Those bold moves turned her into a successful fractional CMO. And if you’re wondering if this path is right for you, you need to listen! Top Takeaways Fractional leaders are becoming increasingly popular. They allow companies to bring on a high level of expertise without having to hire a 6-figure salary employee. You build credibility as a fractional leader by showing results. If you can clearly articulate results to a potential client, you’ll get hired. This all goes back to being bold. If there’s something you think you should do, and it makes you uncomfortable, it’s probably the right move. Brooke says, “ asking is overthinking” and I love that. Show Notes Brooke Janousek Brooke on Linkedin Brooke On The Grow Sponsored by: Sensei Sponsored by : Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Fri, July 28, 2023
What Baby Clothes Can Teach You About Understanding Your Customers
If you’re a parent, you’re probably familiar with something that’s been recently reintroduced into my life. It’s 2 am, and my 7-month-old son wakes up and is in need of a new diaper and bottle. So I get up and head into his room. I’m half asleep, I need to undo his PJs, change the diaper, and redo the PJs. And there is one type of PJ's that are head and shoulders above the rest: the reverse zip PJs. So good in fact, that I’m certain they were designed by parents that had the same exact experience I’ve shared. Link: What Baby Clothes Can Teach You About Understanding Your Customers ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E324 · Mon, July 24, 2023
Why Your Business NEEDS User Generated Content with Tory Gray
Are you missing the boat on user-generated content? User-Generated Content (UGC) isn’t just for getting testimonials on social media. In fact, today’s guest, Tory Gray, says we can use it for almost anything: SEO, user research, social proof, FAQs, and so much more. And she should know! Tory is a highly experienced digital marketing consultant and the Founder of The Gray Dot Company. With more than 15 years of experience in SEO and growth strategy, Tory has helped numerous businesses achieve their goals through digital strategy with a focus on technical and strategic SEO. On top of the great advice, we walk through a scenario: building a landing page from scratch with UGC. Don’t miss it! Plus, in the PRO show, we talk about the mother of all UGC websites: Reddit. Top Takeaways You can create full pages of content from UGC, from photos to social proof to FAQs. Your process for collecting UGC doesn’t have to be complicated. You can have a Google Form or Doc with some pointed questions, or a swipe file. If you’re not sure where to start with a new product, look at UGC for similar brands and products. People are already asking questions online. Do a social media or Google Keyword search! Show Notes Tony Gray Tony on Linkedin How to Get a Trademark with Rian Kinney Sponsored by: Sensei Sponsored by : Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA Check out Calm History at https://calmhistory.com Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Fri, July 21, 2023
Little Experiments I'm Running
A few weeks ago Jay Clouse wrote about Experimentality on his blog. This is a concept I love because experimenting is the only way to know if what you're doing works as best as it can. I've been experimenting a lot with my podcast , content, and automation. I like writing about what I'm trying for my members...I think it's a big benefit of the membership. I thought I'd give you a little peek into two experiments I'm running now. Get your FREE copy of my Automations Library ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E323 · Mon, July 17, 2023
The Best Thing You Can Do is Document YOUR Journey with Tim Stoddart
“I despise social media.” This was my first impression of Tim Stoddart, and I was hooked. If you're feeling frustrated and discouraged by the lack of engagement relying solely on social media posts, you are not alone! But you, like me, might be taking the wrong approach. Tim says long-form content is king, and he should know. He’s the CEO of Copyblogger and writes prolifically. If you’ve been struggling to make an impact through short-form content, this interview is a must-listen. Get the top takeaways, show notes, and transcript at https://howibuilt.it/323 Sponsored by : Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Fri, July 14, 2023
My Monthly Digest Engine
Earlier this month I made two decisions about the newsletter that you may have noticed: I got rid of the “Quick Hits” section (which was mostly my own content) in favor of a 300-500 word section on some top-of-mind topic. I added a monthly digest of all the content I put out during the month, sent on the last weekday of the month. The two are related. I still want a way to let my newsletter subscribers know about the content I’ve put out, in case they missed it. But it also serves 2 other purposes: It allows me to promote the month’s podcast episodes one more time. The sponsors get one more mention in the newsletter each month. After putting it together manually, I knew there had to be a better way, so I built version one of a Monthly Digest Engine , designed to aggregate and format all of my links, which I can then add to ConvertKit . Here’s how I built it. Sign up at https://howibuilt.it/subscribe https://casabona.org/2023/06/building-a-monthly-digest-engine/ Get your FREE copy of my Automations Library ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E322 · Mon, July 10, 2023
Why I'm Going All-In on Long-Form Content
What do you get when you follow the pack instead of doing what’s best for you? A bad content strategy. A year ago, I decided to focus on short-form content because I saw all the “thread Bois” doing it and thought it would help my business. It didn’t. But luckily, you can course-correct your strategies. And thanks to some key talks and inspiration from CEX and Craft+Commerce, I’ve decided that long form is the best strategy for my business (and probably yours, too). Get the top takeaways, show notes, and transcript at https://howibuilt.it/322 Sponsored by : Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA Gapscout : ChatGPT insights, but for market research Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Fri, July 07, 2023
How I Found my VA
Picture this: it's 2020. Your spouse is a nurse. You have one small kid with another on the way. You know child care will fall full to you for at least half the week. Oh, and you're trying to run a business. What would you do if your work week was effectively cut in half? I knew I needed to get help in my business, so I found a VA. Over a few episodes, I'll talk about working with my VA, starting with how I decided I needed one and where I found her. Get your FREE copy of my Automations Library ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E321 · Mon, July 03, 2023
You're Writing Your Business Book Wrong with Josh Bernoff
We live in an age where everything needs to be fast, easy, and in high volume. I’ve seen people say, “I’m going to write 8 books this year.” Josh Bernoff thinks that’s a load of crap. See, if you want to write a good book, just like anything of quality, you need to spend time on it. Josh’s new book, Build a Better Business Book , is a master class on how to do that. And today, he’s giving us the best parts of that book. In the PRO show, things get real as we talk more about the charlatans of writing, as well as ghostwriting. Top Takeaways To write a good book, your idea has to be big, right, and new. This will make it distinguishable from everything else, and increase your impact and influence. A good business book consists of two things: answers to reader questions, and case studies. Your book is nothing if you don’t have case studies to back up your claim. Are you a planner, or a panter? Panters write by the seat of their pants, which creates a long, rambling, incoherent book. Planners start with what Josh calls a “fat outline,” so they know the story they’re telling before they ever put pen to page. Show Notes Josh Bernoff Josh on Twitter Josh on Facebook Josh on Linkedin Build a Better Business Book Blitzscaling Sponsored by: Gapscout | Sensei Sponsored by : Sensei : Save 20% FOR LIFE with code JOECASABONA Gapscout : ChatGPT insights, but for market research Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Fri, June 30, 2023
Thoughts on the Vision Pro
Apple is rarely the first to market with a product, and for good reason. Here are 4 lessons you can learn from Apple introducing the Vision Pro at the beginning of the month. Link: Thoughts and Lesson from the Apple Vision Pro Presentation at the WWDC Get your FREE copy of my Automations Library ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E320 · Mon, June 26, 2023
Using Psychology to Build a Better Business with Julian Garsdean
Are you a “Field of Dreams” marketer? Someone who thinks, “If I build it, they will come.” I was for a long time. Sometimes it feels like I still am. That’s why I was excited to talk to Julian Garsdean. He blends psychology and business in a way I haven’t seen before to help business owners stand out and sell more. As creators, we can learn a ton from addressing the 6 basic needs in our own content and products. Listen for these top takeaways: Top Takeaways Businesses aren’t just transactions. They are run by people, for people. The sooner you realize that the sooner you’ll connect with your potential customers. Establish your identity. Being too general means you’re not connecting with anyone. Doing a deep dive into your identity, and the persona of your customers, makes them relate to your more. The key to negotiations is…you guessed it…understanding the needs of the person on the other side of the table. Do that, and you’ll be able to quantify your value in something other than numbers. Show Notes Julian Garsdean Julian on Linkedin You Need to Form Good Writing Habits with Dickie Bush The RIGHT Way to Pitch Sponsors for Your Content with Justin Moore $100M Offers: How To Make Offers So Good People Feel Stupid Saying No Sponsored by: Gapscout | TextExpander | Sendinblue Sponsored by : Brevo : Get 50% off your first 3 months with code JOE TextExpander : Save 20% off your first year Gapscout : ChatGPT insights, but for market research Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Fri, June 23, 2023
Thinking about Webinar Software
About a month ago I went on a quest to find the perfect webinar software. I create a spreadsheet and everything. But at CEX, I had a great conversation with Luria Petrucci of Live Stream Pros and I asked her, “What do you think is the best way to run a webinar?” Here's what she said, and why. ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E319 · Mon, June 19, 2023
To Grow Your Newsletter, You Need to Have Unique Content with Chenell Basilio
It would be a dream of mine to grow a newsletter from 0 to 8,000+ in less than 6 months. But that’s exactly what Chenell Basilio did. The way she did it? Deeply researched, super-helpful content. See, she teaches people how successful creators grew their newsletters to 50,000+ subscribers. And today, she’s going to tell us all about her process. And in How I Built It PRO, we talk about money and goals for the next 6 months. Top Takeaways Creating unique, long-form content can be a boon to your website or newsletter; people want something good and helpful! Quick capture is important. Chenell uses Apple Notes because that allows her to quickly open and dictate notes while she’s listening to podcasts. Chenell will only do deep dives on creators who’ve built an audience since 2018. That way she can cover techniques that still work today, making the content relatable. Show Notes Growth in Reverse Chenell on Twitter Chenell on Linkedin How the best newsletter operators grow to 50K+ subscribers Podchaser Listen Notes TweenMax Readwise Github: Video Speed Controller Chrome Video Speed Controller Sponsored by: Brevo : Get 50% off your first 3 months with code JOE Gapscout : ChatGPT insights, but for market research Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Fri, June 16, 2023
Capture Text from Any Image
There are LOTS of great tips on LinkedIn these days, especially in the carousels. But the problem: you can’t easily get data out of the carousels. That means you can’t put them in your notes app, or even click on the links for more details. Here are 2 ways you can do it: one using macOS’s native image-to-text feature, and one using a great shortcut by David Sparks. Links YouTube Video Blog post on MacSparky ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E318 · Mon, June 12, 2023
Earning Traditional Media Coverage Without Paying For Ads with Christina Nicholson
Pitching the media is tough. After all, you’re competing with basically anyone who has something to say. So how do you make yourself stand out? That’s what Christina Nicholson is teaching us today. She’ll cover everything from coming up with an idea to landing the media spot to converting those viewers to your audience. This one is a MUST listen. Top Takeaways Pitch your story by following the “new, now, next” framework. You should be able to answer what’s new about your story, why it needs to be covered now , and what’s coming next to pitch effectively This is a long game. Earned media is not about immediate ROI, because earned media is forever. So think of this as a long-term investment, not a get-rich-quick scheme. Every time you go into an interview, you need to think of the end goal. What you want will determine not only your CTA but also what kind of media you’ll pitch. Show Notes Christina Nicholson Christina on Facebook Christina on Instagram Christina on Twitter Christina on Linkedin Christina on YouTube Christina on TikTok BecomaAMediaMaven Podcast MediaMaven on IG Boomerang for Gmail How To Build a $1000/year Membership with Jay Clouse earnmedianow.com Media Mentoring Program Sponsored by: Gapscout | TextExpander Sponsored by : Brevo : Get 50% off your first 3 months with code JOE TextExpander : Save 20% off your first year Gapscout : ChatGPT insights, but for market research Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows <a href="https://casabona.org/buy-me
Bonus · Fri, June 09, 2023
How I've Configured my Stream Deck, Part 2: XL Page 2
In Part 3 of my Stream Deck Series, I'm covering Page 3 of my Stream Deck XL. Let's Dive in! - Screenshot of Stream Deck XL Page 2 - eCamm Live - How I've Configured my Stream Deck - Get Your Own Stream Deck ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E317 · Mon, June 05, 2023
12 Simple Automation to Help You Get Started
A Rube Goldberg machine is an overly complex device that performs a simple task through a series of chain reactions. If you’re not familiar with automation, it can often feel like building a Rube Golberg machine. But it doesn’t have to! Today, I’m going to tell you how automation can be simple, and give you 12 examples from my own life that prove the point. In the PRO show, I tell you all about why I moved to Thrivecart, and how my “writing on Medium” experiment is going. Top Takeaways The point of automation is to do things so you don’t have to do them. That makes simple tasks the perfect candidates for automation. Voice and text expansion can be great ways to get started automating for capturing and writing Trigger emails based on status changes in Airtable or Google Sheets are slightly more complicated, but the concept is simple and the time savings are great! Show Notes Automation can be Simple Automation is Iterative Make.com noodlesoft.com with Hazel TextExpander Airtable Sponsored by: Gapscout | Sendinblue Sponsored by: Brevo : Get 50% off your first 3 months with code JOE Gapscout : ChatGPT insights, but for market research Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Fri, June 02, 2023
Using Hypefury for Better Twitter Engagement
When I went back to Twitter, one of the first things I wanted to look into was how I can easily post…most ideally across multiple platforms. And as I’m using these channels to grow my own audience, I always want features like auto-DM and auto-plug. Hypefury fits the bill perfectly. ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E316 · Mon, May 29, 2023
Grow Your Podcast and Generate Leads with Facebook with Philip Better
To grow your podcast you need…Facebook?! That’s what Philip Better, self-described podcast mogul, says. But that’s just one piece of advice he offers, as we exchange notes and thoughts on things like YouTube, lead generation, and growing your podcast audience. In the PRO show, we talk about automation on social media! Top Takeaways Don’t limit yourself to just one platform. Be on all the big ones like Apple, Spotify, Amazon, and Google/YouTube to maximize your podcast’s reach. Get people in your newsletter, and grow your podcast by sharing the top takeaways and what’s in the pro show instead of just announcing new episodes. Have a Facebook group and join groups in your niche to promote your podcast organically and get ideas for content. Show Notes Philip Better Philip on Instagram Mr. Beast Turned Down a $1 Billion Offer for His Channel The YouTube Formula Podopolo Do we REALLY Need to Own Our Platform? Sponsored by: GapScout | TextExpander Brought to you by GapScout and TextExpander Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Fri, May 26, 2023
Spotify vs. Apple Music
Today I'm tackling Apple Music vs. Spotify, and why I seemingly inexplicably use both! https://casabona.org/2023/04/using-spotify-more/ Get your FREE copy of my Automations Library ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E315 · Mon, May 22, 2023
The Difference Between Email and Marketing Automation with Chris Davis
In my opinion, there’s nothing better than brainstorming ideas with a fellow Automator, and that’s exactly what today’s episode is all about. Chris L. Davis is a marking automation expert, and he’s done a few things that have wowed and inspired me. Today, we’re breaking down what exactly email automation is, and how everyone can leverage it to understand and grow their business. In the PRO show, we espouse our love for Airtable. Top Takeaways There’s a difference between email marketing and marketing automation. One is about list management. The other is about contact management. Use UTM tags! Never posting a naked URL on social media. You want to know how effective your various channels are so you can double down on the right one. Chris has a FANTASTIC workflow for his webinars. Listen in to learn about it. Show Notes Chris Davis Chris on Linkedin Chris on YouTube Why You’re Leaving Money on the Table with Email Automation with Kronda Adair WP Fusion Presto Player Sponsored by: Gapscout Brought to you by GapScout Listen to the Reading and Writing Podcast Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Fri, May 19, 2023
How I've Configured my Stream Deck, Part 2: XL Page 1
In Part 2 of my Stream Deck Series, I'm covering Page 1 of my Stream Deck XL. Let's Dive in! Screenshot of Stream Deck XL Page 1 How I've Configured my Stream Deck Get Your Own Stream Deck Get your FREE copy of my Automations Library ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E314 · Mon, May 15, 2023
My 5 Favorite Automation Tools
Nowadays, there are tons of automation tools out there, thanks to the Chat GPT and Generative AI Revolution. It’s easy to feel overwhelmed with all the options available that could potentially help you do your job better. But let me tell you, there’s a difference between using Generative AI tools to create content or creative assets and using automation tools that can actually perform tasks and make your life easier. So, in this Automated Solopreneur segment, I’m going to spill the beans on my top 5 favorite automation tools. And if you tune into the x`PRO show, I’ll also share why I decided to give Twitter another shot and how automation tools made my experience on the platform a whole lot better. Show Notes Make Shortcuts Airtable Hazel Keyboard Maestro Hypefury Keyboard Maestro Takes It Up to 10 Brought to you by GapScout and TextExpander Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Fri, May 12, 2023
Going Back to Bear Notes
If you've been following me for any amount of time, you will know that I take my note taking and idea capture very seriously. And last year, I made a decision that Craft would be my one and only notes app. I don’t think that’s working out for me. Mostly because I have 3 kinds of notes: Big planning notes Random thoughts Research notes Craft has been great for the random thoughts and research but I think is best suited for Big Planning. So I’m going to switch back to Bear Notes for random thoughts to see how that works out. Get your FREE copy of my Automations Library ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E313 · Mon, May 08, 2023
You're a Creator, but are You a Business Owner? With Craig Chavis, Jr.
Lots of people are becoming creators now. In fact, Craig Chavis Jr. describes being a creator as sharing your expertise. But does that make you a business owner? Not so fast! That’s a completely different thing. And in today’s episode, we dig into what those differences are, finding the right message for your business, and how creators can become business owners. In How I Built It PRO, we talk about putting yourself into a corner, and how owning a business is kind of like surfing. Top Takeaways Put the message above the messenger. You need to figure out what people want, so you can offer to help them get what they want. A creator is anyone who shares their expertise. And while many people try to sell their knowledge, you need to find people who want it. So you frame your expertise as results or what they will have once they work with you. People think having a business is setting up a website. But you can’t build a business virally. Show Notes Craig Chavis, Jr. Craig on Linkedin Craig on Instagram Craig on Twitter How To Build a $1000/year Membership with Jay Clouse Sponsored by: GapScout | Learndash Brought to you by GapScout , and LearnDash Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E312 · Mon, May 01, 2023
Reading, Writing, Repurposing: Why Writing is Crucial to Every Creator with Mark Ellis
Just how important is writing? According to YouTuber Mark Ellis, your career depends on it. And as someone who’s grown his audience to 1 million monthly views in just a couple of years, he knows a thing or two. That’s why he’s going to take us through his process for creating content, repurposing, and how you can start! In How I Built It Pro, we talk specifically about growing his YouTube channel and podcasting on YouTube. Top Takeaways Most videos Mark publishes start out as blog posts, highlighting the incredible importance of repurposing. His team has been crucial because they can do the things he doesn’t have to do. That way he can focus on writing, recording, and growing his audience. Mark also makes $2,000/mo from Medium, which is free to get started on. He’s leveraging the reach on other platforms to grow his own business. Show Notes Mark Ellis Mark on YouTube Mark on Twitter Mark on Instagram Mark on Linkedin Making the Most of Your Stream Deck with Cat Mulvihill The Axis of Awesome 4 Chords How to Hire a VA That Actually Helps You with Matthew Yahes Sponsored by: TextExpander | Learndash Brought to you by GapScout , TextExpander , and LearnDash Get your FREE copy of my Automations Library ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Fri, April 28, 2023
How I've Configured My Stream Deck Part 1: The Stream Deck+
I'm starting a short series here on how I've configured my Stream Decks! Today, the Stream Deck+. Links Screenshot of my Stream Deck+ How I've Configured my Stream Deck Get Your Own Stream Deck+ Get your FREE copy of my Automations Library ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E311 · Mon, April 24, 2023
Are You Making These Mistakes with Your Membership? With Melodie Moore
While there have been big leaps in membership software in the last 5 years, membership sites are still some of the hardest to create and run properly. That’s why I brought in Melodie Moore. She’s been building, maintaining, and scaling 7 & 8-figure membership sites for the past 10 years. Her team kills shiny object syndrome and creates massive success in less time by utilizing psychology, state-of-the-art tech, and effective systems. Today, you’re going to learn her process, and how to launch a successful membership. In How I Built It Pro, members got to hear us talk about parenting, general thoughts on Twitter, and…improv?! Get this and every episode ad-free, and extended, over at https://howibuilt.it/pro Top Takeaways There are 3 major mistakes content creators make that Melodie breaks down: acting too big, having to finish before you sell, and thinking a tech person is your savior. Listen to hear how to avoid them! Most platforms don’t think about the entire customer journey. When you’re evaluating, think about where you are in your journey. If you want to reduce churn, sell a course first. Once that gains traction, consider a membership. Show Notes Melodie Moore Melodie on Twitter Melodie on Instagram Melodie on Facebook Melodie on Linkedin The Best Way to Build Community is Easier Than You Think with Drew Dillon Why You’re Leaving Money on the Table with Email Automation with Kronda Adair $100M Offers: Alex Hormozi Paid Memberships Pro Brought to you by Groundhogg and LearnDash Join my FREE Newsletter, Podcast Workflows ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Fri, April 21, 2023
Ivory Makes Mastodon Useable
When I left Twitter, it wasn’t on a whim. I had been considering it for a long time…like middle of the pandemic long. As people jumped ship from Twitter, Mastodon seemed to be the clear front-runner for replacing Twitter. I’m hesitant at best, but Tapbots (from the makers of the incomparable Tweetbot), have put out a Mastodon client called Ivory , and I’ve decided to give it t try for a bit. Links Trying out Ivory Follow me on Mastodon, I guess Get your FREE copy of my Automations Library ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Thu, April 20, 2023
Understanding A.I.'s Role in Online Course Creation (Presented by Sensei)
If you create online courses, you won’t want to miss this very special discussion! I’ll be joined by Ronnie Burt, Business Lead at Automattic, who’s overseen development of the Sensei LMS plugin. We’re going to cover: - Managing emails for your online courses - A.I.’s role in assisting with online course creation. - Sensei’s upcoming A.I. Quiz Generator - A.I.'s impact on society This is a audio version from a live stream we did on April 17th, 2023. This live stream is presented by Sensei. Learn more here: https://howibuilt.it/sensei Get your FREE copy of my Automations Library ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E310 · Mon, April 17, 2023
How to Figure Out What to Automate
It’s another Automated Solopreneur episode! Today I’m telling you 4 types of tasks you can automate – as well as questions you can ask yourself to determine what you can automate based on what you do on a daily basis. Those 4 types of tasks? Common, easily repeatable tasks Infrequent tasks that have a high level of effort to do. Tasks that require specific timing Tasks that you cannot forget to do. In How I Built It Pro, I talk about when you might be automating too much, plus my plans for making the membership more automation-centric. Show Notes How to Determine What to Automate The Automated Solopreneur Get your FREE copy of my Automations Library ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Fri, April 14, 2023
How to Add a Google Doc in a Specific Folder with Your Stream Deck
One of my favorite things to do is easily automate input and idea capture from my Stream Deck. I've got two, plus a Stream Deck Pedal, so I try to make the most of them! I've greatly improved my process for creating social media content in a centralized place with a Stream Deck automation I'm going to tell you about today. Show Notes How to add a Google Doc via Your Stream Deck Stream Deck | Stream Deck+ Get your FREE copy of my Automations Library ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E309 · Mon, April 10, 2023
Not Blowing Up on YouTube? BE PATIENT! with Hayley Akins
Lots of people look at the overnight success of creators, and wonder why it’s not happening for them. But the truth is…it wasn’t overnight. There’s a lot of trial and error, learning, and adjusting until you get it right. And that’s what Haley Akins is here to talk about today. She’s had quite a journey as a motion designer, surviving the death of Flash to emerge as a course creator and educator showing a new generation of motion designers how to be successful. And she does it with a little help from YouTube. Top Takeaways Play with gateway videos. Look for popular topics on YouTube, and make a video about them to get people subscribed. They give them lots of value. Looks like VidIQ and TubeBuddy can be super helpful. Be sure to look at the analytics and see what’s working for you and what isn’t YouTube loves consistency and predictability. It takes time to become successful on YouTube. Be patient, and keep going. Show Notes Hayley Akins Hayley on Twitter Hayley on Instagram Hayley on Linkedin Podcast Liftoff Jack Thomas The YouTube Formula What Would You Do with an Extra 10 Hours Per Month? Making the Most of Your Stream Deck with Cat Mulvihill Sponsored by: Groundhogg | Learndash Get your FREE copy of my Automations Library ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Fri, April 07, 2023
The hyperpaper eInk Planner
I’m a pen and paper guy for sure, but the Kindle Scribe is a perfect companion for me. And as a result, I’ve been using the freeform notebooks more like a planner. I still use (and love) my William Hannah notebook, but my friend Brian sent me an interesting link the other day: hyperpaper.me . It's a customizable PDF planner for eInk devices, and I love it. Read the review here Brought to you by TextExpander Get your FREE copy of my Automations Library ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E308 · Mon, April 03, 2023
How to NOT Burn Out While Using Social Media with Alex Marshall
Alex Marshall started coaching in February 2020…I think I just heard the collective groan. Alex did too, which is why she turned to social media — specifically Instagram — as a way to gain followers and leads. And while most of her leads still come through social media, in the intervening 3 years since she started coaching, she want on a journey that nearly lead to burnout and leaving social altogether. Today she’s back in a way that works best for her, and we discuss how you, dear creator, can have a healthy relationship with social media too. Plus in the Pro show, we discuss ChatGPT. It was newly hot when we recorded. It was fun listening back given where it is today. Top Takeaways It’s easy to put too much pressure on yourself when you feel you need to post every single day, or that your whole life is content. But you need to do what’s best for you. It can also feel like you need to be everywhere. Alex recommends picking one platform that does well for you and stick with it for a while. For her it’s Instagram. For me it’s LinkedIn. Don’t be in an all or nothing mindset. It’s OK to miss a day, or a couple. It’s OK to only post in one place. And it’s OK to not share everything you do. Show Notes Alex Marshall Alex Marshall on Instagram Joe on LinkedIn Khe Hy Sponsored by: Groundhogg | TextExpander | LearnDash Get your FREE copy of my Automations Library ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Fri, March 31, 2023
Trying Out Due for Important Reminders
I’m experimenting with the Due app for iOS. What makes it interesting is the persistent reminders — which will repeat until you mark the task complete. Check out the blog post here . Get your FREE copy of my Automations Library ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E307 · Mon, March 27, 2023
Legally Protecting your online business with Sam Vanderwielen
Look I’ll cut to the quick: YES. As a creator, you still need a lawyer. Actually, the rise of the creator economy reminds me a lot of the rise of online freelancers. The internet has made making money so easy, most people don’t do their due diligence. That’s why I called my friend Sam. See, she became a young, successful lawyer, before throwing it all away to start…a food blog. That flopped. But she learned from that experience. And today, she helps online educators, coaches, and creators through her legal knowledge and experience. And in today’s episode, we’re putting that to the test. Top Takeaways: In starting her legal business, Sam did 3 important things: talk to her customers, write 10 hyper-SEO’d blog posts, and got people on her mailing list (where she always has soft promos) When it comes to digital products, you still need a contract in the form of Terms and Conditions. Make sure you have the user opt-in at checkout before they make the purchase! Submit your big important content to the US Copyright Office. It’s easier than you think and provides you extra legal protection in the case of piracy. Show Notes: Sam Vanderwielen Sam on Facebook Sam on Instagram Sam on YouTube The Ultimate Bundle Join the How I Built It Pro ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Fri, March 24, 2023
Controversial Opinion: Airtable is Better Than Notion
Every so often I consider switching to Notion...that is until earlier this year when I decided I was going to double down on Airtable. See, Notion scares and confuses me. It doesn't work the way my brain works, and I'm already a huge fan of Airtable. It's the very basis for my podcast planners. But up until now, I haven't really been using Airtable to its fullest potential, probably because I've had my eye on Notion. So here is a controversial opinion: Airtable is better than Notion. This clip is brought to you by TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E306 · Mon, March 20, 2023
Switching From Zapier to Make, and A Potpourri of Automation
I wax poetic on a number of automation-based topics, like switching from Zapier to Make, how ChatGPT can help creators (and exposes a gaping hole in the education system), and rebranding the YouTube channel to focus on automation tools. In PRO, I'm thinking of switching off of Castos, and sales numbers from my latest launch. Show Notes Join How I Built It PRO Make vs. Zapier: Why I Moved ChatGPT is Exposing Our Broken Education System The Automated Solopreneur | YouTube Sponsored by: The Solo Creator Club | Groundhogg | LearnDash (00:00) - Intro (01:55) - Make vs. Zapier (13:24) - Sponsors: LearnDash, Groundhogg, Solo Creator Club (17:22) - Thoughts on ChatGPT/Generative AI (28:40) - The Automated Solopreneur (32:02) - That's it! ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E206 · Fri, March 17, 2023
Am I A Calendar Power User (Why Fantastical is Great)
A few weeks ago, I wrote that I was Considering a Different Calendar App . After testing BusyCal, Cron, and Calendar 366, while also looking at several others, nothing comes close to Fantastical. Here's why. ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E305 · Mon, March 13, 2023
Making the Most of Your Stream Deck with Cat Mulvihill
There’s nothing better than good gear and automation talk, and that’s exactly what we’re getting today. Cat Mulvahill is one of my favorite YouTube creators because she has shown me so many cool things about eCamm Live. But it turns out we’re both also huge Stream Deck nerds. So if you’ve been looking to get the most out of your Stream Deck (or need a compelling argument to buy one), today’s episode is for you. Top Takeaways: Cat uses her Stream Deck with eCamm Live to do transitions, lower thirds, and more during recording. Because of that, she barely has to edit her videos. It’s like storyboarding your whole video in advance! She and I both use our Stream Decks for more than just streaming though. One of Cat’s cool actions in a multi-action that sets up her entire bookkeeping workspace. This cuts down considerably on the amount of time she spends on the actual accounting stuff. When it comes to creating content, she picks topics that are interesting and solve a problem. That usually generates comments and questions, that in turn, leads to more content ideas! Show Notes: Cat Mulvihill Cat on YouTube Cat on Twitter Cat on Linkedin eCamm Live Stream Deck Open Broadcaster Software (OBS) Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: The Solo Creator Club | Groundhogg | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E205 · Fri, March 10, 2023
My new Favorite RSS/Read Later App (Reader by Readwise)
RSS has been such an integral part of my life basically since Google Reader. And since Google Reader shut down, I have been on a bit of a quest to find a good replacement. I think Reader by Readwise is that Replacement. This clip is brought to you TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E304 · Mon, March 06, 2023
Why Titles on YouTube (or any Content) is so Important with Jake Thomas
How do you grow a newsletter to 20,000 subscribers in less than a year? Try this ONE trick! Want to 5x your YouTube downloads? DO THIS! These are both titles I could have given this episode — and taking the advice of Jake Thomas, I should have! See, Jake studies YouTube titles to see what makes people click. And while he gives some away for free in his newsletter, he also has a whole searchable database that you can pay to get access to. So today, Jake tells us how he built his subscriber base up to 20,000 in a year, as well as the importance of good titles, not just on YouTube, but everywhere. Top Takeaways: Titles and thumbnails are super important because if they don’t get people to click, no one watches. So spend time on them — and use Jake’s tips! You DO still need good content. Both Jake and I have been considering more quality over quantity lately. Instead of super timely stuff, make it evergreen, really good, and dial in the titles. If you’re getting started, find your niche, and look at similar channels (and adjacent niches’ channels). See what’s working for them, and put your own spin on it. Show Notes: Jake Thomas Jake on Twitter Creator Hooks Newsletter Film Booth Cortex Podcast Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: The Solo Creator Club | Groundhogg | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E204 · Fri, March 03, 2023
Be the Experimenter
I had a t-shirt in college that was my prized possession. It read: "There are 10 types of people in the world: those who understand binary, and those who don't." The joke being that 10 or “one zero” in binary is actually “2” in decimal. I’m sure if I looked hard enough, I could find my college ID from freshman year, where that shirt is featured. The shirt is top-of-mind because I saw a post on LinkedIn that made me think of it. It made me realize: There are two types of people in the world. Those who ask for answers, and those find them. ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E303 · Mon, February 27, 2023
Why You’re Leaving Money on the Table with Email Automation with Kronda Adair
If you’ve ever heard me say, “I’m a recovering WordPress developer,” you’ve also heard me credit today’s guest, Kronda Adair. And while she started in WordPress, she quickly moved into one of my favorite areas of expertise: automation. Specifically, Kronda’s an email automation expert. And today, she’s going to tell us the RIGHT process for automation, how to test, and why your business depends on email automation. Top Takeaways: Automation is employing technology to improve your processes. You can vastly improve how you work, and your customer’s journey if you automate the right things. To start, step away from the tools and focus on the process. Map what you need to do with pen and paper. Once you do that, you have a job description. And you need something to fulfill that job. That’s when you look for the tools. Two things you need to do with automating email: do it manually first; this helps you make that job description. Next, go through the automation yourself. See what the subscriber will see. This may be their primary interaction with you — so make sure it’s good. Intro: Getting into automation Show Notes: Kronda Adair Kronda on Linkedin Kronda on Facebook Kronda on Instagram Kronda on Twitter Kronda on Tiktok Automation Bridge All Systems Go! Podcast Email Marketing Heroes: Rob and Kennedy CaboPress Preventing the Famine with Jason Resnick Jotform Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: GoodGames | Groundhogg | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E203 · Fri, February 24, 2023
Use Sensei to sell your online course
Last week I told you about the best way to create an only course...but what's the best way to sell it? I firmly believe tools like Teachable and Kajabi are overpriced. When looking at LMSs, I turn to WordPress. And these days, Sensei is doing the coolest stuff, as it attempts to retake the title of best WordPress LMS. This clip is brought to you by Sensei - Automatic ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E302 · Mon, February 20, 2023
Want to be a Better Speaker? Do THESE Things with Mike Pacchione
There’s an old adage that more people are afraid of public speaking than of death, meaning that at a funeral, more people would rather be in the casket than giving the eulogy. I suspect that when push came to shove, most people would actually choose the eulogy, but that’s beside the point. Public speaking is hard. And truth be told, most people are bad at it…if you feel that way, don’t fret. Mike Pacchione is here to help. He’s coached people like James Clear, Amy Porterfield, and Donald Miller on public speaking, and today, he’s teaching us his best stuff. Top Takeaways: The greatest gift you can give your audience is to be completely present with them. That means don’t memorize! Know your stuff, practice your talk, and be with them in the room! Most people say too much. Embrace silence and be concise. Silence lets a point land, and communicates to your audience, “hey. That was important. Remember it.” The best speeches are not the ones you’ve given the most. Back to the first point, they are the ones where you’ve practiced and are present for the audience. Show Notes: Mike Pacchione Mike on Instagram Glo Atanmo Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: GoodGames | Groundhogg | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E202 · Fri, February 17, 2023
Selling an online course? DO THIS (presented by Sensei)
Too many people create online courses the wrong way. They go into a cave for 6 months, develop the course based only on what they want to teach, then announce it's for sale...to crickets. Sound familiar? There's a better way! A way that will save you time, validate your idea, and make you money faster. This clip is brought to you by Sensei - Automatic ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E301 · Mon, February 13, 2023
You NEED to Time Track to Make Money as a Creator with Marley Majcher
Marley Majcher, The Party Goddess turned Profit Goddess, was running a business but not making money — despite her degree from Georgetown. But she managed to turn it around with this “one weird trick.” OK — so that sounds clickbaity, but it’s true. See, Marley didn’t have a system in place for her business. She, like many creators I think, wasn’t spending her time wisely. So, she decided to do something about it: she decided to learn how she was spending her time, organize those tasks, and figure out the crucial ones that actually made money. And it all started with the one “Weird” trick: Time Tracking. Top Takeaways: Revenue goals are not profit goals - You can make $1M but if you’re spending $1.1M, you’re going in the wrong direction. Most creators don’t think they need to time-track because they don’t do client work. But they are WRONG. You need to know if you’re spending 2 hours on a video or 8 hours on a video to know if that’s a profitable activity for you. Aside from just understanding tasks, time tracking can hold you accountable. You’ll see where you’re wasting your time, and be more mindful of it. And your devices have some tools to help you do that automatically. Show Notes: Marley Majcher Marley on Linkedin Marley on Instagram Marley on Facebook Marley on Twitter But Are You Making Any Money Ebook The E-Myth Revisited Book Mowing Your Lawn Blog Post Analog by Ugmonk Timery for Toggl Timing Automatic MAC Time Tracker Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Groundhogg | Ahrefs | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E201 · Fri, February 10, 2023
How I’m Using Paid Memberships Pro
Paid Memberships Pro is the lifeblood of my main product offering, The Podcast Liftoff Playbook . So in this first bit of 2023, I want to tell you everything I love about the plugin, and why I thought it best for my membership/learning site. This clip is brought to you by Paid Memberships Pro ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E300 · Mon, February 06, 2023
Top 10 Lessons from 300 Episodes (Plus the Future of this Show)
It's episode 300! I thought I'd wax poetic on the top 10 things I've learned from both running this show, and the guests I've had on. After that, I talk a little bit about what's in store for How I Built It, and where I'd like it to go in the future. Plus, in the PRO show, I talk about what life without Twitter has been like. Become a Pro Top 10 Lessons Build Your Email List Talk to your customers Experiment Niche/Specialize/Focus Don't be afraid to say no People care about the problem you're solving. Not you, not the tech you used. The problem Tell Good Stories Do things that don't scale at first Ship what you have and iterate Don't be afraid to ask Show Notes ConvertKit Podcast Liftoff Learning Management and WordPress: LearnDash with Justin Ferriman Making Better Leaders with Chris Lema Designing the Profitable Project Plan with Jennifer Bourn The Best Way to Build Community is Easier Than You Think with Drew Dillon The Most Important Thing You Can Do as a Creator with Marie Poulin Turning WordPress Sites into iPhone Apps with Scott Bolinger and AppPresser Join How I Built It Pro Sponsored by: Groundhogg | Ahrefs | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E299 · Mon, January 30, 2023
The Best Way to Build Community is Easier Than You Think with Drew Dillon
Most attempts to start a community these days feel a lot like the approach the Underpants Gnomes from South Park took in making money. Step 1: Launch a Discord, Step 2: ???, Step 3: Community! But it’s not like that at all. And Drew Dillon, founder of Burb and community expert, is here to set the record straight. Top Takeaways: You need to think of the community as a business. Create a reason for people to care and engage. And close the look by making sure the community isn’t just about you - it’s about people connecting. Start with a hypothesis. Ask what you think your audience has in common and why they might want to come together. Then test and iterate. Start with a Zoom call first and see if people want to connect after. Do things that don’t scale at first. With 10-20 members, you can really get to know them and understand their needs (and those of the community). Around 50, you’ll likely need to start automating. Show Notes: Drew Dillon Drew on Twitter Drew on Linkedin Burb on Linkedin SPI 603: The Secret to Building the Best Community interview with Drew Dillon How To Build a $1000/year Membership with Jay Clouse Burb Blog Garbage Day Newsletter Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Paid Memberships Pro | Ahrefs | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E298 · Mon, January 23, 2023
How to Create a KILLER Digital Product with Molly Keyser
Molly Keyser made half-a-million dollars selling a 15-page, $59 eBook without spending money on ads. How do you ask? She created something SUPER valuable, that immediately made the buyer money. And throughout this episode, Molly is going to tell us how she went from professional photographer to online educator making digital products, all by knowing and serving her niche. There’s A LOT to unpack, and I know you’ll find a lot of actionable tips here. Top Takeaways: Clearly define your niche so you can serve them, and stay true to that niche. Remember: Just because you know how to do something doesn’t mean you should teach it. For your digital products, you need to solve a problem for your audience. Painkillers sell better than vitamins most of the time. And bonus points if you can point to immediate ROI. If you (or you from 2 years ago) aren’t your ideal client, immerse yourself in communities of your ideal clients so that you can learn their biggest pain points. Show Notes: Molly Keyser Molly on YouTube Molly on Facebook Molly on Instagram Molly on Tiktok Product Ladder by Chris Lema Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Paid Memberships Pro | Ahrefs | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E297 · Mon, January 16, 2023
How to Drive More Sales by Writing Content for REAL Customers with Will Shultz
We’ve been told for years that creating an “ideal customer avatar” is the best way to understand your audience. But the truth is that’s just guessing on your part. Do you know how you actually get to understand your customers? Have customers! Talk to them, and then write content for them . That’s what Will Shultz recommends. And as a Sales and Marketing coach, he knows a thing or two. Top Takeaways: You need someone in-house to make your content. That’s how you’ll create great content that shows a deep understanding of your customer and their journey. If you’re having trouble coming up with content, take what you’re creating for a specific client and generalize it. That way, you’ve written for someone. Chances are there are similar folks out there. Don’t worry about giving too much away for free. You differentiate yourself by becoming trusted and valued. You do that by showing people you deeply understand their problems. Show Notes: Will Shultz Will on Linkedin Free Virtual Consulting Sessions Upgrade 438 Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Paid Memberships Pro | Ahrefs | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E296 · Mon, January 09, 2023
The Year of Budgets
I know what you’re thinking. Budgets? That’s what you’re going to base your entire year on. I know this because that’s what my wife said. But fear not, my friends. Like Transformers™, it’s more than meets the eye. Show Notes: My 2023 Yearly Theme Cortex Podcast Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Paid Memberships Pro | Ahrefs | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E296 · Thu, December 08, 2022
Kindle Scribe: Initial Thoughts
Earlier this year, Amazon announced the Kindle Scribe -- their competitor to the reMarkable 2. It's more affordable, they had an initial deal for Prime members, and a good trade-in price for my Kindle Oasis . SO the $500 device got down to $238. I bought it. Here are my initial impressions. Show Notes Kindle Scribe reMarkable 2 Read my initial thoughts Want to see a video demo? Join How I Built It Pro ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Mon, December 05, 2022
Automating my Home for the Holidays
The show is on break, but that's not preventing me from adding a bonus episode or two! It's no secret I love automation, and invariably those automations spill out into my personal life. I view the holidays as a great opportunity to flex some home automation muscles. Here's what I did, what I use, and some improvements. In the PRO show, I get into the gory details, share my shortcuts, and talk about Matter and the future of home automation. Show Notes Become a PRO member Phillips Hue Color Bulbs Phillips Hue Play Color Smart Lights Phillips Hue Go Phillips Hue Light Strips Meros Smart Plugs Meros Outdoor Smart Plug Wemo Smart Plug ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E295 · Mon, November 28, 2022
How to get the Best Copy for Your Sales Pages with Ame Proietti
It’s the time of the year were small business owners and creators have some extra time to tinker with (or fully redesign) their websites. I’m here with Copywriter Ame Proietti to tell you to skip the new design and focus on the copy instead. We get into what makes good copy, blog posts vs. sales copy, and we finish out with how to write good scripts. As you prepare for 2023, good copy will be at the heart of what you do thanks to Ame’s advice. Plus, in the Pro show, we broke down the sales page Ame wrote for me. Top Takeaways: Where blog posts are meant to share and educate, copywriting is meant to convince people to take an action. Ame calls it “assembling” words and sections in the best way for your target audience To get the best copy, you need to talk to customers. Ame recommends interviewing 3 customers and gathering testimonials to learn how you people and the language they use, which you can then mirror in your copy. Bringing in someone else can help you get the best results. They are objective and don’t know what you know. They’ll also the right questions and allow you to gain a better understanding of your offer too. Show Notes: Ame Proietti Ame on Twitter Ame on Linkedin How To Build a $1000/year Membership with Jay Clouse Don't Make Me Think Join Creator Crew Sponsored by: Ahrefs | TextExpander | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E294 · Mon, November 21, 2022
Good People, Cool Things: Ways to Grow Your Small Business with Jessi Burg
It’s a good old fashioned podcast swap with Good People, Cool Things ! I really enjoy this show, and the interview we have queued up for you is great. This is a conversation with Jessi Burg , who started Outgrow Your Garage so she could answer the questions and develop the resources for small business owners that she wished she had when starting out as a business owner. Some of the top highlights include how to overcome common struggles for business owners, the benefits of online courses, and why she encourages an airing of grievances among employees. Be sure to stick around until the end for a good question and a corny joke! In Build Something More, I give you a behind-the-scenes look on how this happened, and the future of the members-only part of this podcast (don’t worry. It’s not going away). Show Notes Good People, Cool Things Ways to Grow Your Small Business with Jessi Burg Podcast Swaps Grew My Show by 21% Sponsored by: Ahrefs ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Wed, November 16, 2022
Groundhogg: Your All-in-One Marketing Tool
How I Built Bits is back, and better than ever! The focus on the show moving forward will be highlighting helpful tools and processes for creators to run a better business. And I'm excited that the first episode is presented by Groundhogg. Groundhogg is an open-source CRM & Marketing Automation suite for serious agencies, small businesses, content creators, eCommerce experts, and WordPress professionals. Let's take a deep dive into what it is, how it works, and why it could be perfect for your creator business! Show Notes Get Groundhogg (20% off with code HOWIBUILTIT) Interview with Adrian Tobey ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E293 · Mon, November 14, 2022
REAIR: Building a Cohort-Based Course with Jennifer Bourn
With the Podcast Liftoff Playbook out, and Jennifer Bourn’s Profitable Project Plan is open for enrollment right now, I thought it would be a great time to re-air her interview where she talks about running a cohort-based course, and how she built the PPP. I listened to it again as I was looking for inspiration and best practices to realize the Playbook fully. And let me tell you, this episode really holds up! For members, I talk about how my webinar → paid members sales to funnel went. Top Takeaways: Online courses are NOT passive income. If you want your course to be successful, you need to evolve it. Offering a PRO version was a big mistake for Jen because people bought the non-Pro version and tried to get the Pro benefits. The lesson has one offer OR makes the Pro benefits totally different. Running live workshop events are a great way to add accountability and more value to your self-paced courses. You're ensuring your students take action now, instead of procrastinating. Show Notes: Jennifer Bourn Jennifer on Twitter Profitable Project Plan Content Camp Jennifer Bourn and Profitable Project Plan Company of One Introduction to the Block Editor 2021: The Year of Opportunity Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | Ahrefs | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E292 · Mon, November 07, 2022
How I Built the Podcast Liftoff Playbook
In May, I was at a bit of a crossroads. I wasn't sure what I should do with the many things I was working on, and I felt like I was being pulled in too many directions. I couldn't focus on one thing to help take my business to the next level. So I decided to focus on Podcasting. The path from them to now lead me to cutting away a lot of projects (including projects I like doing), all in the service of growing my business. And the centerpiece: my brand new Podcast Liftoff Playbook. So today, we're getting back to the roots of the show, and I'm going to tell you how I built this hybrid membership/course site. Top Takeaways Think about what your MVP is. Don't spend too much time thinking of every possibility for a new project. You'll never launch. Instead, launch quickly, and get feedback. Don't answer questions people aren't asking. I could have added in a bunch of features I thought were cool, but they would have delayed launch, and frankly, as far as I knew, no one would use them. Spend more time marketing than building something new. Get in front of new audiences and explain the problem your new project solves for them. Show Notes Special offer on the Playbook Playbook Walkthrough PaidMembershipsPro Kadence ConvertKit SearchWP Sponsored by: Nexcess | Ahrefs | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E291 · Mon, October 31, 2022
Creating YouTube Content for the Viewer (and not the Algorithm) with Hannah Smolinski
We must make content to serve the almighty algorithm to make money on YouTube, right? Wrong! Over the last couple of weeks, you’ve heard from creators who are doing a video that works for them — and today’s guest is no different. Hannah Smolinski is a Fractional CFO who grew her YouTube channel to 38,000 subscribers and doesn’t pay attention to analytics. Instead, she answers questions her target audience has, is generous with her time and her knowledge, and knows it’s all about the long game, not getting rich quickly. Top Takeaways: Don’t make money for Adsense. It’s too unpredictable. Instead, create good content and get people to know, like, and trust you. Doing videos on free resources helps get people onto your list. From there, you can continue to provide value, promote new videos, and form relationships with potential customers. The beautiful thing about consulting and YouTube: it allows people to really warm up to you. Hannah says most of her calls are with people who are already ready to hire her thanks to YouTube. Show Notes: Hannah Smolinski Hannah on YouTube Hannah on Facebook Hannah on Instagram Hannah on Linkedin Hannah on Tiktok Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | Ahrefs | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E290 · Mon, October 24, 2022
Why Gear Doesn’t Matter as Much as You Think it Does with Dan Bennett
It’s easy to think your content will get better if you just have the right gear. Alas, a $1000 camera can’t save you if you’re not spending time on the content. But that doesn’t mean you can’t look and sound good. So today brought in Dan Bennett, who’s built his business on making people look and sound great on camera. Spoiler alert: This almost never results in buying new gear. Instead, we talk about small tweaks you can make. Then we talk about the growing importance of videos for podcasting. Top Takeaways: Audio is king. If you can only upgrade one thing, make it audio. And remember that you don’t need the top-of-the-line mic. In fact, you can sound great on a $40 mic if you have the right technique and environment. Looking good doesn’t require an expensive camera. Lighting is a big part of it - get a few white lights and position them properly to give yourself the best possible picture for your camera to capture. Oh, and a little makeup to reduce your face shine goes a long way too. But really, it’s about story-telling and getting your reps in. You can’t make a good video if you don’t make video. So use the best of what you have and start recording! Show Notes: Dan Bennett on Antipreneur Dan Bennett on 1 Minute Media Dan's Website Sony a6400 video Blue Yeti Riverside Envato Elements Motionarray The Secret to Finding Yourself Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | TextExpander | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E289 · Mon, October 17, 2022
The Most Important Thing You Can Do as a Creator with Marie Poulin
If you’ve been listening for a while, you’ve heard this lesson 100 times: ship with what you have. Ship what you have. In other words, don’t waste time looking for the perfect tool or process. Instead, ship quickly and iterate. And no one embodies this credo better than Marie Poulin. As one of the best Notion instructors out there, Marie has illustrated time and time again that shipping early and iterating leads to success. We chat about how she uses Notion from delivering her course, gets feedback earlier, and leverages YouTube to grow her audience and make sales…around 90% of her sales come from there! Plus, in Build Something More, We chat about my potential switch from Airtable to Notion. Top Takeaways: Delivering her Notion course in Notion allows her to launch her course quickly without fussing with so many tools and allows her students a quick win by forcing them to log into Notion. Feedback is SO important. Too many people are afraid of it, but it will ultimately save you time and make your product better in the long run. Ship and iterate. Launching something imperfect is better than not shipping. Show Notes: Marie Poulin Marie on Twitter Marie on Instagram Marie on Linkedin Notion Skincare Thread You Need to Form Good Writing Habits with Dickie Bush Building a Second Brain Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | Ahrefs | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E288 · Mon, October 10, 2022
How to Get Published in the New York Times with Stephanie Lee
How do you get the NY Times (or the WSJ) to publish your article? Do you just email them and hope for the best? Well…you can, but according to Stephanie Lee, you shouldn’t. See, Stephanie is a media strategist who’s been published in the NY Times, and has gotten her clients into publications like Entrepreneur…through cold pitching! She says the important thing for you is to build clout markers to show you are trustworthy. And today, she walks us through how to do that using her Slingshot method. Plus, we answer the question, “Will PR outreach make me rich?” In an extra long build something more, we chat conferences, World of Warcraft, and…Scranton? Like from The Office? Top Takeaways: Most people ignore this fundamental thing about the media: they work with people they can trust. Just like we buy from companies and brands we trust, the media needs to know you really know what you’re talking about. They are staking their reputation on it. You can build up trust by following the slingshot method. Don’t go for the NY Times at first. That’s like trying to pitch in the World Series. Instead, start with a trustworthy industry blog and build from there. When you are ready to pitch, do come out with the ask right away. Read an article and send a compliment. Open a dialog, then pitch what your article is about and why it’s important to write about today. Bonus: this, like everything good in life, takes time. Show Notes: Stephanie Lee Stephanie on Twitter Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E287 · Mon, October 03, 2022
The RIGHT Way to Pitch Sponsors for Your Content with Justin Moore
Most brands don’t care about your numbers! It’s true, and I’m not the only one who thinks so. Justin Moore knows a thing about brand deals. He’s done 500 himself, and over 1,000 through his agency. Today he teaches creators how to get paid brand deals through his cohort-based course, Brand Deal Wizard. And in today’s episode, we cover a lot, but it’s just the tip of the iceberg. Top Takeaways You need to be able to articulate why brands should pay you — and it’s not just about your numbers. Most brands want to pay me for access to your audience. There’s tremendous power for brands to be aligned with key voices in their industry. Don’t just put brands in a box that is your pre-defined offers. Get on a call (YES — get on a call), ask them what their goals are, and come up with offers that align with what they need. Show Notes Justin on Twitter Creator Wizard on YouTube Brand Deal Wizard (Justin's Cohort-based Course) Creator Wizard Newsletter Don't be a Jealous Creator Join Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E286 · Mon, September 26, 2022
Want to Grow Your Business? Stop Using Someone Else’s Playbook with Cara Chace
Starting a business has never been easier. We can now sign up for a free ConvertKit account, get a nice-looking landing page, and even start selling products in mere minutes. Because of that, it can be tempting to jump into “making” the business without thinking about why your business exists. According to Cara Chace, that is a recipe for disaster. Listen on to learn why. Plus, in Build Something More, Cara tells us about her previous career as a special agent. Top Takeaways You need to define why you’re doing what you’re doing. This will be the guide for your decision-making. And here’s an important tip: define success in a metric other than money. When you feel like you’re in the “messy middle” and don’t know what to do, create a brain dump of everything you’re doing in your business. Keep what you need and eliminate the rest. It helps to ask, “Would the CEO of my company be doing that 10 years from now?” Don’t rely on someone else’s playbook for your own business because they usually have a WOW factor that you don’t have yet. Show Notes: Cara Chase Cara on Instagram Cara on Pinterest How You Can Do $10,000/Hr Work Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | TextExpander | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E285 · Mon, September 19, 2022
Define Your Business’s Values to Prevent Burnout with Shante Cofield
“Get a real job.” “If you’re going to start a business, you need to grow.” “Hustle.” If you’re starting a business, you’ve probably heard this “advice.” You’ve also probably heard that you need to do exactly what someone else did. But all of that is poison to our creator businesses. And Dr. Shante Cofield has the antidote: Moar You. If you want to know the importance of values-based marketing, how to be vulnerable enough to grow, and the seasonality of life, this episode is for you. My conversation with Shante is real — and it’s important for anyone who works for themselves to hear. Top Takeaways: On imposter syndrome: We need to get objective and trust the data. It’s easy to get down on yourself, not want to brag and feel like you’re not the real deal. But you need to listen to what people are telling you. If you help them, you are helpful. It’s easy to want to talk implementation of your new business or content because that’s concrete. But you need to define your values first. Without values, you are directionless. On values: value-based marketing is not shouting your opinion on Twitter. Values are verbs. They are things you do, vs. the things they say. They are how you build your best life, and they need to be at the core of your business. Show Notes: Shante Cofield Shante on Instagram The Bridge Framework by Chris Lema Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E284 · Mon, September 12, 2022
Creating Sponsorable Content with Melanie Deziel
Perhaps it’s fitting that today’s interview is a play in 3 acts. After all, I’m talking to Melanie Deziel, speaker, author, and founder of Story Fuel. It makes sense that we talk about creating good content in 3 acts: idea generation, brand deals, and coming up with headlines. This discussion is completely packed with fantastic advice to help up your content creation game. Top Takeaways: When it comes to content, we often focus too much on the format, and not the actual message. instead, determine what you’re saying first. Then figure out how to best say it. The “how” drives the format and where you’ll publish. Brand-sponsored content is being created in collaboration with or on behalf of a brand that wouldn’t be created otherwise. They are leveraging your trust, so find overlap between what the brand wants to say and what your audience wants to hear. When writing headlines, remember they are a formula. Ask “What’s the purpose of this headline,” or put differently: what is this content doing? That should help you determine the type of headline to write. Show Notes: Melanie Deziel Melanie on Linkedin Melanie on Twitter Melanie on YouTube Melanie on Instagram Say it Again: Your Business NEEDS to be on TikTok with Alex Rossman Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E283 · Mon, September 05, 2022
Building a Niche Podcast and Newsletter Through Free Content with Jeff Utecht
Imagine being perfectly positioned to deal with the pandemic from a k-12 school's standpoint. That’s Jeff Utecht. Instead of just being in the K12 space, he specializes in technology implementation for K12 schools. But he didn’t just fall into that. He spends years building a brand, understanding his audience, and giving away content. How has that helped him? Listen to find out! Plus, we get deep into education during the pandemic in Build Something More. Top Takeaways: You create great content by understanding your niche and your audience. Jeff and his team know what their audience is asking, and created content to answer those questions. Their podcast is a big piece of their sales funnel. Every time they put out a free guide, they do a podcast episode and encourage people to download the guide, which requires an email list. As a result, they have a great list to sell directly to (as well as continue to provide free value). If you’re going to leverage social media, make sure to be where your audience is, and further, find the right hashtags people are following. Doing that allows you to target the right people and grow your audience! Show Notes: Jeff Utecht Jeff on Twitter Jeff on Linkedin Jeff on Instagram Jeff on YouTube Jeff on Facebook Shifting Schools Podcast Building in Canva Creating Better Online Courses (That You can Charge More for) with Wes Kao Learning Management and WordPress: LifterLMS with Chris Badgett Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E282 · Mon, August 29, 2022
My Failed Attempt at Building a Community
When I was in college, building a community felt pretty easy. Have some event, get free food, people come, people talk. Maybe they will bring some of their friends. This happened all the time – campus events, weekends at the bar, over the summer. So I thought building a community online would be similar. Easier even! There are no geographic boundaries. I would just invite people to come to my community, and they'd go and hang out. But that didn't happen. In fact, my community was a baron wasteland. And in July, I decided to shut down that aspect of my membership. So what went wrong? Well, I think there were a few reasons...and that's what we'll talk about in today's episode. Top Takeaways: Think about community as you start a new endeavor. I thought about mine too late and most of my students were already done with my content and had no reason to come back. You need to help your members with the habit of going to your community every day. You can do that by doing more events, or even having content exclusive to your community platform. It’s up to you to drive the community. People won’t just go to an online community and start conversations at the beginning. Show Notes: SPI 603: The Secret to Building the Best Community Online with Drew Dillon Circle Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Moft | Nexcess | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E281 · Mon, August 22, 2022
Want to be a Better Podcast Guest? Be Open and Honest with Sara Loretta
Today’s episode is a little different. Sara Loretta and I met through Jay Clouse’s Creative Companion Club. I mentioned I was offering free podcast coaching for episodes of this show, and she pitched coming on to talk about podcast guesting. While I thought we were going to talk about her advice for being a good guest, what we ended up doing was having a great conversation about our experiences. But don’t worry: it gets tied together at the end. Because we’re constantly told that online business owners need to be on brand. But the truth is being open, and showing the personal side, establishes the like and trust factors. And ultimately, that is how you be a good podcast guest. Top Takeaways It’s up to the podcast host to reach out to you with a topic in mind. They need to come up with the topic and questions based on what best serves their audience. As a potential guest that’s pitching yourself, you should have a few topics ready to send out to people. Podcasts are, after all, a great way to establish authority and expertise. Have a few stories to tell that reinforce your points and add background to your topic. Personal stories help people connect with you. And while you won’t win over everyone, you shouldn’t try to. Show Notes Sara Loretta Sara on Instagram Sara on Twitter Sara Loretta at Notion Why We Succeed Podcast Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | TextExpander | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E280 · Mon, August 15, 2022
Live Coaching: Growing Your Podcast Through Your Website with Scott Cowan
It’s another live coaching call. Scott Cowan runs a podcast called Explore Washington State. It’s part of a greater site all about Washington. The podcast publishes 3-4 times per week, and he’s looking to grow his audience and potentially increase his output to 5 times a week. Listen in as I give Scott advice about SEO, website improvements, and pointing his enormous Instagram following to the show. Top Takeaways: Having a good website with easy-to-speak URLs is the best way to send people to your podcast. Easy to share on social media, and easy for listeners to share too. Optimize titles and descriptions. Use them to tell people what the episode is about, and use keywords that will help the episodes show up in searches. Instead of trying to grow your podcast directly, grow your newsletter and social media followings. Then share your show with those audiences — your newsletter especially can be ripe for growth and promotion. Show Notes: Scott Cowan Scott on Facebook Scott on Instagram Scott on Twitter Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Moft | Nexcess | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Wed, August 10, 2022
Introducing Make Money Podcasting
Interested in starting or growing a podcast that actually generates revenue? Check out my new show, Make Money Podcasting! Listen to all of the episodes and subscribe at https://makemoneypod.com/ ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E279 · Mon, August 08, 2022
Finding Hope in Grief as a Creator with Sherry Walling
We all deal with grief. It could be the loss of a loved one. Maybe the loss of a job. Or the feeling that you’ve lost control of your life or your business. Throughout the pandemic, many of us experience grief in one way, shape, or form — and Dr. Sherry Walling is no different. But she decided to write about her grief. First, it was just for her. Then she shared it. Then she decided that her writings could help countless people and turned them into a book. I’m grateful she took the time to talk to us today. We get into how grief affects us, what creators can do, and the book writing process. Top Takeaways: When you experience grief, writing is a helpful exercise. It helps you process your feelings, but it also allows you to write a new reality for yourself. Life doesn’t necessarily stop, but you have more space and time than you think. It’s OK to slow down for a while. Reconnecting to hope happens in tiny moments, like getting up, hugging a loved one, and even making a meal. Listen to your body and do what is best for you. Show Notes: Get Touching Two Worlds: A Guide for Finding Hope in the Landscape of Loss Sherry Walling Sherry on Twitter Sherry on Instagram How the Great Grief Led to the Great Resignation | Fortune Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Moft | Nexcess | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E278 · Mon, August 01, 2022
Finding and Converting Leads with Good Content with Anna Tutckaia
Grow your audience. Get leads. Sell your thing. Make money. This seems to be the formula for creators…but these are just nebulous ideas. How do we actually implement them? That’s what today’s guest, Anna Tutckaia, is here to talk about. She’s the Head of Marketing at ManyChat, and she’ll tell us all about how we can find leads by learning about our audience, how their virtual event garnered thousands of potential customers and helpful tools for personalization. In Build Something More, we answer the question, “Should you really move from Facebook to Circle?” Top Takeaways To find leads, you need to understand the product you’re selling and the audience you’re trying to sell to. You learn that by going where they hang out online and learning about their pain points, as well as their interests outside of your product. Talking regularly to current and potential customers is a must. Conversations make them feel heard, and you can understand your messaging and improve your content. Using automated tools to connect and serve customers can allow you to free up your time, answer common questions quickly, and even ask them pointed questions for better personalization, which in turn helps you get better leads and create impactful content. Show Notes Anna on LinkedIn ManyChat | Twitter | Instagram Chartable TweetHunter Building and Evolving Profitable Project Plan with Jennifer Bourn Join Creator Crew for Ad-Free, Extended Episodes Sponsored by: Moft | Nexcess | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E277 · Mon, July 25, 2022
How Creators can Find Hidden Profit in Their Business with Nev Harris
What’s the difference between making money on the side, and running a business? There are probably dozens of ways to answer that, but if I had to answer, I’d say that it has to do with how you manage your money. Early in the WordPress space, people were learning they could make money with their work, but we’re managing it properly. I think we’re seeing something similar in the creator space, so I’ve brought in Profit Expert Nev Harris to tell us the 4 ways to find hidden profit in your business and get your finances in order. Top Takeaways: People say, “you have to spend money to make money,” but Nev says, “spend smart money to make money.” Buying the latest and greatest CRM, microphone, or computer will actually make you money. But hiring a VA might. You need to find profit in your business by getting out of the dark. Nev says you need to focus on 4 areas: Revenue, Profit, Expenses, and Efficient. Start slow and pick one per quarter. When it comes to efficiency, If you’re spending too much time doing the work, you’re chasing pennies and leaving dollars on the floor. Get to a place where you only do what you need to do. Show Notes: Nev Harris Nev on Linkedin Nev on Twitter Stroop Effect Profit First Agile Development Free Expense Killer Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | TextExpander | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E276 · Mon, July 18, 2022
Using Your Podcast for Lead Generation with Sam Munoz
A drum I’ve been beating for a while is you don’t need sponsors to make money podcasting. In fact, it might not even be the best way to make money. What if you had a product so perfectly aligned with the audience of your podcast, that you could get your listeners to buy it? That’s exactly what Sam Munoz does, and her approach to free content is admirable. If you have ANY business where you’re creating content, you need to hear this conversation. Plus, in Build Something More, Sam and I exchange stories about the time we wrote code for robots. Top Takeaways: It’s OK to get paid for your thoughts. Whenever Sam thinks about free content, she tries to connect it back to her paid offerings. After all, if you’re doing something for your business, what you’re doing should be in the service of making your business succeed. You need to spend your time wisely. When you don’t have the margin to think about how your content, which is a lot of work, serves your business or your paid offerings. This hurts you, and your audience, who should benefit from your services. Sam’s podcast serves as the top of the funnel for her mentorship. The audiences align perfectly, and her consistent call to action provides enough repetition for people to turn into students. This works perfectly for her because everything aligns so well! Show Notes: Sam Munoz Sam on Twitter Mighty Networks How Making Helpful Content is the Right Way to Sell Products with James Laws The Intentional Bookshelf Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Flexispot | Nexcess | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E276 · Sat, July 16, 2022
Troy Dean on Getting Your Students from Zero to Win
Creating a course isn't just about making a series of videos. It's about doing it in a way that gives the students skills or knowledge they can use at the end of the course. Troy Dean calls that taking a student from "zero to win." Listen to the entire episode at https://howibuilt.it/027 Be sure to subscribe at https://howibuilt.it/subscribe This clip is brought to you by Sensei ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E275 · Mon, July 11, 2022
You Need to Form Good Writing Habits with Dickie Bush
I’m going, to be honest with you: I’m squarely anti-hustle culture. I think it’s unnecessary and puts too much pressure on people to make “Gary Vee money.” So when I saw Dickie Bush’s Ship 30 project, I thought we had more of that narrative. Well let me tell you, I could not have been more wrong. Dickie’s approach to writing and his frameworks can help anyone become a better writer, and Ship 30 helps brand new creators go through the roller coaster that is content creation faster, and with a better support system. There are TONS of gems in this episode, so you won’t want to miss it. Plus, in Build Something More, Dickie and I talk about competitive gaming. Top Takeaways: Twitter is a “home run-based” platform that allows you to go viral with the right stuff. Generally, that’s content Dickie called “Reach” content; these are tweets or threads that everyone can relate to. Dickie says creating content isn’t coming up with 1000 different ideas. It’s coming up with 1000 different ways to use the same idea across different platforms, so it resonates with different people. If you’re struggling to come up with content, do the 2-year review: look at everything you learned over the last 2 years, and then write content for you, two years ago. Show Notes: Dickie Bush 1 Dickie Bush 2 Dickie on Twitter Dickie on Linkedin Otter.ai Typeshare Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E275 · Sat, July 09, 2022
Nathan Ellering on coming up with a content marketing plan
Coming up with content can be a tough task, especially across multiple channels. But Nathan Ellering of CoSchedule gave us the perfect advice in episode 20: answer customer questions. Listen to the entire episode at https://howibuilt.it/020 Be sure to subscribe at https://howibuilt.it/subscribe This clip is brought to you by TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E274 · Mon, July 04, 2022
Why You’re Losing Money with a Bad Customer Experience with Marcus Merrell
“All of the worlds is experienced through code.” This is a statement Marcus Merrell makes on today’s podcast...and it’s absolutely true. See, even if you sell the most niche handmade thing, you probably sell it online, which means someone’s code is powering your business. And your buyers are experiencing your business through code. So the worst thing for your business is bad code because that makes for a bad experience. And I know what you’re thinking: “What if I don’t write code?” Well, if you’re listening to this show, you probably create user experiences. And today, Marcus tells us how we can do it better; we should all listen. Our businesses depend on it. Top Takeaways: Even if you sell physical products it needs to interface with some code. The exciting thing about the no-code movement is that you as a creator or business owner can focus less on testing that code, and more on business-related activities...as well as honing the experience. Products are good and improving, but not as fast as people’s expectations. People say they won’t wait at all if something is broken. They will leave and find an alternative. You don’t need to deeply test everything, but you do need to make sure the experience for the vast majority of your users is rock solid. Are people mostly signing up for your membership? Make sure that it is a perfect experience. Show Notes: Marcus Merrell Marcus on Linkedin Marcus on Twitter Sauce Labs on Linkedin Sauce Labs on Twitter Sauce Labs Whitepaper Making Your Website Accessible with Amber Hinds A Book Apart Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E273 · Mon, June 27, 2022
What It’s Like Building and Selling a Content Company with Chris Coyier
“Creator” is a word that has really come into focus in an industry in the last few years. But content creation is nearly as old as the internet itself. And building businesses from your content…that’s not new either. Just ask Chris Coyier, the founder who recently sold his hugely popular blog, CSS Tricks, to Digital Ocean. We talk about his journey, how he made money, and answer the question: are we seeing an uptick in content acquisitions as more companies realize it’s a great way to establish trust. Top Takeaways: Kickstarting the CSS Tricks redesign generated a lot of revenue, but ended up resulting in a loss. Still, it did its job: it gave Chris capital to build the business. CSS Tricks has always been about ads as a way to make money. It started off as handshake deals at conferences, but the process became more formalized. The best thing you can do for advertisers and offer packages. Get them in front of all of the eyeballs you have access to. You can charge more and deliver better results. Show Notes: Chris Coyier Chris on Twitter WP Jukebox Kickstarter CSS Tricks Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | TextExpander | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E272 · Mon, June 20, 2022
The Book You Need to Write Better Content with Maddy Osman
When you write content, who are you writing for? It’s an important question to consider— you need to have someone in mind when you write. But there’s another audience you should have the robots. Specifically, search engines. If you’re not writing for both, you could be missing out on traffic, signups, and sales. Luckily, Maddy Osman and her new book, Writing for Humans and Robots, is here to help. Top Takeaways: When writing for humans, you need to appeal to the people you’re writing for. This is where stories, empathy, and consistency come on. When you write for robots, you need to consider what your content is optimized for: keywords, good headlines, and spoiler alert: What humans what to know. The right headline can satisfy both humans and robots. Write something that gets people to click and search engines will recommend your content to more people. Show Notes: Order Writing for Humans and Robots Maddy on Linkedin Maddy on Twitter Maddy on YouTube NaNoWriMo Anyword Keywords Everywhere Keyword Surfer ahrefs CoSchedule Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | TextExpander | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E8 · Sat, June 18, 2022
Jeff Sheldon on how to choose the right ideas and prevent burnout
Jeff Sheldon does what he does extremely well. But he's also expanded his business from clothes to coffee and paper products. How does he do it without burning out? Listen to today's bit to find out. Listen to the entire episode at https://howibuilt.it/013 Be sure to subscribe at https://howibuilt.it/subscribe This clip is brought to you by WP Wallet ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E271 · Mon, June 13, 2022
How I’m Growing My Audience
Over the last few weeks, I have been interviewing experts on communities, newsletters, referral programs, and more. As a result, I've taken some of my favorite advice and I've started implementing it. So today is going to be a solo episode where I'm going to tell you everything I've been doing to grow my audience. We'll take a look at some tools I've been using, some techniques I've been implementing, and perhaps the most important thing that I can do to grow my audience. In Build Something More, I tell you my next short-form podcast and what I liked from WWDC. Top Takeaways: Niching down to podcasting only has allowed me to focus my messaging and all of my energy and resources. I’ve been promoting my newsletter, which I’ve also focused on podcasting. All of my opt-ins now point to Podcast Tips, an evergreen newsletter that helps people grow and monetize. I’ve been using Tweet Hunter to plan and schedule useful tweets for folks. Using Dickie Bush’s advice, I put out helpful podcasting tweets designed to gain followers and send people to my newsletter. Show Notes: ConvertKit Connecting Revue to ConvertKit Newsletter Glue Tips SparkLoop Tweet Hunter Justin Moore’s Creative Wizard Newsletter Calm History Recut Pod Cards Join Creator Crew Sponsored by: WP Wallet | Nexcess | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E7 · Sat, June 11, 2022
Chris Lema on No-Code Solutions
Chris Lema knows a lot about a lot. But did you know he was doing no-code well before it became the movement it is today? In this bit, he tells us a little about how to successfully build a web app without code. Listen to the entire episode at https://howibuilt.it/012 Be sure to subscribe at https://howibuilt.it/subscribe This clip is brought to you by WP Wallet ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E270 · Mon, June 06, 2022
How To Build a $1000/year Membership with Jay Clouse
Can you build a business off of a Twitter challenge? Perhaps it’s not as simple as that, the core concept is there: create something for people to rally around, and you have a community. Participate with them and you have engagement. Jay Clouse knows a thing or two about building communities and successfully launched his own membership called Creative Companion…by basically starting with a Twitter challenge called #Tweet100. After comparing notes on how we manage our podcasts, we get into the crux of the matter: using Twitter in a helpful way, then building your business. We talk about mission, pricing, engagement, and tools in this absolutely packed episode. In Build Something More, we talk about workshops vs. course creation. Top Takeaways: Twitter is the ultimate experiment ground. You can get an idea out fast, it garners quick feedback from people, and it can be statically significant, given your audience. When it comes to positioning your membership, you need to have alignment with what you’re offering and who you’re offering it to. This will allow you to offer a high-price membership with meaningful engagement. When you build a community around something, you need to eat, sleep, and breathe it. Consider that as you go off and launch your own membership/community. Show Notes: Jay Clouse Jay on Twitter Jay on Instagram Podpage Tweet Hunter Convertkit Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | TextExpander | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E6 · Sat, June 04, 2022
Chris Coyier on being persistent
Chris Coyier is a man of many hats and has successfully started and sold websites, wrote books, and has a great tech startup. In today's bit, he offers some advice that is the key to his success. Listen to the entire episode at https://howibuilt.it/006 Be sure to subscribe at https://howibuilt.it/subscribe This clip is brought to you by WP Wallet ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E269 · Mon, May 30, 2022
The First Step You Need to Take to Launch Your Podcast with Alban Brooke
What is stopping you from creating content? That’s the question that Alban Brooke and I set out to answer. But it didn’t start that way. I thought we’d talk about podcast stats and what creators can do to make money. But there is no making money if there is no content. So we get back to basics. And if you’re stuck, this is a conversation you need to hear. Top Takeaways: it’s really easy to see the end result you want: a book, a hugely popular YouTube channel, or a podcast with millions of downloads. But it’s not easy to get there. Instead, you need to find your niche. Fly a flag you’re deeply interested in and people will come. 80% of your addressable audience is better than 1% of the unengaged general population. The best path to making money is niching down, showing your expertise, and selling your product or service. Your podcast is a marketing tool. Show Notes: Alban Brooke Alban on Twitter Buzzsprout Global Stats Apple Podcast Creators Will Soon Be Able to Access Follower Metrics Why Gear is Least Important Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: WP Wallet | Nexcess | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E5 · Sat, May 28, 2022
Carrie Dils on building a community and doing your own dev work
Carrie Dils was building communities before it was cool. And was actually doing the building! In today's bit, Carrie tells us about how she built her podcast community and the pros and cons of doing your own dev work. Listen to the entire episode at https://howibuilt.it/005 Be sure to subscribe at https://howibuilt.it/subscribe This clip is brought to you by WP Wallet ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E268 · Mon, May 23, 2022
Pitching, Writing, and Recording LinkedIn Learning Courses with Carrie Dils
LinkedIn Learning is a force in the online course space, with hundreds of courses, millions of learners, and a well-oiled machine for putting out great content. I, along with today’s guest, Carrie Dils, are fortunate to be long-time instructors for the platform. I invited Carrie on to catch up, and I thought it would be fun for us to exchange notes on how we come up with ideas for, and then record, our LinkedIn Learning courses. In Build Something More, it gets even more fun as we talk about the courses we thought would do SUPER well but turned out to…well…not. Top Takeaways: Carrie and I both followed in the footsteps of people we learned from; if you have an appreciation for learning, teaching is a great next step! Carrie likes to pitch ideas for courses on topics she wants to know more about. In order to teach something well, you need to know it well! We both shared our love of recording in LinkedIn Learning’s campus booths. Having a stellar process, and the right environment for instructors is a big win. If you’re creating courses, the advice we share in this episode can help you figure out what works best for you. Show Notes: Carrie Dils Carrie on Linkedin Carrie on Twitter Morten Rand_Hendrikson on Twitter Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: TextExpander | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E4 · Sat, May 21, 2022
Cory Miller on building a solution to solve your own pain point
Cory Miller dolled out so much great advice in Episode 4 that we're getting a twofer. He tells us about how one of iThemes' most popular products came out of solving a big problem they had. Then he tells us the importance of maintaining an email list. Listen to the entire episode at https://howibuilt.it/004 Be sure to subscribe at https://howibuilt.it/subscribe This clip is brought to you by WP Wallet ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E267 · Mon, May 16, 2022
Building a Personalized Email Newsletter That Works for You with Brennan Dunn
A few weeks ago we talked to Louis Nicolls about the importance of having a good newsletter that helps people — some targeted, educational resource. Brennan Dunn knows a thing or two about that and has built an empire around segmentation and personalization. The last time he was on the show, we talked about Right Message. Today, we talk to him about email templates and newsletter strategies that we can implement with his new tool, Palladio. Top Takeaways Brennan equates emails to sales pages multiple times. Yes, they are a great way to establish trust and be a resource for subscribers...but we also want them to stand out and make them memorable for when we need to sell. Instead of doing educational emails, pausing them and doing a sales sequence, Brennan recommends mixing in targeted sales messages through your emails. This allows you to show helpful resources at a time the subscriber is ready to buy...making it a win/win for both of you. Evergreen, or “Shadow” newsletters as Brennan calls them, are a great way to build a resource, be consistent with your newsletter, and focus on other tasks around marketing or building your list. Show Notes Brennan Dunn | Brennan on Twitter Palladio Create and Sell Newsletter CaboPress How to Actually Sell to Your Email List with Samar Owais Building a Newsletter People Will Actually Read (and Recommend) with Louis Nicholls Join Creator Crew for ad-free, extended episodes . Sponsored by: WP Wallet | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E3 · Sat, May 14, 2022
Brian Krogsgard on determining membership benefits and preventing churn
When you have a membership or subscription, your goal is to prevent churn, or people leaving. The best way to do that is to deliver value. But it's also a matter of how often you ask your subscribers to evaluate the value they get. Here's what Brian Krogsgard recommended. Listen to the entire episode at https://howibuilt.it/003 Be sure to subscribe at https://howibuilt.it/subscribe This clip is brought to you by WP Wallet ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E266 · Mon, May 09, 2022
How Making Helpful Content is the Right Way to Sell Products with James Laws
Most people who start a business hate it when they get away from the actual work and move towards managing — the business and the people. But not James Laws. James has started several successful businesses and his favorite part is building the culture, ensuring employees are happy, and ultimately making sure everyone feels fulfilled…so much so that he wants to help more founders do just that. And he plans to, with tools, software, coaching, and more. But that’s a long game. It all starts with his podcast. Tune in to learn how James is using his podcast and blog to establish authority, build an audience, and learn about this new field. Top Takeaways: Building an audience in a brand new space is hard! You need to essentially learn the “rules” of the field and play by them to gain a following and trust. If you’re trying to establish expertise, but do interviews, think of them as exchanging notes to help establish authority while also getting perspective. The first step to making money with your content is to build an audience so that you share future endeavors with them. The key is to solve their problems with your free content...then you’ll understand them (and vice versa) making your paid products worth it for them. Show Notes: James Laws James on Tiktok James on Twitter Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | TextExpander | LearnDash (00:00) - Hey Everybody! (02:40) - Creator Toolkits (03:36) - Welcome, James! (08:31) - Side Quest: Joey and Jamie (11:36) - Managing Multiple Brands (13:49) - Side Quest: The Boston Accent (15:28) - In Office vs. WFH (24:17) - Building Ciircles.com (27:46) - Side Quest: Movies (30:53) - Defining a Niche Outside of WordPress (38:23) - Side Quest: Jerry Springer (41:38) - Building a New Audience with TikTok (46:29) - Making Money with Content (55:26) - Quick Recap (01:01:00) - Trade Secret (01:07:17) - Find James and Sign Off ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E2 · Sat, May 07, 2022
Rebecca Gill on Researching, validating, and launching an online course
Too many people decided they want to make an online course, spend 6 months making it, and launch to crickets. Rebecca Gill knew better, and her advice from Episode 2 can save you a ton of time (and heartache). Listen to the entire episode at https://howibuilt.it/002 Be sure to subscribe at https://howibuilt.it/subscribe This clip is brought to you by WP Wallet ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E265 · Mon, May 02, 2022
Listener Feedback and Questions
It’s the first-ever feedback episode! I read a couple of reviews — one good, one bad, and how I’m adjusting — and then answer listener questions. It’s a fun episode! We cover getting started in content creation, growing your audience, configuring a Stream Deck, and podcast interviews. Show Notes: My Live Stream Kit My Stream Deck blog post My Stream Deck video A specific use case for launching apps Masters of Doom Feedback Join Creator Crew Sponsored by: WP Wallet | Nexcess | LearnDash ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E265 · Sat, April 30, 2022
Jason Coleman on determining value and dealing with negative reviews
Jason Coleman was the very first guest on How I Built It, and he started the show strong with a ton of fantastic advice. Here's my favorite: a bit about why charging monthly might not align with the value you deliver, as well as how to handle negative reviews. Listen to the entire episode at https://howibuilt.it/001 Be sure to subscribe at https://howibuilt.it/subscribe This clip is brought to you by WP Wallet ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E264 · Mon, April 25, 2022
How Niche Content can get You More Sponsors with Alexis Grant
How good is creating niche content? How about understanding the purpose of your content and focusing on providing value? Alexis Grant, founder, and CEO of They Got Acquired, understand the importance of both of these things. She has launched not one, not two, but 3 content businesses — successfully selling her previous ones. Today she’s here to share her insight on why she started They Got Acquired, doing research to produce good content, and how sponsorship is playing a bigger role than she expected. Top Takeaways: They Got Acquired has a very specific niche in mind: businesses that have sold for between $100,000 and $50M. All of their content is focused on telling those stories and helping similarly positioned businesses. They are using their podcast of the same name to build trust and grow their audience. Allowing people to hear them forges a better connection and gives the business more identity Sponsorship has played a bigger than expected role! They are increasing the output of their newsletter and will monetize their podcast for season 2. Lexi’s advice: ask for too much at first. You can always come down if they say no. Show Notes: Alexi s Grant Alexis on Linkedin Alexis on Twitter Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Tailor Brands | Nexcess | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
Trailer · Fri, April 22, 2022
Introducing How I Built Bits
Have you ever seen a great talk, video, or even podcast episode that dolled out some fantastic advice, only for you to forget it before you implement it? Maybe that feeling is amplified when you go to a conference. There are so many great takeaways...how can you remember it all? It's almost like you need a TL;DR for when that happens. And How I Built It has been going pretty much weekly for nearly 7 years! As we approach 300 episodes, I wanted to surface some of the best advice from asking "how did you build that" over all that time. So I'd like to introduce How I Built Bits, a weekly clip show that aims to be around 15 mins, replaying some of the best clips from How I Built It. New episodes come out on Saturday mornings. If you'd like to learn more, head over to https://howibuilt.it/clips . And of course, be sure to subscribe wherever you listen to podcasts. ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E263 · Mon, April 18, 2022
Why You Should Spend 80% of Your Time Promoting Content Instead of Making It with Farzad Rashidi
What if I told you the answer to better organic traffic isn’t more content…it’s less content? That’s what today’s guest, Farzad Rashidi, argues. That when it comes to SEO, link building, and organic traffic, quality outperforms quantity every time. And he doesn’t stop there. He provides a process for figuring out what content to write, and how to get people to it. Top Takeaways: Quality is better than quantity. Instead of spending 5 hours on 5 blog posts, spend 5 hours on one blog post and make sure it answers a question people are asking. The 80/20 Rule for content marketing, according to Farzad, is 20% on writing the content, 80% on marketing it. The name of the game for backlinks is relationships. Form relationships with people who have similar-sized sites and work with them to present valuable resources to their...and your...audience. Show Notes: Farzad Rashidi Farzad on Linkedin Marketing Strategy Ebook The Google Story (Google's PageRank) Creator Crew Sponsored by: Tailor Brands | NitroPack | Nexcess ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E262 · Mon, April 11, 2022
Building a Newsletter People Will Actually Read (and Recommend) with Louis Nicholls
5 years ago, email was dead. Now it’s not only growing, it’s the life’s blood of the creator economy. As a creator or small business owner, without a good, helpful, and nurtured email list, you’re leaving money on the table. And to tell you why Louis Nicholls from SparkLoop is here this week. We talk all about what makes a good newsletter, what mistakes to avoid, how to come up with good content, and how to make money. It’s a packed episode, and totally worth your time — especially if you’re an independent creator. Top Takeaways: Your email growth goals are way smaller than they should be. You can double or triple your subscriber list if you approach it professionally — with a plan in place for growth. The people who fail to grow their list treat it like a hobby. When it comes to content, start with who you’re writing for. Talk to people in your target audience and answer their questions. By the time you’re ready to launch the newsletter, you should know of at least 50 people who would sign up for it. When it comes to making money, high ticket items are your best bet. Your worst bet? Low-priced subscriptions. Louis says that memberships for creators are like a golden hampster wheel. Sure it’s recurring revenue, but there’s also the pressure of delivering each month. Show Notes: Louis Nicholls Louis on Twitter SparkLoop App Morning Brew Create&Sell Free Tool: Magic Creator Crew Sponsored by: Tailor Brands | NitroPack | Nexcess | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E261 · Mon, April 04, 2022
How to Find the Right Tools for Creators (and Why an Open Platform is Better) with Jack Kitterhing
Jack Kitterhing has been in the WordPress space for a while; you can say he deeply subscribes to the ethos that owning your own platform is one of the most important things a creator can do. That a SaaS, like Teachable, won’t be there for you like an owned platform, like WordPress + LearnDash, will. We have a good discussion about the merits of both. Is it really easier to set up a course on Teachable? What are the benefits of your own platform? We’ll get into all of that and more. Top Takeaways: Finding the right tool comes down to skill and comfort level. WordPress (and other open platforms) are cheaper. A SaaS will save you time. You also need to think about your users. What best serves their needs? Make a list of must have features and seek the best tool for that...but be a little forward thinking. Teachable, for example, doesn’t do memberships well. If you never want memberships, that’s great. If you do, Teachable might not be best. Spinning up your own WordPress site is a lot easier than it once was. The promise of Nexcess’ StoreBuilder and WP QuickStart products are the easy of signing up for a SaaS with the flexibility of WordPress. Show Notes: Jack Kitterhing Jack on Twitter Toolkit for Self-hosted vs. Owning Building Pages for Micro-Segments by Chris Lema Creator Crew Sponsored by: Tailor Brands | NitroPack | Nexcess ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E260 · Mon, March 28, 2022
How Niching Down Allows You to Charge More Without More Clients with Tara Claeys
There are a few chains freelancers in the WordPress space carry if we’re being honest. Not charging what you’re worth is one. Not wanting to niche down is another. And thinking you need to grow to an agency to make “real” money is another. Tara Claeys bucks all of these trends, and we have a great discussion about it. How she decided to find a niche (and how her podcast helps her establish authority!), and why she doesn’t want to become an agent. In Build Something More, we talk about the new Macs. Top Takeaways: Niching downs forces you to learn an industry — which allows you to better serve them completely. That allows you to charge more Niching also means having a higher close rate. By the time potential clients come to you, they are likely already sold on you. It’s OK to not want to grow from freelancer to full agency. And you don’t have to be an agency to make good money. People are willing to pay for your expertise. Show Notes: Tara Claeys Tara on Linkedin Design TLC The Incredible Journey from Agency to Solo Business Owner with Paul Lacey Choosing the Right Niche with Sara Dunn The Importance of Niching Down, Part 2 with Sara Dunn Building a Better Business Part 1: Understanding Your Customers Jennifer Bourn Content Camp What Baby Clothes Can Teach You About Understanding Your Customers 12 Week Year Mindful School Marketing The Daily Stoic Podcast Why You Need to Publish Content to Have an Expertise with Rochelle Moulton Creator Crew Sponsored by: NitroPack | Nexcess | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E259 · Mon, March 21, 2022
Changing the National Conversation About Money through Podcasting with Brian Bristol
"We need to de-stigmatize lending money to friends and family." It's one of the first things Brian Bristol said to me in today’s episode. See, Brian is the co-founder of Pigeon Loans — a place where anyone can set up a private loan, backed with tracking, interest, and a legally binding agreement. And this ethos is as interesting as the approach they are taking to content: show people that everyone has a story about lending or borrowing money. So today, we talk about the Pigeon Loans content strategy and the important role their podcast, The Chrip, plays in de-stigmatizing money lending. In Build Something More, we talk about the incredible importance of talking to customers. Top Takeaways: There's a weird stigma that it's bad to lend money to friends and family. The Chirp aims to tell stories that show people there shouldn't be. The number of loans between friends, family, and loved ones in the US alone is $200 Billion. There needs to be an easier, more accountable way to track the loan. This makes more people likely to help those in need. Brian is a y oung guy who’s thrown himself into his start-up…but he’s mindful of burnout too. Find a way to unwind. You’ll come back with a new energy and clearer head. Show Notes: Brian Bristol Brian on Facebook Brian on Instagram Brian on Twitter Brian on Linkedin Chirp Podcast Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | Ahrefs ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E258 · Mon, March 14, 2022
A Winning YouTube Process for Building Trust & Getting Clients with Nicole Osborne
YouTube has been a regular topic on the show this year, and for good reason. More people need to build trust to make their business work, and as the second largest search engine, YouTube is a great place to do it. This week, marketing coach Nicole Osborne tells us why she started a YouTube channel, her process for publishing, and how it’s helped her business. In Build Something More, we talk about how marketing and web design changed over the past 20 years. Top Takeaways: Don’t compare yourself to the big names today. Pick a content creator, look at their first video, and then understand it’s a process that takes time. Content creation is experimentation. Try different topics, recording processes, and approaches. See what works and what resonates with your potential audience. You need to make time to make content. Treat it as a client project and put time on your calendar to work on it. Show Notes: Nicole Osborne Why You Need to Publish Content to Have an Expertise with Rochelle Moulton Working Through Different YouTube Strategies with Alastair McDermott Leveraging YouTube to Build Trust and get Leads with Jessica Freeman GoWP Facebook Group Nicole’s Agency Growth Secrets eBook How to Get Guest Spots on Podcasts Live Stream Kit Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | Ahrefs | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E257 · Mon, March 07, 2022
Working Through Different YouTube Strategies with Alastair McDermott
How often should you publish? Should you use affiliate links? DO those 30-day challenges really help? Alastair McDermott and I are both at the relative beginning of our YouTube journeys, and we’re each taking different approaches — hopefully, ones that suit our needs and goals appropriately. Listen in as we talk about what we're doing, how we’re doing it, and of course, why. We’ll also tell you why your phone is the best camera for you and your channel. In Build Something More, we talk about when we’ve each bartered for work. Top Takeaways: YouTube is a content channel that can help you build trust quickly because people can see you. You have the ability, and the opportunity, to show people what you know and how you can help them. When it comes to making money, most people can make more bringing in new clients with their videos, as opposed to running ads to monetize. Alastair said he’ll likely never run those ads because it could affect his credibility! The thing that keeps people engaged after clicking through is good storytelling. You need an arch, with tension that keeps people watching. This is possible with just about any video, if you do it right! Show Notes: Alastair McDermott Alastair on Linkedin Alastair on Twitter Alastair on YouTube Alastair on Instagram Live Coaching: Launching a Course & Growing a Podcast with Alastair McDermott Why You Need to Publish Content to Have an Expertise with Rochelle Moulton How to Make Your a6400 camera a Webcam YouTube/LiveStream Setup Creator Toolkits Current Desk Alzay Calhoun: Coveted Consultant Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | Ahrefs ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E256 · Mon, February 28, 2022
Creating Better Online Courses (That You can Charge More for) with Wes Kao
Since leaving the classroom in 2016, I've missed one aspect of teaching more than any other: connecting with students in real-time, as I teach the material. And while I love creating evergreen courses, today's guest has a better way to teach online. Wes Kao, a co-founder of both altMBA and Maven, tells us about Cohort-based Courses (CBCs), and I am all in! She'll tell us how CBCs have better completion rates, allow for much less upfront work, and allow you to charge more. If you want to create an online course in 2022, I strongly recommend you consider them. Plus, in Build Something More, where does YouTube sit with all of this? Top Takeaways: Most online learning is one direction. The teacher pre-records a video and teaches. But Cohort-based Courses offer bi-directional learning, which is huge in the online space. It allow instructors to get real time feedback and pivot when needed. When deciding what to teach, you need to consider what you're an expert in. Ask yourself, "If Harvard were asking me to guest lecture, what topic would they invite me to teach?" You should also survey your audience to understand where they are at and what they want to learn. CBCs are best when they are interactive. You should shoot for 75% interactive, 25% knowledge transfer. Think about how your students can learn something, and practice it right now; this allows them to reinforce what they learn, and get real time feedback from you and fellow students. Show Notes: Wes Kao Wes Kao on Twitter Wes Kao Podcast 10 YouTube Statistics That You Need to Know in 2021 The Future of Education is Community: The Rise of Cohort-Based Courses - Forte Labs Maven: Create and teach cohort-based courses MasterClass Morning Brew Seth Godin Building and Evovling Profitable Project Plan with Jennifer Bourn Creator Crew Sponsored by: Riverside.fm | Nexcess | <a href="https://ahrefs.com/webmaster-tools?utm_source=podc
S1 E255 · Mon, February 21, 2022
Who is the Pro iPhone for, and Other Creator Tools
One of the core beliefs at Apple is telling a good story; it’s weaved into everything they do — every product, service, and publication. Something you’ll notice with their commercials is that they open by telling you it was shot on iPhone 13 Pro. And in-fact that story they told at the iPhone event in September, about iPhone 13 Pro, was that it’s for movie makers and cinematographers. But who is the iPhone really for? And what other great tools are out there for creators? That’s what we’ll explore in this episode. Top Takeaways If you are a content creator, the iPhone 13 Pro is for you. It allows you to look like the pros, without dropping thousands of dollars of gear like the pros. The simplest solution is a tripod for your iPhone with a remote or timer. You’ll also want good lighting; since this is such a mobile setup, you can likely find some good natural lighting. Finding the right tools is tough, which is why I’ve put together Creator Toolkits: simple lists to help you know which tools you should use when creating projects. Links Who is iPhone 13 Pro Really For? Creator Toolkits Sponsored by: Riverside.fm | Nexcess | Ahrefs ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E254 · Mon, February 14, 2022
How Influencers Help Sell $5,000 Watches with R.T. Custer
Exactly how important is your marketing funnel? Ask R.T. Custer, who's built a funnel that allows his company, the Vortic Watch Company, to routinely sell out of watches that are priced between $2,500 and $10,000. In this conversation, R.T. tells us all about how he and his business partner came up with the idea to repurpose old pocket watches into all-American-made wristwatches, and how his 200-day email funnel is the key to their success. Part of the secret sauce: getting influencers to drive traffic…not to buy the watches, which are usually only available one per day…but to sign up for their mailing list to get notified when a new one drops. Top Takeaways: People say email marketing is dying, but that could not be further from the truth. R.T. knows their nurture sequence needs to be 200 days because it takes 4-8 months to build enough trust to sell a $4,000 watch. As a creator, the affiliate marketing route can be a great way to get paid as an influencer, as long as your find the right brand. Knowing your worth is super important. It allows Vortic Watches to be sold at the price their sold...it will also allow you to get paid what you deserve. Show Notes: R.T. Custer Campaign Monitor Products Worth Talking About on YouTube Lewis Howes: The School of Greatness Start With Why Building a StoryBrand Creator Crew Sponsored by: Riverside.fm | Nexcess | Ahrefs | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E253 · Mon, February 07, 2022
Building a Successful Content Empire in a Crowded Field with Christine Pittman
Finding time as a busy creator or small business owner can be tough. But what about being a single mom, running a content business, in a competitive space, and making money doing? That's exactly what Christine Pittman does, running her hugely successfully cooking blogs and podcasts. Tune in to get tips about starting, staying consistent, making money, and the important role analytics plays in all of it. Plus, in Build Something More, we talk about what it's like cooking for our kids as business-running parents. Top Takeaways: Batch your content! You want to plan ahead, build a stock pile, and release it slowly. That way you can create consistently and build your content empire. Analytics is the key to everything. You will best serve your audience by understanding what resonates most with them, and putting out more content like it. Christine found her niche in a crowded field by focusing in on a couple of specific food types. Repurposing content allows you to reach more people based on their preferred way to consume. Christine has thousands of recipes she can resurface thanks to her podcast, which she uses to drive traffic to her blogs. Show Notes: Christine Pittman Christine on Instagram (cookthestory) Christine on Instagram (thecookful) Christine on Pinterest (cookthestory) Christine on Pinterest (thecookful) Google Analytics Google Search Console Semrush for Keyword Research AdThrive The Time Mangement Insider Podcast Auphonic Human Connection Digital Marketing Agency Creator Crew Sponsored by: Riverside.fm | Nexcess | Ahrefs ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E252 · Mon, January 31, 2022
Say it Again: Your Business NEEDS to be on TikTok with Alex Rossman
More and more, we're hearing about why businesses should be on TikTok. As a creator, this can be a new place for you to gain an audience…if you do it right. And today's guest, Alex Rossman, knows a thing or two about TikTok. His agency, Rossman Media, is currently moving many of his B2B clients to the platform with great success. Today, Alex will tell you why you should be there, and how to make the most of being on the platform…from building community to generating more leads. In Build Something More, we talk about what it's like being a musician (we both play the drums), writing songs, and there's a heavy dose of The Beatles in there too. Top Takeaways: TikTok has accelerated a lot faster than other social media platforms in growth and maturity. They even have a managed services to help business grow through trends. 1/10 of your videos will have some viral component to it. That doesn't mean millions of views, but it could mean 10,000. So it's important to be there, and be consistent. Alex recommends having a record day where you create 30 days worth of content in a sitting. Then you can plan and schedule it out. Using some free analytics, you can see what's trending and ride those waves to growth. Show Notes: Alex Rossman Rossman Media on Facebook Rossman Media on Instagram Rossman Media on Twitter The Beatles: Get Back Documentary Ringo's Masterclass Why Bussinesses are Missing out on Tiktok with Rebecca Simon Maneskin Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | Ahrefs | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E251 · Mon, January 24, 2022
Leveraging YouTube to Build Trust and get Leads with Jessica Freeman
Word of Mouth has long ruled the lead-generating roost for freelancers and small business owners. But that’s an untenable, unscalable business model. What does work, you wonder? Ask web designer Jess Freeman. 60% of Jess’ leads come from content creation alone; 40% from her blog and YouTube. While many view YouTube as a place for entertainment and influencers where only the most popular channels make money, Jess shows us that’s not true. And she shares some fantastic tips on how you can leverage YouTube to build trust and generate leads. Plus, in Build Something More, we talk WordPress vs. Squarespace. Top Takeaways: Don’t expect to get rich overnight with content. It’s a long game that helps you build better trust with prospective clients. Jess tells us about 2 types of YouTube content: connection (get to know me better) and educational (teaching something). Be sure to teach your target audience! Consistency is key, so come up with a cadence that works for you. Batch your content and release it on a predictable schedule. Show Notes: Jessica Freeman Jessica on Instagram Jessica on Facebook Divi TubeBuddy Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | Ahrefs ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E250 · Mon, January 17, 2022
How to Pitch the Media to Grow Your Audience with Brittney Lynn
They say one of the best ways to grow your audience is by getting in front of other people’s audiences, and today’s guest is an expert in helping you do that. Brittney Lynn understands how to pitch the media - both established media like publications and TV, and newer media, like podcasts. Today, she gives us some fantastic advice for finding and pitching podcasts, as well as what to think about if we’re going to pitch TV and publications. In Build Something More, we chat about the time I hired Brittney to help with my PR, what worked well, and what I should have done better! Top Takeaways: Since podcasts are weekly, and more selective about their content, you really need to hone your pitch. Spend some time doing your research, finding good fits, and then pitching a topic that works for the show. Look at recent guests and their topics. If yours is too similar, wait 6 months. Most hosts don’t want to cover the same topic in multiple episodes close together. There are lots of places to find shows. Apple Podcasts and Listen Notes, looking at shows competitors have been on, related podcasts, and even competitor press pages. Show Notes: Brittney Lynn Brittney on Instagram (brittneylynn) Brittney on Instagram (humanconnectionagency) Brittney on Twitter Brittney Lynn Workshop Smart Passive Income Podcast Listen Notes Podchaser Publer National Day Calendar Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | Ahrefs | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E249 · Mon, January 10, 2022
Why You Need to Publish Content to Have an Expertise with Rochelle Moulton
How do you become an authority in your field? What's the key to unlocking rewarding work and more sales with less selling? According to Rochelle Moulton, it's publishing. And Rochelle knows a thing or two. Not only has she been helping people become authorities in their fields since 2007, but her book, The Authority Code, will give you the blueprint — and the right prompts — to help you too. Rochelle and I have a great conversation around niching down, spending your time wisely, and publishing to become an authority in your space. Plus, in Build Something More, we compare notes on the book writing and publishing process! Top Takeaways: There's a difference between being an expert, and being an authority. Experts are good at doing a thing, and get paid do to it. Authorities, whose mindset is publishing, command respect from a much wider audience, and can make money in a variety of ways To build authority, you need to have a niche. You want to be able to talk to your people and offer them solutions and outcomes. In fact, as an authority, that's exactly what you're selling: an outcome. How will your perfect client's life change after working with you? Publishing is the key to building authority. That can be through email, blogging, podcasting, or video. Pick one that works for your audience and start helping people. Then, your content does the selling. Show Notes: Rochelle Moulton Rochelle on Linkedin Rochelle on Twitter Rochelle on Instagram Book: The Authority Code: How to Position, Monetize, and Sell Your Expertise How to Position, Monetize & Sell Your Expertise with Rochelle Moulton - The Recognized Authority Join Creator Crew Sponsored by: Sensei | Nexcess | Ahrefs ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E248 · Mon, January 03, 2022
My 2022 Yearly Theme: The Year of Retreat
In 2021, there was a lot of good, but there was also a lot of stress. In fact, there was a lot of everything. Seems like a year or less would do me good. But not really less of everything. I need to do less of something specific — over-commitment. So I’ve come up with The Year of Retreat. Show Notes: Cortex My 2022 Yearly Theme Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | Ahrefs | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E247 · Mon, December 20, 2021
Generosity and the Future: My Favorite Christmas Story
I knew from a young age, I wanted to play the drums. I got my first small kit when I was five and when my friends and I started a band, heavy quotes, I played paint buckets. When I was 15 years old, I knew I needed a real kit. It's the last episode of 2021, and it's a little different: I'm going to share with you my favorite Christmas story. I'll also tell you where the show is heading in 2022. Show Notes Read the Story at Casabona.org Join Creator Crew Rate: Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Podchaser Get Free Airtable templates (00:00) - Introduction (01:07) - My First Drum Set (07:27) - Thank You Alan (08:10) - How I Built It in 2022 (11:57) - Thanks for a Great 2021 ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E246 · Mon, December 13, 2021
Faceoff: Should Speakers be Paid for Virtual Events with Nathan Wrigley
Back in October, I wrote a blog post called, "We Need to Talk About Speakers and Virtual Events." I outlined how I believe speakers should be treated when it comes to virtual events; See I feel like too many virtual event organizers treat speakers as their marketing arm too. Shortly after, my friend Nathan Wrigley reached out. See, he is a virtual event organizer. In fact, I've spoken at his events! We wanted to have a debate of sorts, so we recorded it. It was a truly fantastic conversation. I certainly learned a lot, and I think you will too! Top Takeaways: Be communicative with your speakers and manage expectations. Doing the affiliate program well can net a lot of money for you without a TON of effort. It all depends on where you are in your speaker journey, and what your ultimate goal for speaking it. One peice of advice: choose events wisely. Show Notes: Nathan Wrigley Nathan on Facebook Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E245 · Mon, December 06, 2021
How I Ended Up Having My Best Black Friday Sale Ever
This year, I made a concerted effort to have a good Black Friday sale. I started thinking about it early, put in a good sequence of emails, and promoted it more than I've promoted anything. The result? My best sale ever. So how did I do it, what were the numbers, and what did I learn? Listen to find out. Plus, in Build Something More, I share the actual revenue, and my thoughts on affiliate programs. Top Takeaways Preparation and messaging were instrumental. I started thinking about the sale in October - what the offer would be and the direction my business would go in for 2022. Right before the sale, I redesigned the home page to really push the benefits of the membership. Don't be afraid to send too many emails. I sent 9 emails over 5 days, with 4 coming on the last day. Each lead to at least one sale. I also paid attention to how things were going. When I found the membership to be a lot more popular than initially though, I changed the last few emails in the sequence to highlight the benefits of that instead of the fact that a la carte courses were going away. Show Notes Creator Courses Why Subscriptions are Crucial to Your Business with John Warrillow Site Wide Sales ConvertKit WooCommerce LearnDash How to Manage Your Email for a Sane Holiday Season Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Accessibility Checker by Equalize Digital | Nexcess | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E244 · Mon, November 29, 2021
How to Leverage the Facebook Algorithm to Grow Your Business with Jono Petrohilos
Sometimes it feels like Facebook gets a bad wrap. Of course, sometimes it feels like Facebook gets exactly what it deserves…so where should we, as small business owners, fall on how to use Facebook? Today's guests should help. Jono Petrohilos is a personal trainer and online educator who has a $1 Million online course business. He also runs huge Facebook groups, including one specifically for online course creators. Jono is SUPER passionate about FB groups -so much so that he made me excited about them. He offers a ton of tips for how to start and grow a FB group, and how one can build your business. In Build Something More, we talk about the Facebook outage and how it affected him (and how he has a backup plan!) Top Takeaways: Spend time in similar Facebook groups and communities, participating and adding value. This will help build a network of 100 people you can invite to your group. The goal of the FB group is the community. It's not about "me" it's about "them." In that vein, encourage participation at every opportunity. Introductions, questions emailed to you, and anything else you think the group would benefit from The name is SUPER important. It should be clear and searchable. Show Notes: Jono Petrohilos Jono on Facebook Jono on Instagram Jono on Linkedin Do we REALLY Need to Own Our Platform? Fitness Education Online | US Site Creator Crew Sponsored by: Accessibility Checker by Equalize Digital | Nexcess | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E243 · Mon, November 22, 2021
How to Properly Niche and Grow Your Membership with Corey Haines
A few weeks ago, we heard from John Warrillow about why we need to make subscriptions a core part of our businesses. Someone who's done that really well is a marketer and fellow creator Corey Haines. As we recorded this, he was going through the biggest change his membership has seem: consolidation of offerings, niching down, and increasing the price. And it was the best month of the membership to date. Listen on to find why and how he did it. Plus, in what I think is the best Build Something More yet, we talk about pricing: how to price as a creator, offerings, and price to value ratios. Top Takeaways: On subscription fatigue: Don't conflate consumer subscriptions with business subscriptions. Consumers get fatigued more than businesses. Early on, as a creator you could basically just ask for money and people would support you. Now it's about the right value proposition. If you don't get it right, you won't survive. Niching down allows you to focus, get the right value prop, AND charge more. Show Notes: Corey Haines Corey on Twitter Li Jin article creator economy Morning Brew Creator Crew Sponsored by: Accessibility Checker by Equalize Digital | Nexcess | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E242 · Mon, November 15, 2021
The 2021 Gift Guides Episode!
It's the 2021 Gift Guides episode! This year I revamped the guides to be clearer, including more tools for people who work from home and podcasters, and offering more options for people looking for the perfect pen. In Build Something More, I talk about the transition from Beaver Builder to Gutenberg - why I did it, and how it went. Show Notes: Gift Guides Work From Home Video Walkthrough Podcast Guide Video Walkthrough Creator Crew Sponsored by: Accessibility Checker by Equalize Digital | Nexcess | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E241 · Mon, November 08, 2021
How to Actually Sell to Your Email List with Samar Owais
Something I (and perhaps you) feel I do terribly is email marketing. I'm worried I'm not segmenting my list the right way, that I email them too much, and that what I send is not aligned with what they signed up for. But let me tell you, after this conversation with Samar Owais, I feel a lot better. Samar is an email expert, and we cover a lot of ground, from setting up a welcome sequence, to when you should sell to your list, to how to segment. This is a mini masterclass in email marketing and one of my favorite episodes to date. Plus, in Build Something More, how Apple is changing the way we measure email marketing success. Top Takeaways: When someone signs up for your mailing list, your welcome sequence needs to align with your offer and your promise...also, you should have a welcome sequence! When it is too soon to sell to your list? The very first welcome email. Everything else is fair game so soft sell, sew seeds, or even just mention. Segmentation is SO important. You're forming a relationship with your email subscribers, and you can't properly do that if you don't know anything about them. Show Notes: Samar Owais Samar on Twitter Samar on Linkedin ConvertKit Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E240 · Mon, November 01, 2021
Why Subscriptions are Crucial to Your Business with John Warrillow
Subscription services are increasingly popular and for good reason. On top of creating more predictable income for your business, they allow you to really focus and serve your subscribers instead of constantly trying to grind out new sales. Plus, it makes your business more sellable. We'll talk about all of that and more in this week's episode with John Warrillow, best-selling author of Built to Sell, The Automatic Customer, and The Art of Selling your business. And in Build Something More, we'll even talk about what it's like to write a best-selling book! Top Takeaways: Subscriptions make your business more predictable, more sellable, and place less pressure on your sales process. One Sale → One Payment vs. One Sale → regular monthly payments. You need to go all-in for a subscription business to work. Giving people a choice between one time and subscription will usually result in fewer (if any) subscriptions. When it comes to subscription fatigue, you need to demonstrate value in a tangible way. A 10% discount won't do that. But showing 10x more value will. Show Notes: John Warrilow The Art of Selling Your Bussiness: Winning Strategies The Automatic Customer Jodie Cook: Built to Sell Radio How to Hire a VA That Actually Helps with Matthew Yahes Launch by Jeff Walker Growing a Multilingual Newsletter (on the side!) with Maciek Palmowski Creator Crew Sponsored by: Sensei | Nexcess | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E239 · Mon, October 25, 2021
Growing a Multilingual Newsletter (on the side!) with Maciek Palmowski
You've heard me say time and time again - build your list! If you want to grow your business, whether you sell products, services, or are a creator, you need to get people on your email list. And today's guest, Maciek Palmowski, has definitely done that. He and his wife started the only Polish-language WordPress-focused newsletter (quick a niche) and grew it into quite a popular English-language newsletter. The format and process for putting it together are interesting too - making this a fantastic episode for those struggling with (or struggling to start) their newsletter. In Build Something More, we talk about what it's like being an ESL programmer in an English-dominated market. Top Takeaways The Twitter community can be a great place for finding news and growing your list! The secret to growth: stay consistent and put in the work. People will come, and share it! Trial and error is super important. Try things out and see what works. See what doesn’t. Iterate quickly. Show Notes: Maciek Palmowski Maciek on Twitter Delicious Brains blog wpcontent.io Mailchimp Newsletter Glue Gutenberg Times Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E238 · Mon, October 18, 2021
Why Businesses are Missing out on TikTok with Rebecca Simon
As an elder millennial, TikTok as a platform scares and upsets me. I’m not really sure how to use it to grow my audience (if it even can) and I’m worried it’s just going to be a huge time suck. But according to Rebecca Simon, if your business isn’t on Tiktok, it’s a huge missed opportunity. SO naturally, I asked her how a small business owner can make the most of the platform; Rebecca offered some of the best advice I’ve heard for any social network! So if you’re wondering how you can grow your audience through TikTok, this episode is for you. Plus, in Build Something More, I ask Rebecca how some of my favorite Tiktoks were made. Top Takeaways It's important to have the right SOPs (Standard Operating Procedures) in place with VAs, employees, or even just yourself. The direction all social media is moving in is video. Instagram rebranded as a "video" platform, and TikTok is leading the charge. That's why it's so important to be there. The biggest benefit is TikTok is pushing you to new people. Discovery is much better on that platform that on follower-centric platforms like Instagram. Show Notes: Rebecca Simon R ebecca on Tiktok Rebecca on Instagram Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E237 · Mon, October 11, 2021
Live Coaching: How and When to Monetize Your Podcast with Nathan Wrigley
It's another live coaching call! This time I have podcaster and WordPress site builder Nathan Wrigley. We chat about how I format this show, record the bumpers and the intros, and the benefits (and potential pitfalls) of batching. Then we roll into making money: how to find and land sponsors, and when to think about monetizing your podcast. Nathan has been a podcaster for a long time, so it was great to field his questions as well as get his perspective. Plus in Build Something More, we talk about what it's like to run a virtual summit. Top Takeaways Have a good process for outreach to guests and sponsors. You can better track, schedule and batch! Should you think about monetization before you launch your podcast or after? It's a great question! You should think about why you're starting your podcast and how you can monitize. But you should wait to launch until you have a money making plan. One this is absolutely necessary though: Build your email list! Show Notes: Nathan Wrigley Nathan on Facebook Can Solo Developers Exist in WordPress? The First Stuff You Should Know Episodes Were 6 Minutes Long ConvertKit Build Your List Using ConvertKit with Angel Marie Newsletter Glue Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E236 · Mon, October 04, 2021
Building a People First Business with Lauren Kennedy
Sometimes you know you're destined to run your own business. You work for companies and realize that you can't really work within the confines of a corporate structure. It's something I realized pretty much in high school. And it's something today's guest, Lauren Kennedy, has known all her life. Realizing then, she took her drive and built a marketing automation company…with a twist. While both marketing and automation can be terms associated with the impersonal, she's set out to build a people-first company. And that's the main focus of our discussion today. Of-course, it didn't stop me from asking about marketing automation. And in Build Something More, we talk about being active and helping people on social media, including Reddit. Top Takeaways Sales is the authentic exchange of knowledge - you're showing people what you know, and what you can do. Put another way, your knowledge is not proprietary. Your ability to do it is. The goal of marketing automation is to get as much done with as few resources as possible. You can make sure you communicate personally and properly with the right automations. Be a sponge. Take every opportunity to learn and absorb - about your craft, about your clients, about your employees. Then squeeze it back out. Pre show release - how hard it is to come up with an elevator pitch for yourself, imposter syndrome Show Notes: Lauren Kennedy Lauren On Twitter Lauren on Linkedin Lauren on Facebook Building and Evolving Profitable Project Plan with Jennifer Bourn Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E235 · Mon, September 27, 2021
How to Create 1 Year of Content in 1 Day with Elizabeth Pampalone
Often, when it comes to launching, writing, recording, building funnels, or whatever else it is we need to do, it's easy to start because we're motivated. But the longer a project goes on, the harder it can be. The more frustrating it can get. And the more likely quality starts to go out the window. Well, today's guest, Elizabeth Pampalone, has a solution: get it all done in 1 day. From launching websites to writing a full year of blog posts, Elizabeth's process of blocking off a whole day and walking with her clients through a tried and true framework has proven successful. Here is how she does it. Plus, in Build something more, we chat about early businesses and how to handle premium products for clients. Top Takeaways Implementing is the hardest part of the work for most people - building that into a day, and into your schedule helps you ship. You need a "Deep Work" style day to get the work done. Eliminate distractions and context switching. Checklists are a huge help. They reduce the mental energy of figuring out what to do next so you can just do. Show Notes Elizabeth Pampalone Elizabeth on Facebook Elizabeth on Instagram Elizabeth on Linkedin How Your Content Strategy can Grow Your Business with Jean Perpillant Monster Contracts Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E234 · Mon, September 20, 2021
The RIGHT Way to Run Ads and Build Funnels with Jason How
Hey everybody and welcome to episode 234 of How I Built It, the podcast that offers actionable tech tips for small business owners. Today's sponsors are TextExpander, and Nexcess. Jason How knows a thing or two about ads, start with this: don't start with Ads. Jason gives us a couple of important aspects of running ads you think to think about before actually running the ads - like how to get your offer to a place that will compel people to actually click on ads. Top Takeaways BEFORE you run any ads, you need to get your offer right. Figure our whom you serve and do the research to make sure your offer is a good one. The messaging will be completely based on the offer. Get people into your funnel with a clear CTA, and have a good confirmation page. Show Notes: Jason How Jason on Linkedin Jason on Facebook Jason on Twitter Agency J on Linkedin ZipMessage S.I.N. Offer by Todd Brown Hyros Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E233 · Mon, September 13, 2021
How to Get More Traffic Through Back Links and Cold Outreach with Andy Cabasso
Look. I get tons of backlinks and cold outreach every day. It’s frustrating and annoying. It’s frustrating and annoying because it’s blanket cold outreach. The people reaching out don’t know me and are just swinging wildly. There’s gotta be a better way, right? That’s what Andy Cabasso is here to talk about. How can YOU get effective with your cold outreach to grow your traffic and your business? It’s a great conversation. Plus in BSM we talk about domain authority. Top Takeaways People doing outreach need to recognize that content creators are getting pitched to constantly. It's SUPER important to personalize to prove you actually did the research. When it comes to cold outreach, one of the most important aspect is the follow up! When you create content, you should spend as much time promoting it as you did creating it. Organic SEO is great, but competitive. Show Notes: Postaga Andy on Twitter Skyscraper Technique by Brian Dean Sam Brodie & Selling Your Business Semrush Ubersuggest WP Owls Deliverability Podcast on SPAM lists Creator Crew Sponsored by: Nexcess | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E232 · Mon, September 06, 2021
Answering YOUR Questions about Podcasting
It's a listener questions episode! I thought it would be fun to round out the summer by answering some questions you've asked about how to run and grow a podcast. I hope you enjoy! in Build Something More, I tell you all about what I learned at Skip the Grind and how it's shaping my business, and this podcast, moving forward. Top Takeaways The biggest way to grow your show is by having a clear Call to Action and a strong show notes page. BUILD YOUR LIST! No matter what you're trying to do - build a community, sell products, sell a course or service - your email list is the life's blood of your business and your podcast can help you grow it. There are 2 million podcasts but only about 65% are actually active. For comparison, There are over 37 million YouTube channels. Show Notes Send in Feedback or Ask a Question! Why Course Creators Should Start a Podcast Course Creators Community Podcast How Skip the Grind Showed Me to Focus my Business Next Steps for How I Built It Podcast Subscribe Buttons Podcast Stats from BuzzSprout Sponsored by: Nexcess | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E231 · Mon, August 30, 2021
Live Coaching: Launching a Course & Growing a Podcast with Alastair McDermott
Today's Episode is a little bit different. See, my friend Alastair McDermott has a couple of problems he'd like to solve: launching and promoting an online course, and growing his podcast. I believe these 2 things go hand-in-hand. A podcast is a great way to establish trust and expertise, which in-turn helps you sell more courses. So instead of Alastair dropping knowledge on us (which he does anyway...) we flip the script in this live coaching call, and he asks me a bunch of questions! This is one of my favorite episodes of the year - and highly educational for both of us! Top Takeaways Beta testing your course is a great, lower-risk way to get your information out there and get real feedback. A podcast is a fantastic way to grow your audience, estabilish trust and expertise, and sell your courses. One way to grow your own podcasting audience is to guest on other people's podcasts! Show Notes Alastair McDermott Alastair on Twitter The Recognized Authority Podcast Building and Evolving Profitable Project Plan with Jennifer Bourn How to Hire a VA That Actually Helps You with Matthew Yahes Authority by Nathan Berry Pricing Creativity by Blair Enns Want to participate in a live coaching episode? Leave a Message Here. Sponsored by: Nexcess | Termshub | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E230 · Mon, August 23, 2021
The Incredible Journey from Agency to Solo Business Owner with Paul Lacey
All too often, we hear only the success story. The Olympian who won the goal. The successful millionaire who launched a business from her dorm room. It's easy to assume these stories are without struggles. But what we don't see is the sacrifices the olympian made. We don't see the dozen other ideas and years of work the successful millionaire put in. Today we get to hear it all. Paul Lacey is as generous with his time as he is with his story. See, Paul has gone a long way in his travels as a web developer, from the pre-dot-com burst to crashing an agency and bouncing back. And he's learned a ton along the way that he generously shares with us in today's episode. So I just tried to get out of the way and tell his story. I think you'll love it. Show Notes: Paul Lacey Paul Lacey on Twitter WP Build s Fourth Doctor How Giving Back saved my some gig Ron Gijsel Episode Company of One Creator Crew Sponsored by: Podcast Liftoff | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E229 · Mon, August 16, 2021
How to Improve Site Speed (and your Google Page Rank!) with Andy Schaff
Google has recently rolled out a new set of metrics to help website owners create better websites. They're called Core Web Vitals and understanding how they work will be important for building your website, and getting it ranked better. Luckily we have Andy Schaff. He's the Development Architect and Portent and we have a fantastic chat about how to make your website more performant, from the ground up. We get pretty technical - but don't worry because I rain down analogies like it's my job. Andy drops a ton of knowledge about backend performance and gives both developers and small business owners starting points for making websites faster - and why your Google PageRank depends on it. Plus, in Build Something More, we talk about what it's like going through an acquisition from the employee's POV. Show Notes: Andy Schaff Andy on Twitter WebPageTest Page Speed Insights Google's Lighthouse Pingdom The Page Speed Optimzation Hierarchy Creator Crew Sponsored by: Podcast Liftoff | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E228 · Mon, August 09, 2021
The Framework You Need to Take Back Your Time with Reinart Bacalso
If you're anything like me, you feel like there's not enough time in the day. Maybe you're take on too much, or maybe you're doing things you don't need to do. Either way, you (and I!) both need a change - and that's where Reinart Bacalso comes in. He specializes in helping business owners reclaim their time by automating what they can, and putting the right processes in place. And today he's going to give us his framework. Plus, in Build Something More, we talk all about his toolkit. Show Notes Reinart Bacalso Agency Rocket Fuel Facebook Group Using Systems to Run a More Efficient Business with Shannon Shaffer Range Zapier Timery How to Hire a VA That Actually Helps You with Matthew Yahes Loom.com ZipMessage.com Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Termshub | TextExpander | The Events Calendar ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E227 · Mon, August 02, 2021
What You Need to Know About Contributing to Open Source with AmyJune Hineline
AmyJune Hineline has lots of perspectives. Not only does she have a background in nursing that she's brought to the open-source world, but she also actively works with both WordPress and Drupal. That sort of experience is exactly what helps communities grow. AmyJune has dedicated her time to helping people get involved in open source, and she offers great advice here for people who want to contribute, as well as mentors in the space. Plus in Build Something More, we talk about what Drupal and WordPress can learn from each other. Show Notes: AmyJune Hineline AmyJune on Twitter AmyJune on LinkedIn AmyJune on Instagram Matt Jetpack on Twitter Creator Crew Sponsored by: Linode | TextExpander | The Events Calendar ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E226 · Mon, July 26, 2021
How Your Content Strategy can Grow Your Business with Jean Perpillant
Let me tell you something: I'm not great at social media. I KNOW...totally shocking. But you know who is? My friend Jean. In fact, we had a SUPER long chat all about content strategy and social media. It was super helpful and we covered a lot of ground, from growing your audience to TikTok. Plus there's a Build Something More pre- AND post-show. We talk about parenting in the pre-show and accents, culture, and repurposing in the post-show. Show Notes: Jean Perpillant Jean on LinkedIn Jean on Facebook CaboPress Blog Post Pexels Elements Envato Music for Makers Design Pickle Creator Crew Sponsored by: Linode | TextExpander | The Events Calendar ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E225 · Mon, July 19, 2021
Creating and Growing Your Community with Authenticity with Michelle Frechette
Michelle Frechette knows a thing or two about building a community. Not only does she do it for multiple WordPress businesses, but she's cultivated quite the community on Twitter! As someone who's trying to grow my own community, I had lots of questions for Michelle and she generously answered them all. Learn all about what it takes to grow a community today. Plus in Build Something More, how to help those underrepresented in your community. Show Notes Michelle Frechette Michelle on Instagram Works by Michelle GiveWP Matt Medeiros Episode with Michelle Big Orange Heart Underrepresented in Tech Creator Crew Sponsored by: Linode | TextExpander | The Events Calendar ★ Support this podcast ★
Trailer · Sun, June 27, 2021
Welcome to How I Built It [2021]
New to the show? Start here. Subscribe: https://howibuilt.it/subscribe ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E224 · Mon, June 21, 2021
6 months in, how are memberships going?
In January, I rolled out the Creator Crew, a membership that allows people to support the show directly in exchange for more, ad-free content. 6 months in, how do I think it’s going? Find out about this behind-the-scenes episode. And in Build Something More, we’ll talk about exact numbers, metrics, and what I’m measuring. Show Notes: Failed Patreon Experiment Creator Courses Build Someting Club Sponsored by: Restrict Content Pro | TextExpander | The Events Calendar ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E223 · Mon, June 14, 2021
How to Write Email Copy that SELLS with Matthew DeFeo
You've heard multiple guests on this show talk about the importance of building your email list...but what do you do with that list once you have it? Well, copywriter Matt DeFeo tells us: we need to tell stories. Matt gives lots of actionable advice for how we can improve our email copy and start selling more without annoying our subscribers. Plus, in Build Something More, he tells us how he went from law enforcement to copywriting and the story is incredible. Show Notes: Matthew Defeo Matthew on Facebook Matthew on Twitter SPF and DKIM Tutorial Honey Copy Middle Finger Project Lemlist App Sumo CopyHackers NeverSpam Writesonic Content Row Impact Plus SEO Pressor Swipe-Worthy Millo Justin Goff Marketing Examples Creator Crew Sponsored by: Restrict Content Pro | TextExpander | The Events Calendar ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E222 · Mon, June 07, 2021
How to Achieve Financial Freedom with Travis Hornsby
Continuing a series on finances this year, today we tackle how to handle debt and invest in yourself and your business. Travis Hornsby took himself from being deep in debt to be able to support him and his family through his own business - and he gives us the framework so that we can do the same thing. Plus in Build Something More, we talk all about investing. Show Notes: Travis Hornsby Travis on Twitter Total Money Makeover Student Loan Planner Podcast Creator Crew Sponsored by: Restrict Content Pro | TextExpander | The Events Calendar ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E221 · Mon, May 31, 2021
Why Speakers Should Start a Podcast
Podcasting can be like your own personal stage. If you're a speaker, you have the opportunity to create your own portfolio of work, allowing potential event organizers and audience members to see what you know and you speak. This can lead to more paid speaking gigs and a following. But that's not the only reason speakers should start a podcast. Show Notes: Should You Start A Podcast Creator Crew Podcast Liftoff Sponsored by: Restrict Content Pro | TextExpander | The Events Calendar ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E220 · Mon, May 24, 2021
How to go From $200 to $16K in 3 months with Kelsey Kerslake
The feast and the famine are two staples in running your business, right? It's doesn't have to be! That's the message from Kelsey Kerslake, who went from $200 to $16,000 in her bank account in 3 months! Kelsey shares her story, tips, and what you need to do to grow your business and avoid that feast and famine stress. Show Notes Kelsey Kerslake Kelsey on Instagram Kelsey on Facebook Creator Crew Sponsored by: Restrict Content Pro | TextExpander | The Events Calendar ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E219 · Mon, May 17, 2021
How to Audit Your Website for Accessibility with Bet Hannon
A few months ago we heard from Amber Hinds about the importance of accessibility and how her WordPress plugin can help you create more accessible content. She also said that you need a human being to catch most accessibility issues - that's where Bet Hannon comes in. Bet tells us all about what to look for when auditing your website, and how to execute a sampling audit. We also talk about a TON of tools. In Build Something More, listeners get a pre-and post-show. The pre-show is all about beer. The post-show is about database queries. Show Notes: Bet Hannon Bet Hannon on Twitter Bet Hannon on Linkedin Bet Hannon Blog WordPress.tv Linkedin Learning Deque Wave.WebAim Axe Lighthouse Making Your Website Accessible with Amber Hinds Creator Crew Sponsored by: Restrict Content Pro | TextExpander | The Events Calendar ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Tue, May 11, 2021
GiveWP Acquired by Liquid Web! Interview with Matt and Devin
Big news in the WordPress space today: GiveWP, makers of the extremely popular WordPress donation plugin has been acquired by Liquid Web. I got to interview the founders and co-authors, Matt Cromwell and Devin Walker. We cover questions like how the acquisition came about, what this means for current customers and nonprofits, plans for the future, and even some sage advice regarding the acquisition process. GiveWP Give's Announcement Episode 54: The GiveWP Team Better Audience Engagement for Your Content with Taylor Waldon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E218 · Mon, May 10, 2021
Why Now is a Good Time to Build a SaaS with Jason Meller
If you've ever worked for a bigger company, you know that it's easy to get bogged down by software and other restrictions in the name of security. Heck, I was once told I couldn't work off-site because of it, and we had a VPN! Well, Jason Meller was sick of that and he suspected others were too, so he started Kolide. We talk all about what inspired him to take the leap and start a company, how he and his team built the software and the honest security manifesto! In Build Something More, we talk about cybersecurity and fear-mongering. Show Notes: Jason Meller Jason Meller on Twitter Kolide on Twitter Honest Security Company of One Heroku Baby Clothes Blog Creator Crew Sponsored by: Restrict Content Pro | TextExpander | The Events Calendar ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E217 · Mon, May 03, 2021
Why Authors Should Start a Podcast
Promoting your book can be a tough road - I know because I'm currently on it. On top of establishing trust, you need to demonstrate that you're worth investing in. Plus, unlike online courses, it can be tough to build and keep an audience if people are just buying your book off Amazon. Luckily, a podcast can help. We'll get into all of that in this episode. Plus, in Build Something More I'll tell you all about my experience with both self-publishing and going through an actual publisher. Show Notes Should You Start a Podcast? Why Course Creators Should Start a Podcast HTML and CSS: Visual QuickStart Guide Sponsored by: Mindsize | Restrict Content Pro | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E216 · Mon, April 26, 2021
Solving the Pricing Problem with Stephen King
Pricing is one of the biggest issues that freelancers and small business owners face. The worry that pricing too high will lose sales tends to outweigh the fact that pricing too low is actually worse for your business. Well, Stephen King is here to tell us why the latter will sink you - not the former. And in Build Something More, we'll talk about how to be prepared for an economic recession - whether it's this one or the next. Show Notes: Stephen King Stephen King on Twitter Stephen King on Facebook Stephen King on Linkedin Why Your Business NEEDS Financial Planning to Succeed with Kathy Svetina Profit First Book Value Pricing by Ron Baker Creator Crew Sponsored by: Mindsize | Restrict Content Pro | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Fri, April 23, 2021
What Apple Podcast Subscriptions Means for Podcasters
Apple has officially announced Apple Podcast Subscriptions, a way for podcasters to offer paid podcasts directly through the Podcasts app. We’ll cover all the fine details (how it works, pricing, and some of the finer details) and they I’ll give my thoughts, and we’ll do some price comparisons. Show Notes The YouTube Video Apple Press Release Macstories Coverage The Fine Print, Six Colors The Future of Apple Podcasts, Nathan Gathright Memberful Pricing Castos Apple Podcast Directory Issues Creator Crew ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E215 · Mon, April 19, 2021
Why Your Business NEEDS Financial Planning to Succeed with Kathy Svetina
When just starting your business, it feels like the only financial question you're asking is, "How can I make enough money to stay afloat?" And while that is a SUPER important question, it's not the only question. In fact, today's guest, Kathy Svetina, gives us several questions we should ask ourselves to better answer the question, "How can I make enough money?" Her financial security framework is one every business owner, from freelancer to agency should think about. Plus, in Build Something More, we dive into tax planning, charts, and financial planning! Show Notes: Kathy Svetina Kathy Svetina on Linkedin Jennifer Bourne Episode Rian Kinney and Trademarks Spotlight Reporting Fathom Creator Crew Sponsored by: Mindsize | Restrict Content Pro | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E214 · Mon, April 12, 2021
Why Course Creators Should Start a Podcast
One of the most important things a course creator needs to do to sell courses is establish trust. Indeed you've probably heard that a customer needs to know, like, and trust you. Well, there's no better way to get someone to do all three of those than by starting a podcast. We'll discuss that and other benefits to starting a podcast, whether you've already launched, or are planning to launch, a course. Plus in Build Something More, I tell you about how this podcast started, and why I pivoted. Show Notes Should You Start a Podcast? Podcast Liftoff Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Mindsize | Restrict Content Pro | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E213 · Mon, April 05, 2021
Pivoting an Events Plugin During a Global Pandemic with Hazel Quimpo and Zach Tirell
When you run a company focused on software for live events, you have no choice but to pivot when live events cease basically overnight. Hazel and Zach tell their fantastic story of how they were able to pivot a team of 50 people to focus their live events software on virtual events (spoiler alert: it's not easy). In Build Something More, we talk all about Liquid Web's acquisition of The Events Calendar in late 2020. Show Notes The Events Calendar The Events Calendar on Twitter The Events Calendar on Linkedin The Events Calendar on Facebook Otter.ai Mucow List Creator Crew Sponsored by: Mindsize | Restrict Content Pro | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E212 · Mon, March 29, 2021
Automating Paperwork with Anvil and Mang-git Ng
I LOVE automation, so when Mang-Git Ng reached out and wanted to talk about what he learned by launching a start-up fully focused on digitizing paper processes, I was hooked. If you've bought a house, done taxes, or any other document-heavy task, you know what a pain it can be. Mang-Git's company aims to solve that problem, and he tells us everything he's learned. In Build Something More, we answer the question, "Are big cities like San Francisco and NYC dead?" Show Notes Mang-git Ng Mang-git on Linkedin Creator Crew Sponsored by: Mindsize | Restrict Content Pro | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E211 · Mon, March 22, 2021
How to Make Your eCommerce Store Even Better with Patrick Garman
One thing the global pandemic taught us is we need to have a great online presence. This is especially true if you need to sell online - and let's face it, we all do now. Well Patrick Garman of Mindsize has the knowledge and experience to help anyone launch and improve their eCommerce store. And he gives us some of his best stuff in today's episode. Plus, Mindsize went through a bit of a rebrand, and we talk all about it in Build Something More. Show Notes Patrick Garman Patrick on Twitter Mindsize on Twitter Lindsey Miller and Partnership Programs Post Status Laravel Valet Query Monitor Creator Crew Sponsored by: Mindsize | Restrict Content Pro | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E210 · Mon, March 15, 2021
Why Having a Personal Brand is SO Important to Your Success with Michelle Knight
Have you ever wondered why your product or service didn't get much traction on social media even though you post all the time ? According to Michelle Knight, it's all about your personal brand (or lack thereof). Maybe you've heard the term before, but what does "personal brand" really mean? Luckily, Michelle has us covered! She'll tell us all about why you need a personal brand and how to craft one. In Build Something More, we talk Star Wars in the pre-show and social media dos/don'ts, traveling, and schooling in the post-show. This has been one of my favorite conversations so far this year! Show Notes Michelle Knight Michelle on Instagram Michelle on Facebook ConvertKit VidIQ Answer The Public Keywords Everywhere Gear blog Post Creator Crew Sponsored by: Mindsize | Restrict Content Pro | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E209 · Mon, March 08, 2021
Using Amazon Fulfillment to Grow Your eCommerce Business with Michael Begg
Starting an eCommerce just a few years ago was a hard task. You needed to set up a website, figure out how to accept payments, manage inventory, figure out shipping and fulfillment, and so much more. Thanks to Amazon and other tools, things have gotten a lot easier. Michael Begg tells us all about how using Fulfillment By Amazon and grow your business. Be sure to check out Build Something More this week - we talk negative review, review scams, and more! Show Notes Michael Begg Michael on Linkedin Creator Crew Sponsored by: Mindsize | Restrict Content Pro | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E208 · Mon, March 01, 2021
How to Hire a VA That Actually Helps You with Matthew Yahes
In my experience, starting out, hiring a Virtual Assistant(VA) can take up more time than you're saving. While this is true for any employee, part of the reason to hire a VA is to make more time in your schedule to focus on your business. So how do you do it right? Matthew Yahes answers this question, plus where to find good people, and how to properly onboard VAs. In Build Something More, we talk about how to let go of those tasks you're holding on to! Show Notes Matthew Yahes Loom AppSumo.com The Mythical Man Month Creator Crew Sponsored by: Mindsize | Restrict Content Pro | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E207 · Mon, February 22, 2021
How to be an Effective Podcast Guest with Kristin Molenaar
Going on podcasts can be a great opportunity for small business owners. You're getting in front of a new audience to tell your story and show your expertise. But did you know there's a whole other avenue you can explore? Kristin Molenaar does, and she tell us all about it! Plus, in Build Something More, she walks us through forming your podcast pitch. Show Notes Kristin Molenaar Kristin on LinkedIn Creator Crew Sponsored by: Mindsize | Restrict Content Pro | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E206 · Mon, February 15, 2021
How to Build a Podcast Membership: Looking at the Creator Crew
There are a lot of aspects to consider when creating a membership site. Aside from the tech stack, you need to determine what you're going to offer and why it's compelling. In some cases, like a monthly subscription box or access to education resources, the offer is clear. But what about for content creators? Well, I just rolled out my membership and here's everything I put into it. Plus, in Build Something More, I tell you how I evaluated membership plugins, and what further benefits can look like. Show Notes Sign Up for Creator Crew My Failed Patreon Experiment Restrict Content Pro Castos ConvertKit Why You Shouldn't Use Tags to Segment Your List Uncanny Automator bbPress Memberful Sponsored by: Outgrow | Restrict Content Pro | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
Sat, February 13, 2021
Full Site Editing and the Future of Theme Development
The biggest question for many is with Full Site Editing, what does the future of theme development look like? Will there still be a market for premium themes? How will it work? We’ll explore all of that in this final episode for WordPress: Year in Review 2020. (more…) Source
S1 E205 · Mon, February 08, 2021
My Failed Patreon Experiment
Back in 2017, I tried launching a Patreon for this very show, after hitting 50,000 downloads in 9 months. It was an epic failure! As a relaunch memberships for this site 4 years later, I reflect on the Patreon: how I overpromised, how I underdelivered, and what lessons I carried into my new membership, Creator Crew. Show Notes 50K Downloads & More Coming to How I Built It I’m Doubling Down on Patreon Patreon Creator Crew Sponsored by: Outgrow | Restrict Content Pro | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
Sat, February 06, 2021
How the Pandemic Changed the WordPress Community
The global pandemic accelerated a lot of trends, and caused a lot of landscapes to change in 2020. In-person events barely existed. Most people worked from home. Spending and budgets were scrutinized. Processes changed. In this episode we’ll take a look at how those changes affected the greater WordPress community. (more…) Source
S1 E204 · Mon, February 01, 2021
Making Your Website Accessible with Amber Hinds
Accessibility is an important of often overlooked aspect of web development. While some view it as an added expense, many don't even know they're doing anything wrong. Well today's guest, Amber Hinds, aims to change that by making accessibility less daunting through her agency and their new plugin, Accessibility Checker. Show Notes NOTE: Around 4:30, Amber said Section 508 of the Telecommunications Act. She has relayed to me it should have been Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act. Equalize Digital | amber@equalizedigital.com Accessibility Checker WCAG WAVE Hotjar a11yrules podcast Accessibility Resources from HTML and CSS: Visual QuickStart Guide Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Outgrow | Restrict Content Pro | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
Sat, January 30, 2021
Changes to WooCommerce and the Future of eCommerce
2020 was been a banner year for eCommerce, even if it’s due to an awful global pandemic. In fact, the number of eCommerce sites grew more in the first 8 weeks of the pandemic here in the United States than in the last 10 years. WooCommerce makes up 26% of those sites! So in this episode, we’re talking WooCommerce, and what eCommerce is going to look like in 2021 and beyond. (more…) Source
S1 E202 · Mon, January 25, 2021
How to Win Virtual Pitches with Alex Price
The global pandemic has forced a lot of businesses to change their processes and practices. One major drawback of not being able to meet in person is when we pitch new clients or customers, it has to be done digitally. That is a big change from being in the same room as you and your potential clients. Luckily Alex Price, owner of the 93digital WordPress agency, has some great tips for us. Show Notes Alex Price | Twitter Email: alex@93ditigal.co.uk 93digital Get Rich in the Deep End Positioning Sara Dunn and Niching Down Pliim Pro Simple Streaming Kit Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Outgrow | Restrict Content Pro | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E202 · Mon, January 18, 2021
Buying and Selling Blogs with Chelsea Clarke
We've heard about flipping houses, but what about flipping blogs? Chelsea Clarke has built an entire business on just that. She teaches us what to look for when buying a blog, and the steps we need to take in order to sell. Listen in for an interesting and unique way to generate income for your business! Show Notes Free Resource - Profit and Loss Template Chelsea Clarke | Instagram Mediavine Join the Creator Crew Sponsored by: Outgrow | Restrict Content Pro | Hostinger | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E201 · Mon, January 11, 2021
Building and Evolving Profitable Project Plan with Jennifer Bourn
Jennifer Bourn has been successfully running Profitable Project Plan, her training program for freelancers and small business owners, for several years. But it wasn't something that instantly made her a ton or money, and it's evolved over time. We're getting back to basics here in 2021, so Jennifer and I talk about what you'll learn in Profitable Project Plan, but we'll also talk about how she built it, and how she evolved it to make it the perfect program for anyone who wants to build a better business. Show Notes Jennifer Bourn | Twitter Profitable Project Plan Content Camp Jennifer Bourn and Profitable Project Plan Company of One Introduction to the Block Editor 2021: The Year of Opportunity Sponsored by: Outgrow | Restrict Content Pro | Hostinger | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E200 · Mon, January 04, 2021
2021: The Year of Opportunity
One of my favorite things to do at the end of each year is plan my Yearly Theme . It’s becoming a bit of a tradition and I’ve even got my wife in on the action this year. I find it’s better to have a guiding set of principles than a number of promises I may or may not 1 complete. 2020 caused many people to change how they do things, and I was no different. that’s why for 2021, my yearly theme is going to be The Year of Opportunity. Show Notes Read the post on my blog CGP Grey’s Theme Video Theme System Journal My YouTube Channel Sponsored by: Restrict Content Pro | Hostinger | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
Thu, December 17, 2020
2020 State of the Word Thoughts
Matt Mullenweg gave his annual State of the Word, an update on all things WordPress, . He focused on a few key areas, like how WordPress grew in a pandemic year, an update on each major release of WordPress, and where Gutenberg is going. There was also a big focus in the Q&A on virtual events, multilingual WordPress, and performance. (more…) Source
S1 E199 · Tue, December 15, 2020
Favorites of 2020
It’s that time of year again! I round up my favorite media and tech picks of 2020 - but this year I’m doing it a little differently. Over on Casabona.org, I’ve written blog posts for the past several years, but I’ve never recorded my thoughts. So this year, along with a blog post, I decided to do a podcast episode too - this lets me ramble a little more and add some thoughts on 2021. I hope you enjoy! Show Notes and Picks Tech Pick: Elgato Stream Deck How I Configured my Stream Deck Honorable Mentions: iPad Magic Keyboard, Kindle Oasis, Drums App: Milanote What I’m Using Testing Out Milanote for Research Honorable Mentions: eCamm Live , iOS 14 Thing I Learned: How to hire more I’ve Been Hiring A Lot Brittney Lynn Honorable Mention: marketing messaging, PR outreach Book: The Ride of a Lifetime by Robert Iger My 2020 Goodreads Reading Challenge Honorable Mention: Marketing Made Simple , Dooku: Jedi Lost TV Show: Ted Lasso Honorable Mention: The Mandalorian (again) All the Disney Investor Day Announcements Music: First to Eleven , Lewis Capaldi Movie: Hamilton Warner Bros. Says All 2021 Films Will Be Streamed Right Away Podcast: Advisory Opinions Sponsored by: ConvertKit | Hostinger ★ Support this podcast ★
Thu, December 10, 2020
WordPress 5.6 is Out!
WordPress 5.6 “Simone” is out now! It’s the last major update of 2020 and it’s packed with lots of changes. We’ll get an overview of what’s changed, as well as demos of auto-updates, Block Patterns, Column improvements, a walk through the new default theme Twenty Twenty One, and more. (more…) Source
S1 E198 · Tue, December 08, 2020
Season 9 Recap
Well 2020 was unlike any year I’ve lived through, and I’m sure it’s the same for you. When I decided to come up with a theme for Season 9, which started in July, we were a couple of months into the global pandemic. I wanted focus on topics that could help you (and me) grow at a time where we were traveling less, seeing less foot traffic, and had to change in some way to make ends meet. I settled on coming up with good content, and using that content to evolve memberships, and build communities. If you didn’t catch every episode, here are the highlights. Check out all the episodes mentioned Podcast Liftoff Sponsored by: ConvertKit | Hostinger ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E197 · Tue, December 01, 2020
How I Wrote My Book
In September 2020, my 4th book published by a publisher (6th overall) came out. It's called HTML and CSS: Visual QuickStart Guide and it's a (very) beginner's guide to learning HTML and CSS. The process was long and at times frustrating. I wanted to go through how I wrote it, from inception to hitting the shelved. Show Notes HTML and CSS: Visual QuickStart Guide MindNode Procreate Sponsored by: ConvertKit | Hostinger ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E196 · Tue, November 24, 2020
Writing What You Know with Winstina Hughes
Winstina Hughes is an Assistant Regional Planner for the Maryland Department of Transportation but she's coming to us today as a member of the wordpress community! Throughout the interview we talk about all sorts of things - life, WordPress, the New Jersey Transit…and it call comes back to the main takeaway for this episode: writing what you know and creating opportunities to share your insight. This was such a fun conversation where we covered a lot of ground. I enjoyed it, and I know you will too. Winstina Hughes | Twitter WordPress NYC Meetup Winstina on WordPress.TV Winstina on Hallway Chats HTML and CSS: Visual QuickStart Guide Sponsored by: Hostinger | Yes Plz | iThemes ★ Support this podcast ★
Thu, November 19, 2020
WCUS Speaker Series: Dev Track
In our third and final speaker track, we’re looking at development! We’ll hear from Akshat Choudhary, Leo Losoviz, and David Baumwald  about smart updates, using GraphQL, and working on a major Core release! Enjoy! (more…) Source
S1 E195 · Tue, November 17, 2020
Building Good Web Forms with Naomi C. Bush
Throughout this season, we’ve talked about create content to build an audience. And the best way to build that audience and interact with them is forms. Well, Naomi C Bush tells us all about some great ways to build helpful forms for users. This is a much more traditional episode of How I Built It and I’m excited. Naomi talks about how she’s built her business, then provides some actionable advice for us. Naomi C. Bush gravity+ Gravity Forms Episode 55: Alex Cancado & Gravity Forms ConvertKit Build Your List Using ConvertKit with Angel Marie RightMessage Brennan Dunn and RightMessage HTML and CSS: Visual QuickStart Guide Sponsored by: Hostinger | Yes Plz | iThemes ★ Support this podcast ★
Thu, November 12, 2020
WCUS Speaker Series: Business Track
After taking a break last week to talk to Hugh Lashbrooke, we’re back with the Business Track. Chris Ford, Laura Byrne-Cristiano, and and Patrick Rauland will all be giving you great advice for working with clients, workflows, and money management. (more…) Source
S1 E194 · Tue, November 10, 2020
Making Resource Sites for Fun and Money with Jase Rodley
Jase Rodley has A LOT going on. In fact, since we recorded this episode, he stepped down from Rank Defender to run Dialed Labs. His energy and drive are apparent in the interview, where we talk about Making Resource sites. Essentially, he tells us how to make content to fill a demand, and make a little money along the way. I even put him on the spot and have him help me through an idea during the episode. So listen for that and more - and let me know what ideas you come up with! Jase Rodley | Twitter Dialed Labs ahrefs Screaming Frog The 4 Hour Work Week Episode 8: Joost de Valk and Yoast SEO The 2020 Gift Guide! HARO Should SEO audits be part of your ongoing maintenance? Keyword Discovery: Produce Creative Content to Be Seen How to Write a Great Blog Post Sponsored by: Hostinger | Yes Plz | iThemes ★ Support this podcast ★
Thu, November 05, 2020
Building the Learn WordPress Platform with Hugh Lashbrooke
This is another entry in the WordPress: Year in Review series! When the global pandemic started affecting WordCamps…well, globally…the WordPress Community Team started working on ways to mitigate changes. One project is the Learn WordPress Platform. Today, we learn all about that with Hugh Lashbrooke. (more…) Source
S1 E193 · Tue, November 03, 2020
2020 Gift Guides
It has become a bit of a time-honored tradition for me to do gift guides around the holidays. I often get asked for recommendations on office, podcast, and pen gear. I write the gift guides up on my personal site, but this episode goes into a bit more depth for people who work from home, podcast, and more! Gift Guides How I Light my Live Streams Sponsored by: Hostinger | Yes Plz | iThemes ★ Support this podcast ★
Thu, October 29, 2020
WCUS Speaker Stage: The User Track
A long standing tradition of WordCamp US is to have multiple tracks to cater to different folks in the community and the first few episodes of this series will be no different! This week, it’s the User track. (more…) Source
S1 E192 · Tue, October 27, 2020
Building a WordPress Meetup from Scratch with Joe A. Simpson Jr.
Joe Simpson did something that, in my opinion, is very difficult to do. He created a local community out of virtually nothing. Living in Castilla, CA, he built the WordPress Santa Clarita Valley meetup from scratch. And the way he did it, as well as his personal story, is fantastic. I’m so happy I got to speak to Joe on this topic; he offer a unique insight with takeaways for everyone! Joe A. Simpson Jr. | Twitter WordPress Santa Clarita Valley Meetup Sponsored by: Hostinger | Yes Plz | iThemes ★ Support this podcast ★
Trailer · Sat, October 24, 2020
Introducing WordPress: Year in Review (Bonus Series)
With WordCamp US 2020 cancelling its virtual event, and many other WordCamps not happening now through 2021, the WordPress community needs something to help fill the void.  WordPress: Year in Review   is designed do to just that. In this podcast mini series, you’ll get insights into the WordPress community and how it’s changed and responded to the global pandemic. Learn more at https://wpyearinreview.com . Source
S1 E191 · Tue, October 20, 2020
Running Virtual Events with Dave Shrein
Virtual summits are all the rage these days, but my friend Dave Shrein was doing them before they were cool. I participated in his event last year for his agency Campaign Donut, and I thought it was so well-run, I had to have him on the show to talk about it. Dave's story is great and he offers lots of actionable advice. It's always great when I can take something from an interview and implement it, and I did just that with Dave. Show Notes Dave Shrein Campaign Donut How to Identify Your Ideal Customer Avatar | Marketing Made Easy Dave's Free SEO Course Topic Clusters | Hubspot How A Podcast Can Replace A Live Event Allie Nimmons and Freelancing / Mental Health Unleashed Summit eCamm Call Recorder ThriveCart eCamm Live Sponsored by: ExpressVPN | Yes Plz | iThemes ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E190 · Tue, October 13, 2020
One Great Way to Build Your Email List with Bud Kraus
Lately on this show we've been focusing on big picture stuff, but it's really the small changes that make a big difference. Proof of that is Bud Kraus. He was trying to grow his newsletter and got nowhere….until he made a small change that grew it over 1,000 people in one year. Bud spills is secrets in this episode and tells you how you can do it too. Show Notes Bud Kraus What I'm Doing To Get People to Sign Up For My Newsletter Build Your List Using ConvertKit with Angel Marie HTML and CSS: Visual QuickStart Guide ConvertKit Mailchimp LearnDash Restrict Content Uncanny Owl Gravity Forms Gravity View Sponsored by: Yes Plz | iThemes | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E189 · Tue, October 06, 2020
Evolving Membership Offerings with Brian Krogsgard
I love talking to Brian Krogsgard. And if you need proof, we had a SUPER long pre-show that I'm going to release as bonus content when I roll out the Build Something Membership. And speaking of, that's the main topic for today's conversaiton with Brian: building membership through community. We talk all about how Post Status has changed since we last spoke, alll the way back in Episode 3. We get into building the membership, innovating, and what keeps your members from churning. Show Notes Brian Krogsgard Post Status | Twitter Commerce Journey Ledger Status Episode 3: Brian Krogsgard and Post Status Episode 4: Cory Miller & iThemes Professional WordPress Development Marketing Made Simple Growing Your Audience on Instagram with Andrea Zoellner Sony a6400 Google AMP Wirecutter WooCommerce Memberships Sponsored by: Yes Plz | iThemes | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E188 · Tue, September 29, 2020
4 Ways to Monetize Your Podcast
Monetizing your podcast doesn't just mean sponsors. There are methods you can employ to generate income from your show - whether it's direct dollars or warm leads. Here are 4 ways to monetize your podcast, from landing sponsors to generating commission. And if you'd like to learn more, check out the course Podcast Liftoff . Show Notes Get Podcast Liftoff (use BUILD at checkout for a 15% discount) Sign up for Build Something Weekly ConvertKit My Pitch Deck Podtrac Memberful Wishlist Member Substack ThirstyAffiliates YOURLS Amazon Affiliate Program Target Affiliate Program Sponsored by: Yes Plz | iThemes | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E187 · Tue, September 22, 2020
Using Webinars to Grow Your Audience with Emily Hunkler
Webinars can be a great way to grow your audience, but are a tough business. Today's guest, Emily Hunkler, is a pro! She is able to host consistent webinars and virtual meetups for GoWP at a time where it helps most. In this episode, Emily lets us in on how she does it. Show Notes Emily Hunkler GoWP GoWP's Niche Agency Owners Facebook Group What to Focus on in a Recession with Brad Morrison 7 Ways Your Clients Can Benefit From Podcasting Improving Customer Relationships with John Vuong Sponsored by: ExpressVPN | Yes Plz | iThemes | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E186 · Tue, September 15, 2020
Creating Field Guides with David Sparks
I have a confession that won't be much of a confession once you start listening to this episode. I'm a big fan of David Sparks. I think he does great work in several different areas an I'm excited to talk to him about how he does it. We also both happen to be big fans of Disney and Star Wars. When we spoke, he was just coming off his first ever Sabbatical - so we'll get into that and how he manages to put out what must be dozens of hours of field guides while also running a law practice. Show Notes David Sparks Macsparky Field Guides Mac Power Users Focused | #104: Sleep and Sabbaticals Automators Myke Hurley and Relay FM Find the Right Podcast Membership Benefits with Stephen Hackett Teachable Airtable DEVONthink Better Touch Tool Setapp MindNode Sponsored by: Yes Plz | iThemes | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E185 · Tue, September 08, 2020
Creating Content for LinkedIn Learning with Tracey Larvenz
I'm really excited to take to Tracey Larvenz today - he's my content manager over at linkedIn Learning and he's so great to work with! Being a Content Manager at LinkedIn Learning, it's his job to make sure there's a steady stream of new course material coming out for members. We'll talk about how he decides what to put into the production queue, and with me being a LinkedIn Learning instructor, we'll get into the course creation process a bit! Show Notes Tracey Larvenz | Twitter LinkedIn Learning Joe's courses on LinkedIn Learning How to Get More Comfortable Recording Sponsored by: Yes Plz | iThemes | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E184 · Tue, September 01, 2020
Creating an Army of Advocates with Tessa Kriesel
Let me tell you about my friend Tessa. She is very passionate about her work. And what's her work? Well she finds people who are passionate about products! In this episode Tessa will give us tips and tricks for building an advocacy program - where you can connect with people who LOVE you product. And further…you know what? I'll just let Tessa tell you about it! Show Notes Tessa Kriesel | LinkedIn Devocate WWDC Pantheon's Heroes Program CaboPress Superfans by Pat Flynn Net Promoter Score Traackr Mention Awario Chris Lema | 1st Episode | 2nd Episode Hover Twitter API Team 5 Years with the iPhone Join the Build Something Weekly Newsletter Sponsored by: Yes Plz | iThemes | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E183 · Tue, August 25, 2020
Why You Need to be on Voice Search with Chip Edwards
Voice Search! Amazon Echo! Google! Chip Edwards knows a thing or two about all of these topics and let me tell you what I learned: We are all sleeping on voice search. Chip will tell us the importance of being on Voice Search, and why the earlier the better. Stay tuned until the end for a special offer just for listeners too! Show Notes Chip Edwards | Twitter Create My Voice Choose Your Invocation Name The Blind Blogger Rian Kinney and Trademarks Apple, Google, and Amazon are teaming up to develop an open-source smart home standard Schema.org Why Homophones Matter Sponsored by: Yes Plz | iThemes | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E182 · Tue, August 18, 2020
The Past and Future of Podcasting with Lisa Laporte
Lisa Laporte is the CEO of TWiT.tv and after a few weeks of talking about how to podcast and what it can do for your content, I thought she'd be the perfect person, to come on and talk about starting a network, as well as where podcasting is going. We talk about a lot of stuff - where podcasting was and the future, but we also have a great chat about tech and more. Lots of great advice here, so sit back and enjoy! Show Notes Lisa Laporte | LinkedIn Twit.TV Artisanal Agency IAB Neilsen Cloudflare.tv Build Something Weekly Newsletter Sponsored by: ExpressVPN | iThemes | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E181 · Tue, August 11, 2020
Hosting a Daily Podcast with Harry Morton
One of the hardest things to do is put out daily content…and on top of that, making it helpful, timely, and in podcast form! This sounds like a ton of work, but Harry Morton of Lower Street does just that. In this episode, we'll explore how Harry can consistently put out a daily podcast about working from home - from planning to publishing. Show Notes Harry Morton Lower Street WFH Daily Podcast Movement Notion The Pod News Want to start your own podcast? Check out my course, Podcast Liftoff . Use the code BUILDIT for a listener-exclusive discount! Sponsored by: Yes Plz | iThemes | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E180 · Tue, August 04, 2020
Find the Right Podcast Membership Benefits with Stephen Hackett
Stephen Hackett is one of my favorite podcasters, and cofounded my favorite podcast network, Relay.fm. Back in 2018, I spoke to his co-founder Myke Hurley about starting podcasts. Since then, Relay has really ramped up their membership program and I though Stephen would be the perfect guy to talk to about putting out tons of content and deciding what to make free, and what to make paid. I think they're doing a fantastic job over there, and Stephen's inspired me to reconsider my own membership program for this show. Have a listen - I know you'll get some great ideas too! Show Notes Stephen Hackett Relay.fm 512 Pixels Myke Hurley and Relay FM That time Phil Schiller tweeted a link to my blog MacStories 5by5 Flashback Will it Fly? MPU #537: The Photos Field Guide and Apple Photos CGP Grey: Exploring TEKIO Want to start your own podcast? Check out my course, Podcast Liftoff . Use the code BUILDIT for a listener-exclusive discount! Sponsored by: Yes Plz | iThemes | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E179 · Tue, July 28, 2020
Better Audience Engagement for Your Content with Taylor Waldon
Before we get too deep into this season, I wanted to make sure you and I have a good baseline for creating content and engaging with the audience. Taylor Waldon, the Content Strategist for GiveWP, does a fantastic job of this. We talk about how they are expanding their niche and why creating the right content is crucial. This is a must list for anyone who's creating content for their small business, no matter what you do. Taylor Waldon GiveWP | Blog Episode 54: The GiveWP Team ahrefs Sponsored by: iThemes | CircleCI | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E178 · Tue, July 21, 2020
Trending on LinkedIn with Cara North
A few weeks ago we spoke to Andrea Zoellner on how to implement a good Instagram Strategy. Well, another social network that seems like a hidden gem for content is LinkedIn, so I've brought on Cara North to talk to us. Cara is in the eLearning space, and we definitely talk about that, but I also wondered how she always seems to be trending on LinkedIn! So we talk about the smart way to build your network, add shareable content, and maybe even make a few worthwhile connections. Show Notes Cara North | Cara on LinkedIn | Twitter Buffer Automating Social Media Sponsored by: Boosted | iThemes | CircleCI ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E177 · Tue, July 14, 2020
Managing Social Media for a Government Agency with Joseph Galbo
Just because you're a government organization doesn't mean you can't have a little personality. That's what my friend Joe Galbo proves day-in and day-out over at the Consumer Products Safety Commission. I've wondered for some time how they manage their social media strategy there and Joe's the brains behind most of the operation. We'll talk content, memes, data and more, as well as how he can get it all done at the federal level. Show Notes Email Joseph: jgalbo@cpsc.gov Consumer Product Safety Commission CPSC on Twitter Department of Energy Podcast Space Heater Tweet Lifehacker Article Sponsored by: Boosted | iThemes | CircleCI ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E176 · Tue, July 07, 2020
Automating Your Life with James Rose
Have you every wondered how some people seem to do so much? Well this week I sit down with James Rose to unlock some of the secrets of one of my favorite topics: automation. We talk about what it is, how it works, and how you can use it to take some tasks off of your plate, and off of your mind. Show Notes James Rose | Twitter Content Snare James’ Zapier Mastery Course Zapier Airtable Calendly TextExpander Integromat IFTTT Keyboard Maestro AutoHotKey Zapier Ideas Automators Podcast Sponsored by: Boosted | iThemes | CircleCI ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E175 · Tue, June 30, 2020
Growing Your Audience on Instagram with Andrea Zoellner
Wondering how to build a following on Instagram? I was! It's my favorite social platform and I'm trying to be more intentional about the content. So I brought on Andrea Zoellner, who offered fantastic advice around IG strategy, taking great photos, and if those walls of hashtags actually work. Let's get into all of that and more. Show Notes Andrea Zoellner Capsule Suitcase | Instagram Tailwind Later Buffer Sponsored by: Boosted | iThemes | CircleCI ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E174 · Tue, June 23, 2020
Season 8 Wrap Up: Vet Clients and Build Your List
We're at the half for 2020, which means the end of Season 8. I'm proud to say I learned a ton, and I hope you have too! There were three big topics of focus this season: Find the Right Clients, Productize Your Services (or at least make them more predictable), and Build Your Email List / Network. Show Notes Jason Resnick Sara Dunn Nathan Ingram Shannon Shaffer Maddy Osman Brian Cassel Matt Adams Jessica Lawlor Matt Medeiros Angel Marie Vito Peleg John Vuong Marketing Made Simple Sponsored by: Podcast Liftoff | CircleCI | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E173 · Tue, June 16, 2020
Tools Roundup for June 2020
We're at the halfway mark for the year and I've been trying out a lot of new tools and processes. In this bonus episode, I wanted to talk about WordPress plugins, digital products, and analog tools that have helped me be more productive! Show Notes Enroll in Podcast Liftoff! Use code BUILD at checkout WP Content Pilot Pro / AppSumo Deal ThirstyAffiliates Pro Six Colors Fusebox Hubspot CRM Apple Notes Milanote Canva Stream Deck Key Light Magic Keyboard Field Notes William Hannah Notebook Pen Addict Podcast Sponsored by: CircleCI | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E172 · Tue, June 09, 2020
What to Focus on in a Recession with Brad Morrison
With everything happening during the COVID-19 pandemic and the economic recession, it's easy to panic, cut costs, and coast until this all blows over. But that can kill your business. Instead we need to adapt, and in today's episode, Brad Morrison tells us what his agency is doing to work through what will be a seemingly tough economy. We talk about our experiences with the last recession, what's different, and what you can do to adapt. Show Notes Brad Morrison GoWP GoWP Niche Agency Owners Facebook Group My Gear Kits Productizing Your Services with Brian Cassel Start Local Pam Aungst and Your SEO Process Ugmonk Pivoting for COVID-19 Sponsored by: CircleCI | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E171 · Tue, June 02, 2020
Behind the Scenes: Building Podcast Liftoff: Launch
Recently, I launched my brand new course. Podcast Liftoff: Launch . A lot of work goes into creating an online course, and this episode peels back the curtain a little bit. You'll learn about the journey and decision making that took place, the research and audience building, and of-course, the process and tools. Show Notes Get a special offer on Podcast Liftoff: Launch for listeners only Creator Courses ConvertKit MindNode Podcast Liftoff Mindmap My recording process | Video Resources Video Recording Gear Screenflow LearnDash WooCommerce WooCommerce Memberships WooCommerce Subscriptions Vimeo Pro Sponsored by: CircleCI | Ahrefs | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E170 · Tue, May 26, 2020
Improving Customer Relationships with John Vuong
John Vuong know SEO. But he knows relationships even more. AT a time where connecting with people face-to-face has become harder, John offers some fantastic advice for forging better relationship through communication - both with your current clients, and the ones that will soon be clients. Show Notes John Vuong Local SEO Search | Facebook | Twitter The Pumpkin Plan Building Your Mailing List with Angel Marie Avoiding the Famine with Jason Resnick ?Podcast Liftoff is Out! As a Listener, you'll get an additional 10% off the already discounted launch price. This link will automatically apply the coupon. Sponsored by: CircleCI | Ahrefs | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E169 · Tue, May 19, 2020
3 Tips for Pivoting Because of COVID-19
I know what you're thinking - another podcast doing another episode about COVID-19. But now that we're in the thick of it, and we know it's not just "a few weeks at home," I wanted to reach out to some businesses and see what they were doing differently. There were some really great ideas. And you'll get 3 tips to help you think outside the box. Show Notes Shannon Shaffer | Listen to her episode Jason Resnick | Listen to his episode R. Alexander McManus, Esq. Ross Johnson Maddy Osman | Listen to her episode BobWP | Listen to his episode Laura Byrne Cristiano Start Local Calendly Ship Your Podcast Webinar Series YouTube Channel Sponsored by: CircleCI | Ahrefs | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E168 · Tue, May 12, 2020
Grow Your Business with a Mastermind
Let me just tell you right off the bat: my business has grown from my mastermind group. And Ken Wallace…well he really knows what he's talking about. If you need some extra business support (especially now), you're not alone. In fact, Ken has bet his own business on it. In this episode, you'll learn what a Mastermind Group is, how it works, and some ideas for conducting one. There's a little something for everyone, so let's dive in. Show Notes Ken Wallace MastermindJam Starting Your Own Mastermind Group CaboPress Sponsored by: Ahrefs | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E167 · Tue, May 05, 2020
Automating to Save Time and Money: My Automation Toolkit
In August 2018 I was challenged to automate more. Now, nearly 2 years later, I've removed myself from core processes because of it. I'm saving lots of time, which allows me to focus on the important parts of my business. While I'm always looking to improve, I'm happy with what I've implemented so far. In this solo episode, I'm going to tell you about how you can start automating, how I automate, and some of my favorite tools. Show Notes Casabona.org Automation Series YouTube Channel Zapier IFTTT TextExpander Siri Shortcuts Hazel Automators Podcast MacStories Siri Shortcuts Field Guide Sponsored by: Ahrefs | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E166 · Tue, April 28, 2020
Understanding Customer Journey with Ronald Gijsel
As more businesses are starting to do commerce nearly exclusively online, it's important to know how your customers are finding you and how they make decisions. Enter Ronald Gijsel, the Community and Partnerships Manager at Yith. He's going to tech us all about the customer's journey and FREE tools to help us figure it out. His tips will help us understand our customers to, sure, sell more, but more importantly, create a better experience for them. I learned a lot here and started to implement his advice shortly after we recorded. I'm excited to start seeing results. Show Notes Ronald Gijsel Twitter Yith Enable e-commerce data in Google Analytics All in One Export Build Your Email List using ConvertKit with Angel Marie ConvertKit Sponsored by: Ahrefs | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E165 · Tue, April 21, 2020
Productizing Your Service with Brian Cassel
Last week we heard from Maddy Osman about how to make money on marketplaces - and at the core of that is being able to productize your services. Now sure how to do that? Well, Brian Casel has you covered. His advice has inspired me to start offering a new service myself, and I know he'll do the same for you. Now is a great time to start looking at how you can make your business more predictable, and Brian can help. Show Notes Brian Cassel AudienceOps ProcessKit Productize Course Sponsored by: Ahrefs ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E164 · Tue, April 14, 2020
Making Money on Marketplaces with Maddy Osman
Maddy Osman has a unique approach to her business and agency - and it’s mostly around getting gigs on FIverr and other marketplaces. When she first told me about that, I was blown away! I didn’t think someone state-side could make a good income off of Fiverr. Maddy has proved me wrong - and offers fantastic advice how you can get started too. Show Notes Maddy Osman | Twitter How to Make Money on Fiverr CGP Grey Using Systems with Shannon Shaffer LearnDash YouTube Channel How to write a kickass blog post Skillshare Workshops Million Dollar Consulting Maddy's WCUS Talk on UX Audits Get your FREE Podcast Workbook Sponsored by: Ahrefs | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E163 · Tue, April 07, 2020
The Importance of Niching Down, Part 2 with Sara Dunn
Sara Dunn is one of my favorite people to talk to, and for good reason. She’s fun, honest, and has a lot of great insight! Today we’re following up on episode 69, where we talked about her starting to niche down. Now, 2 years and nearly 100 episodes later, she’s fully into her niche business. We talk about making some tough decisions, and how to stay motivated. I truly think this is something every freelancer and small business owner should hear! Show Notes Sara Dunn | Twitter | Instagram Sara Dunn and Niching Down, Part 1 My Fountain Pen Collection Show It Website Builder Profit First Company of One Automation Blog Posts Using Systems with Shannon Shaffer Optimizing Your Time with Erin Flynn Get your FREE Podcast Workbook Sponsored by: Ahrefs | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E162 · Tue, March 31, 2020
Growing Your Network through Community Involvement with Vito Peleg
Vito Peleg runs a very popular WordPress plugin called WP Feedback, but did you know he also runs a community under the same name? In this episode we talk all about the importance of community in growing your business. Now, during this episode we talk a lot about in-person events, and as I record this intro, there aren’t a whole lot of events going on right now. But digital communities are on the rise and they can be just as powerful. Take Vito’s advice to heart because it’s good, and important! WP Feedback Download Festival BuddyBoss Vova Feldman and Freemius Get your FREE Podcast Workbook Sponsored by: Ahrefs | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E161 · Tue, March 24, 2020
Growing from Freelancer to Agency Owner with Matt Adams
I’ve known Matt Adams for the better part of a decade - we’ve worked on some interesting projects together, which we’ll reminisce about as we dive into how he’s built an agency out of what started as a freelance career. We talk a lot about something that’s hard for a lot of freelancers to talk about: cashflow. Feast, Famine, and Client Relationships have been themes of this season and they all relate to the same thing: managing your money properly so you can survive as a business. Let’s hear how Matt does it. Show Notes Matt Adams | LinkedIn | Twitter Hourly Rate Calculator AIGA Profit First When by Daniel Pink PandaDoc Get your FREE Podcast Workbook Sponsored by: Ahrefs | Yith | TextExpander ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E160 · Tue, March 17, 2020
Managing Client Relationships with Nathan Ingram
Nathan Ingram is a fantastic freelancer, educator, and coach. I met him doing iThemes Webinars and he always manages to ask the right questions and tee up the right talking points. I’m excited to talk to him today about how to manage client relationships. Last week we heard from Erin Flynn about her process for working less and mentioned the importance for finding the right clients. Nathan is going to dive deeper into that. We’ll talk about his book on this very topic, and then we’ll talk about a new project he recently launched to help freelancers. Show Notes Nathan Ingram Monster Contracts (get 20% off with code HIBI ) Dealing with Problem Clients | WordCamp Talk WordCamp Miami Trademark and Copyright with Rian Kinney Sponsored by: Yith | TextExpander | FreshBooks ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E159 · Tue, March 10, 2020
Optimizing Your Time While Running a Business with Erin Flynn
Erin Flynn is one of my favorite people to talk to. We are in a Master Mind group together and her insight and approach is always appreciated. Today, we’re talking about how she’s managed to build a business around literally working 2-4 hours a day. Recently she tweeted that she worked 1/4 the “normal job” hours and still hit her income goal. We’re going to talk about how she does it, and how you can do it too. Then we’ll chat a little bit about a big change we’re both getting ready for this summer. Show Notes Erin Flynn | Instagram Erin Flynn and Teaching Online Jackie D'Ellia and What We Learned Podcasting Fighting the Famine with Jason Resnick Using Systems to Run a More Efficient Business with Shannon Shaffer Hourly Rate Calculator Book: Start With Why Sponsored by: Yith | TextExpander | FreshBooks ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E158 · Tue, March 03, 2020
Using ConvertKit to Drive Business
Last week, you heard from Angel Marie about the importance of building your list, and how you can use ConvertKit to do it. Today, I decided to pull back the curtain and tell you exactly how I use ConvertKit. Show Notes Get ConvertKit Building Your Mailing List with Angel Marie How to Set Up a Landing Page with ConvertKit Pointing a Custom Domain to a ConvertKit Landing Page Sponsored by: Yith | TextExpander | FreshBooks ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E157 · Tue, February 25, 2020
Build Your List Using ConvertKit with Angel Marie
I’m so excited to be talking to Angel Marie, the Creator Educator over at ConvertKit this week. And we’re talking about one of my favorite topics: building your list. I’ve become a huge proponent of this over the last couple of years, and the contributing factors have been this podcast, my move into products, and the educator I got from people at ConvertKit like Angel. This is such a rich episode I’m excited for you to hear it. Show Notes Angel Marie ConvertKit ConvertKit on Facebook | Instagram How to Set up a Free Landing Page with ConvertKit Get More Clients Using Content with Jessica Lawlor Some Housekeeping : Angel mentions a link specifically for me later when talking about how you can get a free ConvertKit account. That’s an affiliate link and I may get a kickback for you using that. Don’t worry though - it won’t cost you anything else. And as a matter of fact, the second housekeeping item is this: Since we recorded this episode, ConvertKit has updated the offer that comes with this link - on top of the benefits Angel mentions, you’ll also get 100 free subscribers and broadcasts. Sponsored by: TextExpander | FreshBooks ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E156 · Tue, February 18, 2020
Becoming Location Independent with Ben Collins
Ben Collins’ story is an interesting one! He went from forensic accountant to creating and selling online courses about Google Sheets - talk about niching down! But we talk about more than that. We also talk about location independence, and what it’s like moving from an office to working from home, with a family. Lots of great stuff in this episode, so let’s dig in. Show Notes Ben Collins | Twitter Teachable Have a Daily Schedule when Working from Home Sponsored by: TextExpander | FreshBooks ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E155 · Tue, February 11, 2020
Using Systems to Run a More Efficient Business with Shannon Shaffer
Shannon Shaffer is the founder of Purple Finch Studios, a small agency she runs in Pennsylvania, and today we’re talking about the systems and automation she put in place to make her and her team more efficient. But more than just her team benefits - her clients get a much more delightful and clear on-boarding process, communication doesn’t falter, and her projects get off to a great start. The systems she’s put in place can help us all get projects off to a great start, then keep them on track. Shannon Shaffer Twitter | LinkedIn Get More Clients Using Content with Jessica Lawlor Liquid Web Dubsado Zapier Clickup Milanote Loom Gusto Sponsored by: TextExpander | FreshBooks ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E154 · Tue, February 04, 2020
Should You Start a Podcast?
As tools for podcasting have evolved, the question of, “Can I start a podcast” has changed to, “should I start a podcast?” And importantly, will it help you grow your business? We’re going to talk about all of that and more in today’s episode. We’ll go over why podcasting is getting easier, some of the basics, and why YOU should start one. At the end of the episode, I’m going to tell you about a new online course I have coming out that will give you everything you need to launch your own show. Let’s get to it! Show Notes Podcast Liftoff Course Growing your Business through Podcasting with Matt Medeiros Edison Research's Podcasting Stats Your First Podcast Setup Podcaster's Gift / Gear Guide Start with Why Sponsored by: TextExpander | FreshBooks ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E153 · Tue, January 28, 2020
Growing Your Business Through Podcasting with Matt Medeiros
Today I’m talking to my good friend Matt Medeiros. We both share a passion for podcasting and content creation in general. On top of talking about getting involved in local businesses, and legacy, we dig deep on putting content out into the world. First you learned about content strategy from Jessica Lawlor . Now you'll learn more about one of the big important mediums for creating content in 2020: podcasting. Show Notes Matt Medeiros | Twitter Southcoast.fm Pagely Missing WPWeekly podcast, YoastGate, and 2020 plans! - The Matt Report Start with Why Sponsored by: FreshBooks | Creator Courses ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E152 · Tue, January 21, 2020
Advice Roundup: Things You Wish You Knew Before You Start Your Business
If you've been freelancing or running a small business for any amount of time, you've learned a few things you probably wish you knew from the start. In this episode, I've asked a few of my freelancing friends (as well as Twitter), "What's one thing you wish you knew when you started freelancing?" There's lots of great advice, so let's get to it! Show Notes The original Twitter Thread Jean Perpillant | Twitter Sal Ferrarello | Twitter Topher DeRosia | Twitter Birgit Pauli-Haack | Twitter Jonathan Bossenger | Twitter Getting Back to Blogging with Colin Devroe Check out the memberships over at Creator Courses Sponsored by: SaneBox | FreshBooks | Creator Courses ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E151 · Tue, January 14, 2020
Get More Clients Using Content, with Jessica Lawlor
Jessica Lawlor is a content manager and strategist. Your content plan is integral to your small business, as I’ve learned over the past couple of year. I’m being a lot more intentional this year, and in this episode, Jessica talks about how you can too. We chat about content calendars, answering important questions regarding your goals, and how to create content even if you’re strapped for time. Show Notes Jessica Lawlor | Twitter The Write Life Airtable Click Up Nathan Ellering and CoSchedule Repurposing Content with Jaclyn Schiff Repurpose.io ConvertKit OptinMonster How to get More Comfortable Recording a Podcast Become a Creator Courses Member Sponsored by: SaneBox | FreshBooks ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E150 · Tue, January 07, 2020
Preventing the Famine with Jason Resnick
This year, 2020, the show is going to focus heavily on Freelancers and small business owners. And to kick things off, I’m talking to long time freelancer and educator Jason Resnick. He’s the founder of the Feast community and Live in the Feast podcast, and today he’s going to tell you how to set yourself up to prevent the dreaded famine that often comes with freelance work. We’ll talk about niching down, vetting clients, and so much more. Show Notes Jason Resnick | Twitter Live in the Feast WooCommerce Diversifying Your Income as a Freelancer The Imagineering Workout Curtis McHale Become a Creator Courses Member Sponsored by: SaneBox | FreshBooks ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E108 · Thu, December 26, 2019
Forget Resolutions. Here’s My 2020 Yearly Theme
Lots of people like to make resolutions around the new year. Fresh calendar, fresh start. I've gotten away from doing that and instead talking about a yearly theme - an idea I got from the Cortex podcast. In this episode, we'll talk about my yearly theme, how it affects the show, and how you can pick one. Show Notes The Theme System Cortex Podcast My 2019 Yearly Theme Pat Flynn’s AMP’d Up Podcasting MacSparky’s OmniFocus Field Guide Podcast Liftoff ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E149 · Tue, December 03, 2019
Getting the Right Audio Gear with Ryan White
I’m ending this season of How I Built It by geeking out about audio stuff with my guest, Ryan White. He’s the US Product Specialist for Rode Microphones - a company that makes great gear, and who has an increasingly bigger presence in the podcasting space. We talk gear, room acoustics, and more. AND you can hear their newest product, the Rodecaster Pro, in action (if there’s anything to hear, that is). All of that and more, after a word from our sponsors. Show Notes Ryan White Rode Rodecaster Pro Rode Podmic Other Rode Mics: NTK , NT1-A , NT-USB Getting Good Room Acoustics Aurulex Sound Panels | DeskMax $20 vs. $12,000 mic Testing out the Rode Podmic Sponsored by: Cloudways | Ahoy! | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E148 · Tue, November 26, 2019
Getting Back to Basics and Blogging with Colin Devroe
I was excited to reconnect with my friend Colin Devroe on this episode. We met through the WordPress community in Scranton and I just the co-working space he and his business part Kyle created. In this conversation, we get back to basics, and talk blogging. With the ever changing landscape of the web and social media, how important is it to have your own blog? Let’s find out! Show Notes Colin Devroe Jujama Barley Writing is How I Think Bad Reasons to Not Blog Colin's personal blogging tips Zeldman Seth Godin Micro.blog Repurposing Your Content with Jaclyn Schiff IndieWeb Chris Lema and Managed WooCommerce Hosting The Future of Blogging Mastodon The Talk Show | Daring Fireball Bullet Journal Send your feedback for 2020! Sponsored by: Cloudways | Ahoy! | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E108 · Fri, November 22, 2019
The 2019 Gift Guide!
The 2019 holiday season is here! Many of you are business owners, remote workers, and freelancers - so I thought I'd put together a bonus episode based on my 2 popular gift guides. Here are some great gifts for podcasters, and people who work from home! Show Notes Enter the 1 Million Downloads Celebration Giveaway! Great Gifts for People who work from Home (updated 2019) Gift Guide for Podcasters (updated 2019) ATR2100 Logitech C920 Logitech BRIO Rode PodMic Rode Procaster Focusrite Scarlett Solo Interface AirPods Pro Audio-Technica ATH-M50s The FOCUSED Calendar Aeropress Hamilton Beach Thermal Coffee Maker Baratza Encore Conical Burr Coffee Grinder Rook Coffee Carlin Brothers Coffee UNTUCKit Stitch Fix Mack Weldon meUndies Parks Project TOPO Mat Imprint CumulusPRO NFC Tags WeMo Smart Plugs Sonos One Western Digital My Book Backblaze Nomatic Backpack eBags Professional Slim Laptop Backpack Tech Grid YETI Tumblers Anker PowerCore Slim Anker PowerCore+ 26800 PD 45W Wall Charging 5-Port Hub <l
S1 E147 · Tue, November 19, 2019
Improving Accessibility for your Events with Svetlana Kouznetsova
This interview is a little different than most. See, Svetlana Kouznetsova is an accessibility consultant who’s also deaf. Our interview was conducted completely using Google Docs. The voice you’ll hear on this episode is Erin, my wife, who graciously agreed to do Svetlana’s side of the conversation. Svetlana’s story is an interesting one. We talk about how she immigrated to the US from Russia, and what it was like growing up deaf there vs. in the US. We also discuss the importance of accessibility at events; why it’s a must and not just a “nice to have.” Show Notes Svetlana Kouznetsova Svetlana on Twitter Code of Professional Ethics for Captioners and Interpreters - Audio Accessibility I want to hear from you! Leave your feedback here . Sponsored by: Cloudways | Ahoy! | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E146 · Tue, November 12, 2019
Exploring VC Funding with Nathan Beckord
Nathan Beckord is the CEO of Founder Suite, a group of tools to help those seeking venture capital, as well as tools for venture capitalists. We talked all about how he built this after spending a decade helping startups raise their own VC. We also cover how to seek VC funding, and if business plans are even useful anymore. It’s a fun conversation in an area I’m only loosely familiar with - so I learned a lot. I think you will too! Show Notes Nathan Beckord Foundersuite Codequest How I Raised It Let me know what you want to hear in 2020! Sponsored by: Cloudways | Ahoy! | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E145 · Tue, November 05, 2019
Repurposing Your Content with Jaclyn Schiff
Jaclyn Schiff made her way onto the show because she’s authentic. She reached out recommending another guest, in a real way. Then, throughout the course of the conversation, we decided she’d also be a good guest for the show! She's a master of making the most of your content. We talk all about repurposing - something I could do a little better - as well as that cold outreach she’s good at. We also talk about productizing services, which is something I’m doing at the moment. So lots of great stuff here! Show Notes Jaclyn Schiff PodReacher Podcast Movement Alex McClafferty & Productize.co The GMail Genius The Hustle Temi.com Productized Startups Turning the Tables: Joe Casabona & How I Built It Overcast Podcasting is the new Blogging Sponsored by: Gusto | Ahoy! | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E144 · Tue, October 29, 2019
Using Social Proof to Improve Your Sales with Tevya Washburn
Tevya Washburn reached out to me over the summer and asked if I might be interested in having him on the show - it turns out his timing was great. See Tevya created a WordPress plugin to help gather and display social proof, and I had just finished read a book that talks about the importance of social proof. So we chat about how he came up with the idea, why he built it, and of-course, how. This is a pretty traditional episode of the show, and I hope you enjoy it! Show Notes Tevya Washburn Starfish Reviews Trust Pilot SPI 378: Amazon Book Marketing—Everything You Need to Know with Dave Chesson from Kindlepreneur Get your free podcast workbook Sponsored by: Gusto | Ahoy! | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E143 · Tue, October 22, 2019
Using Escape Rooms for Team Building with Greg Koberger
Greg Koberger is easily one of the most interesting guys I talked to this year. Not only do we talk about team building with escape rooms - a super cool concept, by the way - but we touch on mental health, the startup culture, venture capital, and lots more. Greg is a pretty open book here and it makes for an amazing interview. It's chocked full of great advice, so enjoy! Show Notes Greg Koberger ReadMe Swagger (Open API Spec) Escape Room Finder Ron Swanson loves puzzles Allie Nimmons and Freelancing / Mental Health Startup Escape (Greg's Escape Room) Want to start your own podcast? Get our free Podcast Workbook ! Sponsored by: Gusto | Ahoy! | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E142 · Tue, October 15, 2019
Onboarding Employees with Micah Rowland
Micah Rowland isn’t your everyday builder. He doesn’t build homes, cabinets, or even software. As COO of Fountain, Micah builds people, teams, and processes. He offers a wealth of advice on building and scaling teams, and the importance of documentation. But what we talk about isn't just applicable to building teams - it's applicable to anyone building a business that will eventually scale. Show Notes Micah Rowland Fountain Episode 54: The GiveWP Team Sponsored by: Gusto | Ahoy! | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E141 · Tue, October 08, 2019
Stop Losing Your Data with Brian Gill
Brian is a computer scientist, entrepreneur, and angel investor. Due to his firm belief that data recovery shouldn't be a prohibitively expensive service, Brian founded Gillware, where he and his team specialize in cyber risk assessments, data recovery, and incident response. Today we spoke about his journey in business growth, as well as how to protect yourself from hackers, providing actionable tips that you can put into practice today! Show Notes Brian Gill Gillware 2FA | 2FA plugins for WordPress Equifax Payment Facebook FTC Settlement Sponsored by: Gusto | Ahoy! | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E140 · Tue, October 01, 2019
A Better Way to Spend Your Calendar Time with Woven and Tim Campos
I had the pleasure of speaking to Tim Campos, former CIO of Facebook and founder of Woven - a calendar that actually accounts for your life and your free time. We talk about his experience at Facebook and how it lead him to the idea of creating Woven, stats on how people spending their time and schedule meetings, and more. If you want some incredible insight into how people manage their time, this episode is for you. But first, a word from our sponsors. Show Notes Tim Campos email: tim@woven.com Woven Lean Startup Sponsored by: Gusto | Ahoy! | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E139 · Tue, September 24, 2019
Developing a Mailing List Tool on top of GMail with Ajay Goel
Recently Pat Flynn talked about the “new, hot marketing tool” that isn’t new but is often forgotten: email. Well today’s guest, Ajay Goel, has built a business around the fact that there are lots of people who haven’t forgotten it, and for the scores of people who are remembering its importance. Ajay buil GMass, a gmail extension that allows you to send marketing campaigns right in the interface we all know and love. We get to talk marketing, development, and much more, so stay tuned! Show Notes Ajay Goel GMass Gmail Episode 3: Brian Krogsgard and Post Status JangoMail Inbox SDK Gatsby.js G-Lock Sponsored by: Gusto | Ahoy! | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E138 · Tue, September 17, 2019
Write Better Copy and get More Leads with Josh Garofalo
That was Josh Garofalo and let me tell you: I loved this conversation. He’s a marketer and research and we dig deep into the latter. He tells us how important it is to do your research when you’re writing copy for you website. You want to solve your customers problems, and there are a few ways Josh talks about to help us communicate that. Show Notes Josh Gorofalo Sway Copy Branding and Positioning for Store Builders Checklist Manifesto Hotjar Dealing with Problem Clients Tom's Planner Hubspot Rev.com Balsamiq Get a FREE podcast workbook to launch your own show. Sponsored by: Gusto | Ahoy! | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E137 · Tue, September 10, 2019
Building Better Marketing Automation through WordPress with Adrian Tobey
Adrian Tobey is a young, energetic entrepreneur who’s build a pretty cool WordPress plugin in Groundhogg - something to help with yout marketing automation. On top of creating the plugin we talk quite a bit about college and higher education. He talks fast and offers some great advice so be sure to pay close attention (or slow the episode down!) Adrian Tobey Groundhogg Infusionsoft Formlift WordPress plugin WooCommerce Subscriptions Easy Digital Downloads Elementor Sponsored by: Cloudways | Ahoy! | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E136 · Tue, September 03, 2019
Building the State Department’s Website with Tracy Rotton
Tracy Rotton is a longtime friend of mine from the WordPress space - we met because we happened to be writing similar books around the same time! Well, Tracy has gone on to do some very cool things - one of which is leaning a WordPress development team for the Federal Government - specifically to completely redesign state.gov - the State Department's website. We talk about lots of stuff, from the actual development, to working for such a huge organization, and how to handle working with different corporate cultures. Show Notes Tracy Rotton | Twitter taupecatstudios.com State.gov Ruined by Design by Mike Monteiro ACF Pro Underscores State Department Website archives Sponsored by: Cloudways | Ahoy! | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E135 · Tue, August 27, 2019
5 Biggest Takeaways from Podcast Movement 2019
Podcast Movement is a giant podcast conference and expo where 3,000 attendees come from all over the world to talk podcasting. It’s 4 days of events, talks, and networking opportunities. If you’re never, been, I recommend it. I had a few goals going into the conference, and as a result I had some pretty fantastic, and related takeaways. Let's get into my 5 biggest takeaways from Podcast Movement. Show Notes Podcast Liftoff Workbook Podcast Movement Patreon Patt Flynn (SPI) Superfans Bonjoro One more thing! Did you like this style of episode? Yes | No Sponsored by: Ahoy! | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E134 · Tue, August 20, 2019
Creating Safer Parking Garages with Gordon Stannis and Twisthink
Gordon Stannis, like last week’s guest, Colin , helped create a smart lighting system. But where Colin wanted to improve our homes, Gordon wanted to improve our experience in parking garaging. This is a super interesting conversation where we cover both hardware and software, mesh networks, and much more. Show Notes Gordon Stannis Twisthink Lutron I want to tell you about a new resource I have for podcasters called Podcast Liftoff. I’m coming fresh off of Podcast Movement 2019 and lots of folks were interested in how I started my show - and I know many of you are too. So I want to tell you about a free workbook I created to help you take those first steps into launching your show. You’ll answer questions about your topic and format, get show script and notes templates, checklists, and more. Just head over to howibuilt.it/liftoff to get your free download. Sponsored by: Ahoy! | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E133 · Tue, August 13, 2019
Automating Your Home with Colin Billings
Colin Billings has built something that I’m incredibly interested in generally: hardware that contributes to home automation. He built Orro, the first truly responsive lighting system, out of his own frustration with lighting’s adverse impact on his wellness and sleep. Now the Orro Switch adds the computational power of an iPhone XR inside the walls of a home. It detects your presence in a room and adjusts the lighting automatically to bring out the most natural light, reducing artificial light exposure that disrupts your body and sleep. Within a week, Orro learns your preferences and handles 95% of all the lighting adjustments, so you don't have to think about your lights anymore. Show Notes Colin Billings Orro Flux Contentful Rate the Show Sponsored by: Ahoy! | Creator Courses | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E132 · Tue, August 06, 2019
Avoiding Overrun (and Lawsuits) through Better Project Management with Jessica Hall
Jessica Hall is the VP of product strategy and design at 3Pillar Global, and today we are going to talk about something that made a bunch of news a couple of months ago - the Accenture/Hertz case, where Hertz paid a bunch of money (like $32M) and got nothing. With some time since the story broke, we sit back and look at how this happened, and Jessica tells you how it can be avoided. Jessica Hall 3Pillar Global Accenture/Hertz Case How to Avoid a $32 Million Flop Agile Manifesto 101 Videos Landing Page School Podcast: Always Be Testing Hotjar Google Optimize Marvel Sponsored by: Ahoy! | Creator Courses | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E131 · Tue, July 30, 2019
Coaching Entrepreneurs with Alex McClafferty
Alex McClafferty has a wealth of business experience to share with us this week. Not only did he build a successful business within the WordPress space - WP Curve - he ended up selling it to GoDaddy. That experience showed him that the number of resources for selling your business were scarce, and now he’s doing that - completely embracing the “teach what you know” mentality. Show Notes Alex McClafferty Productize.co WP Curve Flippa Disney buys Marvel Apple buys Lala Microsoft sunsets Sunrise Sponsored by: Ahoy! | Creator Courses | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E130 · Tue, July 23, 2019
How to Change Careers with Kirsten Bunch
Over the last 2 weeks, we discussed mental and physical health as it relates to freelancing and self-employment. To round out this trilogy of overall happiness in your career, I’m talking to Kirsten Bunch, who is a reinvention coach. She helps those folks who are mid-career but need a change. She offers some fantastic advice on how to determine if you’re ready for a chance, and the steps you should talk in order to figure out what to do for your next career move. Show Notes Kirsten Bunch | Change the World in a Hot Flash Kirsten's Book: Next Act Give Back Gotham Writers Atomic Habits Episode 23: Scott Bolinger and AppPresser Profit First Richest Man in Babylon Sponsored by: Ahoy! | Creator Courses | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E129 · Tue, July 16, 2019
Staying Physically Healthy While Freelancing with Michelle Schulp
Michelle Schulp is a fantastic web designer in the WordPress space - you make have seen her work on the WP Hierarch chart. Recently she’s launched a new initiative talking about fitness and freelancing. Last week we touched a bit on mental health. This week we’re going to dive into physical health, especially when running your own business. Show Notes Michelle Schulp Marktime Media Fitness & Freelance Wholly Obsessed: Whole30, 80 Day Obsession, Progress, and Perfection 10 practical habits to balance Health with Hustle Book: Atomic Habits Sponsored by: Ahoy! | Creator Courses | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E128 · Tue, July 09, 2019
Mental Health and Freelancing with Allie Nimmons
Allie Nimmons is a freelance web designer with an unique perspective to my own. She made the transition to freelancing after losing her job, but still needing to make money. We talk about what that’s like, as well as how she’s be able to hone her offerings based on what her target customers need. We also talk about mental health, and what it’s like to be black, and female, in a white male-dominated space. Since recording this, Allie has been hired to work at GiveWP , providing tech support to users of this awesome plugin. She has minimized Pixel Glow to focus purely on providing WordPress maintenance. She can be found most often at her blog - allienimmons.com Show Notes Allie Nimmons Pixel Glow Web Design WordCamp Miami Josepha Haden's WC Miami Talk Grace Hopper Sherry Walling & Choosing Self Employment Sponsored by: Ahoy! | Creator Courses | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
Bonus · Mon, June 24, 2019
Season 6 Wrap Up (Bonus Episode!)
We got lots of great advice over the course of Season 6. Over the course of about 10 minutes, we're going to distill all of that advice into 3 overarching themes. Take a listen to find out what they are. Here are the best trade secrets of 2019. Show Notes Sponsor the Show Subscribe to How I Built It! Nathalie Lussier and AccessAlly Mike McDerment and FreshBooks Andre Gagnon and ProjectHuddle Laura Elizabeth and Design Academy Brennan Dunn and RightMessage Brad Touesnard and SpinupWP ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E127 · Tue, June 11, 2019
How Vaccines and Other Drugs get to Market with Susan Goebel
It takes the right combination of bioscience knowledge, marketing intelligence, lead generation strategies, operational insight, product R&D expertise, and personal drive to fuel the business development of any life science firm. For almost 2 decades, Susan Goebel has been leveraging these core trails to deliver multi-million-dollar revenue generating initiatives with global reach. Now Susan has turned her focus to supporting others in their ventures into bioscience businesses. From helping doctors bring new medical solutions to market, to connecting investors and inventors, Susan helps shape the future of health, wellness and bioscience. Show Notes Susan Goebel Bioscience Board Room Mike McDerment and FreshBooks Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation Clickfunnels Wix Sponsored by: Soshace | Plesk | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E126 · Tue, June 04, 2019
Understanding how Pricing Affects Conversion with Patrick Campbell
Patrick Campbell was curious about how people price products, and how pricing affects conversion - so he built ProfitWell. We discussed pricing, estimating time, tech stack, and so much more. His insights into how to price are fantastic. Show Notes Patrick Campbell | Twitter ProfitWell | ProfitWell Report Django Atticus Sponsored by: Castos | Plesk | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E125 · Tue, May 28, 2019
Building an International Hosting Solution with Jan Loffler and Plesk
Jan Löffler is the CTO of Plesk, which is fantastic server management software. They're rapidly growing set of sophisticated tools is inspiring., In this episode we'll talk all about the history of Plesk, as well as what it's like to manage software that powers hundreds of thousands of websites. Show Notes Jan Löffler Plesk Interview videos Cloudfest Hackathon Hover DNS Course Sponsored by: Weglot | Plesk | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E124 · Tue, May 21, 2019
A Interesting Solution to Contact Management with Jay Gibb
Jay Gibb is the founder and CEO of CloudSponge - a B2B SaaS company that sells an address book widget. We talked about growing an audience, research good opportunities for building a product, and Jay gives some fantastic advice for cold outreach. Show Notes Jay Gibb CloudSponge BuddyPress Invite Anyone Quora Sponsored by: Castos | Plesk | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E123 · Tue, May 14, 2019
Building Better Partnership Programs with Lindsey Miller
If you've ever wondered what goes into creating a fantastic affiliate program, Lindsey Miller from Liquid Web has the answers for you, starting with one simple rule: your affiliates are partners. We talk about lots of stuff like content creation and working with your partners to help them help you. We also discuss how to come up with rates. Don't miss this episode! Show Notes Lindsey Miller | Twitter Liquid Web's Managed WooCommerce Hosting Episode 4: Cory Miller and iThemes iThemes This is Marketing Chris Lema and Managed WooCommerce Hosting Kolbe Personality Test iThemes Training iThemes Hosting Check out my o nline courses tech stack . Sponsored by: Plesk | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E122 · Tue, May 07, 2019
The Fastest Way to Spin Up WordPress Sites with Brad Touesnard
Brad Touesnard is a well known developer in the WordPress community, and CEO and Founder of Delicious Brains, a company that makes fantastic WordPress products. You might know them best from WP Migrate DB Pro, but they do lots more! Brad tells us all about their new product, SpinupWP, why they decided to solve this problem, and lots of other great advice for both business and development. Show Notes Brad Touesnard Delicious Brains SpinupWP Kim Gjerstad and MailPoet Connected Curtis McHale's iOS Development Guide Spinning up a WP Install Series Chris Lema and Managed WooCommerce Hosting Check out my podcasting course | Online Course Tech Stack Sponsored by: Castos | Plesk | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E121 · Tue, April 30, 2019
Building a Better Toothbrush with Mihran Papazian
Mihran Papazian is the CEO of Brushette, a company that plans to revolutionize...toothbrushes! In a rare episode, we cover what it's like creating a physical product, from the deep research they did, to visiting over 1,000 factories in China to find the right manufacturing partner. Mihran's experience and deep knowledge means there's lots of great takeaways here - no matter what you plan to make. Mihran Papazian Brushette Prodental Brad Dowdy and Nock Co. Check out my podcasting course Sponsored by: Plesk | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E120 · Tue, April 23, 2019
Extending WooCommerce with James Kemp
James Kemp is the founder and lead developer of Iconic, a popular WooCommerce extension shop. James has managed to do well in an increasingly saturated space. His approach to solving problems and determining if there's a market for his new ideas is an interesting one. He offers lots of great advice on everything from research to development, and launching. James Kemp Iconic Freemius Vova Feldman and Freemius The Difference between the United Kingdom, Great Britain and England Explained (CGP Grey) WooCommerce Ideas Board What is the GPL? Composer Bitbucket Gulp Freemius Deploy MPM Daniel Espinoza and Wearing Many Hats Nancy Hildebrandt and Creating Great Documentation Check out my podcasting course Sponsored by: Castos | Plesk | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E119 · Tue, April 16, 2019
Going up Against Spotify and Apple Music with Stephanie Scapa
Stephanie Scapa is the Co-Founder and CEO of WEYV, a platform that aims to compete with Spotify, Apple Music, and Amazon. They have a unique business model to help them do it! We discuss running a large-scale project, what deep product research looks like, and how they came up with the pricing plan. Stephanie Scapa WEYV Altair Amplitude Joe's Podcast Course Sponsored by: Plesk | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E118 · Tue, April 09, 2019
Why You Absolutely Need a VPN with Yuriy Popov
Yuriy Popov is the Customer Success Manager at KeepSolid, where they make a suite of apps. The most popular is VPN Unlimited. We dive deep into how KeepSolid pivoted to focus on where they saw the industry going, from the Snowden revelations to the continued support for better online privacy. We also talk about the importance of listening to your customers, a recurring theme on this show! Yuriy Popov KeepSolid Check out my podcasting course Sponsored by: Castos | Plesk | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E117 · Tue, April 02, 2019
Selling a Niche Buisness with Sam Brodie
Before Sam Brodie founded OffSprout, he successfully sold a niched business that focused on websites for lawyers. Sam generously shares his advice and experience with us, from niching down to how to properly keep your books. There's tons of great advice in this episode, so make sure to listen to the whole thing! Sam Brodie OffSprout JurisPage CaboPress WP Influencer Project Sara Dunn and Niching Down Sam's Udemy Course Check out my podcast course Sponsored by: Plesk | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E116 · Tue, March 26, 2019
Building an InVision Competitor on WordPress with Andre Gagnon
Andre Gagnon has SaaS/Subscription fatigue and decided to do something about it. He helped create and launch ProjectHuddle, a WordPress/plugin-based competitor to the likes of InVision. At least, when it comes to getting design feedback. The tech in this episode is super interesting, and we get philosophical about owning your products and data! Show Notes Andre Gagnon ProjectHuddle Medium Adds a Paywall Video: Syncing Medium with WordPress Wes Bos' React Course Backbone JS Levenshtein Distance Sponsored by: Castos | Plesk | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E115 · Tue, March 19, 2019
Building a Nomadic WordPress Plugin Business with Jan Thielemann
Jan Thielemann is a plugin developer who got his start as a digital nomad who wanted to make enough money to fund his adventures. So he started a small side business selling plugins for Divi, where he found a good niche. He offers great advice about starting on your own, and the difference between truly passive and "half-passive" income. Show Notes Jan Thielemann Divi Sensei Freemius Jan's Travel Blog Divi Elegant Marketplace ( Jan's page ) Vova Feldman and Freemius Sponsored by: Plesk | Pantheon | Hover.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E114 · Tue, March 12, 2019
How Live Captioning Works with Amanda Lundberg
Every so often on this show, I will have somebody who knows lots of something I know very little about, and Amanda is one of those people. She is a live captioner. We talk all about what it's like being a live captioner, her the stenographic keyboard, and more. I like her journey and all of the information that she gives us in this episode. Amanda Lundberg ( email ) White Coat Captioning WordCamp Central GutenReady for the Gutenpocalypse Photo of a Stenographic Keyboard Open Steno Project Sponsored by: Castos | Plesk | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E113 · Tue, March 05, 2019
Personalization is the Path Forward with Brennan Dunn
Brennan Dunn is a freelancer, educator, and founder of RightMessage, a personalization platform. It's used by people like Pat Flynn to make sure their website is targeting the proper audience. We talk about how he built RightMessage and the importance of personalization and segmentation. Show Notes Brennan Dunn RightMessage Double Your Freelancing CaboPress Landing Page School ConvertKit OptinMonster Pat Flynn Sponsored by: Plesk | Pantheon | Hover.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E112 · Tue, February 26, 2019
A Better Way to Manage Facebook Ads with Dan Stocke
Dan Stocke knows marketing, and knows the pain of using the Facebook Ads Manager. So he created an easier way to do it. We'll talk about how he took his idea from need to launch, talk to developers, and refined the process based on feedback. Show Notes Email Dan Stocke: dan@buzzfrenzy.com Buzz Frenzy WordCamp Minneapolis Book: Contagious Sponsored by: Castos | Plesk | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E111 · Tue, February 19, 2019
Building and Designing Your Online Courses and Laura Elizabeth
Laura Elizabeth is a fantastic designer who wants to "teach design to developers." Her story from consulting to products is fantastic, and her method for building buzz and tension around her course worked perfectly. This is a fantastic case study for people who consult, but want to move into selling online courses or selling products. Show Notes Laura Elizabeth ( on Twitter ) Client Portal Design Academy CaboPress WooCommerce Sensei Vimeo Pro Sponsored by: Plesk | Pantheon | Hover.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E110 · Tue, February 12, 2019
Building Invoicing Software for Freelancers with Mike McDerment and FreshBooks
Mike McDerment is the founder of the incredibly popular accounting software FreshBooks. His story is an interesting one - where he started with an MVP and then built it up from there. His journey relatable, and I'm really excited to talk to him today. Show Notes FreshBooks Sponsored by: Castos | Plesk | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E109 · Tue, February 05, 2019
How Knowing Your Customers Lets You Charge More with Nathalie Lussier
Nathalie Lussier is has created a unique, powerful LMS plugin for WordPress that people seem to love. That's because Nathalie, on top of using the product herself, listens to her customers. In this episode, she'll give us lots of great advice for how to grow our business and improve customer relationships. Show Notes AccessAlly 30 Day List Building Challenge Autologin Links Sponsored by: Plesk | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E108 · Tue, January 29, 2019
Using Automation to Run Your Consulting Business with Chris Bintliff
I focused a lot on automation in 2018, so I was really excited to talk to today's guest, Chris Bintliff, on how he used automation for his client-onboarding process. Chis is a fantastic, energetic guy and offers a lot of great advice here. If you're looking to save time through automation, this is for you. Show Notes Chris on Twitter The Automated Consultant Not Really Rocket Science Zapier Typeform Pipedrive Chris Lema and Managed WooCommerce Hosting RightMessage Podia Sponsored by: Castos | Plesk | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E107 · Tue, January 22, 2019
Is Drop Shipping Right for You? with Anton Kraly
Anton Kraly is the founder of Drop Ship Lifestyle and has an incredibly story of how he got to where he is today. I'm grateful for Anton's time and for sharing both his story, and his tips on how we can get into drop shipping. Show Notes Anton on Twitter Drop Ship Lifestyle The 4 Hour Work Week Alibaba Alexa Architect Theme Membirium Infusionsoft Sensei LMS Vimeo Pro Invision Power Boards Sponsored by: Plesk | MailPoet | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E106 · Tue, January 15, 2019
Building an Indie Podcast Network with Myke Hurley
Myke Hurley is a well-known podcaster and founder of Relay FM. To kick off Season 6, he gives us some fantastic advice on starting shows, sponsors, and lots more. His story is incredibly interesting and I think it's a great way to start this season and the new year. Myke on Instagram | Twitter Relay FM Brad Dowdy and Nock Co. 5by5 Stephen Hackett / 512 Pixels The Best Advice I Never Took Libsyn Megaphone Sponsored by: Castos | Plesk | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E106 · Tue, December 18, 2018
Bonus: 4 Interviews on Implementing Gutenberg
In the run up to the release of WordPress 5.0, I created a mini-series on Implementing Guteneberg on my YouTube channel. This episode combines the 4 interviews for your listening enjoyment! Justin Sainton In Episode 1, I talk to Justin Sainton about how his agency, Zao, used Gutenberg to create a custom light fixture builder. You can find Justin: On Twitter At His agency, Zao Rene Morozowich In Episode 2, I talk to Rene Morozowich, a self-employed WordPress Developer, about how she dipped her toe in the waters of Gutenberg by doing a low-risk, brand new site for a client new to WordPress. Rene on Twitter Rene's Website Bill Erickson With Episode 3, I talk to Bill Erickson, a WordPress Developer who's implemented Gutenberg on several projects. We wax poetic about what Gutenberg is really great at, and some things to look out for - Bill's an excellent developer and I really appreciate him taking some time to share his experience over the last several months. Links Bill Erickson Bill's blog post on building a Gutenberg site Alonso Indacochea Finally, with Episode 4, we hear from Alonso Indacochea. He is the founder of the agency behind Block Party, a set of data visualization blocks for Gutenberg. We talk pretty high level about getting into the Gutenberg product space, and what that could mean for the WordPress ecosystem. Alonso on Twitter Block Party Check out my courses on Gutenberg here . Watch the interviews on YouTube . ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E105 · Tue, December 04, 2018
Empowering Developers to Sell with Vova Feldman and Freemius
Vova Feldman started one of the most popular plugin marketplaces in the WordPress space. His story is one that came out of filling a need, but also a realization: while there are a lot of people selling plugins in the WordPress space, we can be doing better. He offers advice on building your business, and a community around it, and much more. Show Notes @VovaFeldman | Email: vova@freemius.com Freemius We Used to Hate WordPress Page Builders – Now We Decided to Use One Join the Facebook Community Sponsored by: Creator Courses | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E104 · Tue, November 27, 2018
Using WordPress to Send Newsletters with Kim Gjerstad and MailPoet
Kim Gjerstad is one of the founders of the popular newsletter plugin, MailPoet. In this episode we talk about how he’s been able to build a successful product and company with a fully remote team. Kim gives great advice about on boarding, tools, and building a company culture. Show Notes Kim Gjerstad - kim@mailpoet.com MailPoet Buffer’s Open Blog Matt Mullenweg on Remote Environments We Work Remotely Angel.co StackOverflow Sponsored by: Creator Courses | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E103 · Tue, November 20, 2018
The Many Hats of a Small Business Owner with Daniel Espinoza
Daniel Espinoza is a man who wears many hats: agency owner, product seller, family man, and more. In the episode we get into how he manages keeping everything running smoothly. This is a fantastic conversation for anyone who wants to diversify what they do, without getting too overwhelmed. Show Notes Daniel Espinoza Grow Development Shop Plugins Beka Rice and Jilt Start with Why Easy Digital Downloads Freemius ProsPress StudioPress Total Money Makeover Question of the week: Why haven't you launched your plugin? Let me know on Twitter @jcasabona or joe@howibuilt.it Discuss with others over on the Facebook Group! Sponsored by: Creator Courses | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E102 · Tue, November 13, 2018
Setting Yourself Apart (and Time Tracking!) with Liam Martin
Liam Martin is the founder of Time Doctor. In this episode, we talk all about how he founded the company, from idea to how it's grown to the massive user base it boasts. We also talk about how long it takes for companies to become overnight successes, and how to set yourself apart from other services. Show Notes Liam Martin Time Doctor Running Remote SXSW Sponsored by: Creator Courses | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E101 · Tue, November 06, 2018
The First Managed WooCommerce Hosting with Chris Lema
Chris Lema is a man who knows how to build a good product. And in this episode, he's going to tell us all about how he helped build Liquid Web's Managed WooCommerce Hosting. We'll talk about what eCommerce shops need, the importance of performance, and he'll give us lots of great tips. Show Notes Chris Lema | Twitter Liquid Web CaboPress Bryce Adams and Metorik Brian Richards and WooSesh PerfMatters WP Rocket Jilt Beka Rice and Jilt Glew Astra Pro Beaver Builder Email Chris: chris@liquidweb.com How to Speed Up Your WooCommerce Store | Part 2 Sponsored by: Loxi | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E100 · Tue, October 30, 2018
How I Built My Podcast: Looking Back on 100 Episodes
I can't believe we've reached episode 100! This episode is an introspective (retrospective?) on how I built How I Built It . I'll go over the idea, what I've learned over 2 years of podcasting, some pretty sweet automation, and more. I want to everyone who's listened, shared, came on, and sponsored the show. I wouldn't have been able to get here without all of you! Question of the week: Why haven't you started your podcast? Let me know in the comments or at joe@howibuilt.it Show Notes Joe on Twitter Calendly Zapier Blue Yeti | Rode Procaster My Podcast Setup Hazel Libsyn | PowerPress How I used SearchWP and Monochrome Pro Genesis / Monochrome Pro: https://casabona.org/sp-monochrome * SearchWP: https://casabona.org/searchwp/ Github Repository: https://github.com/jcasabona/hibi-mods Build Your Podcast Website in 3 Days Sponsored by: Creator Courses | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E99 · Tue, October 23, 2018
White Labeling Premium WordPress Support with Joe Howard
Joe Howard is the founder of WP Buffs and has lots of experience managing a fully remote team, building a business on Monthly Recurring Revenue (MRR), and of-course, offering top notch support to those who need it. In this episode we get deep into a lot of different topics surrounding those area, and much more. Show Notes Joe Howard WP Buffs WPMRR Course Turn the Ship Around Check out my new podcast website course and get a special offer! Sponsored by: Creator Courses | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E98 · Tue, October 16, 2018
Planning and Producing a Virtual Event with Brian Richards
Brian Richards is officially the first repeat guest on the show, and this time around he's talking about his online conferences, WordSesh and WooSesh. Brian talks logistics, speaker selection, and of-course, the tech stack. It's a super interesting conversation. Plus, if you're interested, WooSesh is October 18-19, 2018, and it totally free! Show Notes Brian Richards WooSesh WordSesh WPSessions Episode 11: Brian Richards and WP Sessions Patrick Rauland and Building a WooCommerce Shop WooConf Crowdcast Also check out: My new Podcast Website course | Facebook Community Question of the week: What are you doing with eCommerce? Let me know on Twitter (@jcasabona) or at joe@howibuilt.it Sponsored by: Creator Courses | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E97 · Tue, October 09, 2018
Developing an App Fit to Write Ulysses with Max Seelemann
Max Seelemann is one of the founders and developers of Ulysses, one of my favorite Mac and iOS apps. I am excited to talk to him today because it is a different perspective on the software developing process. Ulysses is software I use nearly every day to write up show notes, scripts, articles, and more. I was keen to hear how they built it and the decisions they made throughout the 15 years(!) of development. Show Notes Max Seeleman Ulysses Relay.fm AppStories / MacStories Question of the week: What app do you use it for writing? Let me know on Twitter @jcasabona or e-mail me at joe@howibuilt.it Join the Facebook Community / Check out the Shop Sponsored by: Backblaze | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E96 · Tue, October 02, 2018
Video on Demand That gets You Paid with PJ Taei and Uscreen
PJ Taei is the founder of Uscreen, a video on demand service for people who are serious about selling videos. Whether it's your online course or a video series, they have you covered. In this episode, PJ and I talk about controlling your platform and making videos as easy as possible. Show Notes PJ Taei Uscreen Vimeo LearnDash Sponsored by: Backblaze | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E95 · Tue, September 25, 2018
Getting Paid Consulting using EDD with Mark Zahra
Mark Zahra, among other things, recently released the EDD Bookings plugin for Easy Digital Downloads. I was excited to talk to him about this because it's something that I thought of doing myself back when I was teaching multiple classes at the University of Scranton. When I was on campus to help manage a fluid schedule for my own office hours, I deemed that project was maybe a little over my head for the amount of time that I had. It's very cool to see that it's come to fruition a few years later. Mark also hosts Mastermind.FM and worked over at WP Mayor. Show Notes Mark Zahra EDD Bookings Mastermind.fm WP Mayor | WP RSS Aggregator Pippin Williamson and Restrict Content Pro Checkout the How I Built It Shop for t-shirts and more. And make sure to join our Facebook Community ! Sponsored by: Techmeme’s Ride Home Podcast | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E94 · Tue, September 18, 2018
Paywalling Your Premium Content with Jeremy Green
Jeremy Green is a developer and founder of Zeen 101. They created an interesting product called Leaky Paywall, which is a plugin that allows you to put content behind - you guessed it - a paywall. Jeremy also has some really interesting insight on how people consume information. And, of-course, we get into some development details. Show Notes Jeremy Green | Twitter Leaky Paywall Zeen 101 Jeremy on Post Status Draft Beka Rice and Jilt Be sure to check out: The new t-shirt shop The Facebook Group Question of the week: Have you considered adding a paywall to your site? Let us know on Twitter @jcasabona or via email, joe@howibuilt.it. Sponsored by: Techmeme’s Ride Home Podcast | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E93 · Tue, September 11, 2018
Creating a Guided SEO Product with Lindsay Halsey
Closing out this miniseries on SEO is Lindsay Halsey. She’s the co-founder of Pathfinder SEO and in this episode we talk about how her product basically combines a lot of what we talks about over the past month – automated tools and stats, with a coaching component that can really help you up your SEO game for you or your clients. She has a really great analogy for it that I don’t want to spoil! Show Notes Lindsay Pathfinder SEO WebShine Zeek Interactive Landing Page School Podcast Be sure to check out the new shop: https://howibuilt.it/shop/ and the Facebook Group Sponsored by: Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E92 · Tue, September 04, 2018
Implementing a Process for SEO with Pam Aungst
So far this season we've looked at starting an SEO agency and an SEO product. But what we haven't looked at was a good strategy - especially when it comes to Pay per Click and the like. Well that changes this week with our guest, Pam Aungst. She's an SEO expert with her own agency that wants to make sure SEO is a personalized strategy. She tells us how in this episode. Show Notes Pam Aungst Pam on Twitter Stealth Hallway Chats Episode 21: Liam Dempsey and WordPress Meetups Lighthouse for Chrome Sponsored by: Traitware | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E91 · Tue, August 28, 2018
John Doherty and Credo
John Doherty is the founder of Credo. I met John at CaboPress, an incredible business mastermind week, and we got to talking about the marketing and SEO side of things. Know I don’t know much about that, but Credo is definitely something that can help me in a unique way. In this episode we talk all about the importance of finding the right people to help you in your business. Show Notes John Doherty John on Twitter Credo CaboPress Episode 12: Chris Lema and Beyond Good Jennifer Bourn and Profitable Project Plan Episode 1: Jason Coleman and Paid Memberships Pro Question of the week: Have you ever had a business coach or mentor? Let me know on Twitter at @jcasabona or email me, joe@howibuilt.it . Sponsored by: GravityView | Traitware | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E90 · Tue, August 21, 2018
SEO for Saas Companies with Jeremiah Smith
Jeremiah Smith is founder of SimpleTiger, an SEO company that focuses on SaaS companies. This episode is going to kick off a miniseries about SEO and I’m happy that Jeremiah is starting it off. He offers so much incredible advice about SEO and life in general. I love his story, and I think you will too. Show Notes Jeremiah Smith SimpleTiger Danny Sullivan / SEO Land Sara Dunn and Niching Down Nick Eubanks Check out my new show, Creator Toolkit and join our Facebook community . Question of the week: What’s the best piece of SEO advice you’ve ever gotten? Let me know on Twitter at @jcasabona or email me, joe@howibuilt.it. Sponsored by: GravityView | Traitware | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E89 · Tue, August 14, 2018
Creating a Hosted Events Platform with Zach Tirrell and Loxi
Today we’re talking to Zach Tirrell from Modern Tribe. We talk all about how they re-imagined that plug-in as Software as a Service called Loxi. We go over how they decided on which features to support, the importance of good design, and the tech stack, like using React. Speaking of React, We also talk a bit about Gutenberg. Show Notes Zach Tirrell Modern Tribe Loxi Gutenberg Gutenberg Courses React Article by Sam Creator Toolkit Sponsored by: Traitware | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E88 · Tue, August 07, 2018
Better WooCommerce Analytics with Bryce Adams and Metorik
Bryce Adams is creator of one of my favorite tools, Metorik. Bryce tells us about the path the led him to making Metorik, his view on e-commerce, GDPR, and how he’s using some cutting edge tools. We also talk engagement and stats. Be sure to stick around until the end of the episode - I have a new show I want to tell you about! Show Notes Bryce Adams Bryce on Twitter Metorik WooCommerce And be sure to check out my new show, Creator Toolkit , on Apple Podcasts or wherever you get your podcasts. Sponsored by: Creator Courses | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E87 · Tue, July 31, 2018
Teaching Web Development with Tessa Kreisel
Tessa Kriesel is a developer, community advocate, and educator. In this episode we get into our approaches to teaching, why it’s important, and the importance of giving opportunities to underserved areas and groups. We also discuss our “aha” moments – that time where programming suddenly clicked for us. Show Notes Tessa Kriesel Pantheon Outspoken Women Coders of Tomorrow Coder Dojo CodePen W3Schools Josh Koenig and Pantheon Sponsored by: The Events Calendar | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E86 · Tue, July 24, 2018
Designing the Profitable Project Plan with Jennifer Bourn
Jennifer Bourn is the founder of Bourn Creative and creator of the Profitable Project Plan. She's also a freelancer who’s doing it right. She has worked out the perfect system to get and manage client projects; in this episode we're going to talk all about how she built it. Show Notes Jennifer Bourn Profitable Project Plan Bourn Creative Jen's A/V Setup Blair Williams and MemberPress Episode 18: Pippin Williamson & Restrict Content Pro Delightful Downloads Zoom Webinars InfusionSoft Rev Volt Heated Slippers Sponsored by: Creator Courses | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E85 · Tue, July 17, 2018
Mental Health and Gaming with Abbey Perl
Abbey Perl started the Diverse Gaming Coalition to help combat online bullying through video games and modern pop culture. In this episode, I talk to her about why she started it, how she went about starting a non-profit organization, and much more. Show Notes Abbey Perl Diverse Gaming Coalition Twitch.TV @Ninja Sponsored by: Creator Courses | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E84 · Tue, July 10, 2018
Designing a Video Game with Seth S. Scott
Seth S. Scott's story is an interesting one. He up and moved to New York City to pursue a career in game development. He tool a game design boot camp and left with his first commercial game, Membrane. In this episode we talk about risk and how he built a video game. Show Notes Seth S. Scott Seth on Twitter MEMBRANE MEMBRANE on Twitter Unity Sponsored by: Creator Courses | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E83 · Tue, July 03, 2018
Bringing GDPR Protection to WordPress with Scott DeLuzio
Scott DeLuzio is a WordPress plugin developer who likes to scratch his own itch on some pretty heavy topics, and his latest is no exception. We talk about one of this summer’s hottest topics: GDPR. Scott and I spoke about this just days before the regulation took hold, so we were working through what it is, how it affects us, and of-course how his plugin can help. I should remind you that we are not lawyers. Show Notes Scott DeLuzio PrivacyWP What is GDPR? How to Prepare for GDPR Rian Kinney and Trademarks CARROT Fitness FightCamp Sponsored by: MailPoet | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E82 · Tue, June 26, 2018
Using WordPress in Higher Ed with Rachel Cherry
Rachel Cherry is a front end developer and lead organizer of WPCampus, a WordPress conference focused on Higher Education. In this episode, we talk about what goes into putting on this conference, from scouting a location to day-of logistics. Show Notes Rachel Cherry WPCampus Chris Lema on How I Built It Liam Dempsey on How I Built It CrowdCast Sponsored by: The Events Calendar | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 Enull · Wed, June 13, 2018
Season 4 Recap
So we just wrapped up Season 4 a couple of weeks ago and it was my favorite episode for a lot of reasons. I got to talk to great people, the sponsors were fantastic, and we even had a miniseries on starting your own business. Plus, there were a lot of takeaways. I got a lot of immediately actionable advice from my guests. So hopefully you did too. Here’s some my favorites. Sponsored by: WordSesh | Jilt | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E81 · Tue, May 29, 2018
Recovering Abandoned Carts with Beka Rice and Jilt
Closing out Season 4 is Beka Rice, Head of Product at Jilt! After an entire season about hearing about Jilt, Beka and I dig deep into how it was built, how to be effective with your abandoned cart emails, GDPR, and much much more. It's a great way to close out the season and I'm very excited to have her on the show! Show Notes Beka Rice Jilt SkyVerge Product Cart Titles Memberships Prospress GDPR Sponsored by: WordSesh | Jilt | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E80 · Tue, May 22, 2018
The Advice You Need when Considering Crowdfunding with Thomas Umstattd
Thomas Umstattd is a plugin and agency owner who's has great success in crowdfunding his products. His take is a fantastically interesting one and he offers lots of great advice - so much that we even have a bonus over on Patreon. This is definitely one of my favorite conversations - I learned a ton here that I was able to immediately apply to my own crowdfunding efforts. Show Notes Thomas Umstattd Author Media My Book Table Thomas' original Kickstarter The WordPress Philosophy Get Part 2 of our interview with Thomas on Patreon Sponsored by: WordSesh | Jilt | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E79 · Tue, May 15, 2018
Buidling a Good Development Process for Teams with Stacy Kvernmo
Stacy Kvernmo is a UX/UI Developer at OddBird. I met Stacy on another podcast and was really excited to talk to her about a number of tools and views she has about creating good code while working on a team. We talk about process, UX, and more in this episode. She and here team are doing some really cool things in Frontend Development, and it was very interesting hearing about all of it. Show Notes Stacy Kvernmo Stacy on Twitter OddBird Lunch with Brad Herman | on Github True Embracing Code Reviews - WP Sessions photo credit Sponsored by: WordSesh | Jilt | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E78 · Tue, May 08, 2018
Designing the Perfect Business Card with Evan Calkins and Hoban Press
Evan Calkins created Hoban Press & Hoban Cards after he bought his first letterpress machine. He's a master of his craft and I was really excited to talk to Evan because I'm very interested in that creaft. He creates fantastic looking business cards and sationary, and even did my cards! We'll talk about what it's like doing a highly specialized thing in the real world - a physical product, and hear some good stories along the way. Show Notes Hoban Cards Evan on Twitter Hoban Press Briar Press Support the show on Patreon Sponsored by: WordSesh | Jilt | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E77 · Tue, May 01, 2018
How to Create Great User Documentation with Nancy Hidebrandt
Nancy Hildebrandt has a lot of experience in documentation and software systems, starting back in the Sun/Java days. In this episode, we talk all about building out a good support system and what that process looks like. We also talk about the importance of creating good documentation, listening to your customers, and so much more. It's a great conversation, and one that everyone can benefit from, no matter what the role. Show Notes Nancy Beaver Builder Knowledge Base Episode 54: The GiveWP Team Help Scout How I Built It Patreon Sponsored by: Jilt | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E76 · Tue, April 24, 2018
Automating Social Sharing with The Social Web Suite Team
Dejan Markovic and Tina Todorovic are two halves of the Social Web Suite dream team. They are some of the hardest working, passionate folks I know in the WordPress community and an absolutely joy to talk to. I love the tool and and hearing the evolution of the project and how they work was fantastic. Show Notes Social Web Suite (use code JoeLoveSWS for a discount) Laravel Spark WordCamp Toronto Sponsored by: Jilt | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E75 · Tue, April 17, 2018
Building a Modern Podcasting Platform with Craig Hewitt
Craig Hewitt is a guy who knows podcasting, so I was super excited to talk to him about his acquisition of Seriously Simple Podcasting. He took a relatively focused WordPress plugin and turned it into a SaaS, and that's what we talk about in this episode. Lots of great advice here! Show Notes Craig Hewitt Craig on Twitter Castos Podcast Motor Interactive Advertising Bureau (IBA) Podcast Guidelines Libsyn Sponsored by: Jilt | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E74 · Tue, April 10, 2018
Learning Web Development with Beth Soderberg
Beth Soderberg is a self-taught Front End Developer and speaker, and in this episode I get to talk to her about how she learned her craft. It was fun exchanging stories of our different learning experiences. Beth offers truthful and encouraging words for if you want to start on your journey to web development. Show Notes Beth Soderberg I Learned to Code Through WordPress and So Can You ( slides ) DCFemTech John Duckett's Books : HTML & CSS | Javascript & jQuery Joe's HTML & CSS Course Javascript30 by Wes Bos Lynda.com Web Hosting for Students Sponsored by: Jilt | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E73 · Tue, April 03, 2018
Forging Client Relationships with Brad Williams
Brad Williams of WebDevStudios knows a thing or two about client relationships. In this episode, We start at the beginning with finding a client, the proposal process, and touch on things like having a Discovery phase. It puts a nice cap of what we've been talking about for the last 3 weeks - the importance of building relationships. Show Notes Brad Williams Brad on Twitter WebDevStudios Lunch with Brad How Much does a Website Cost? Check out Brad's bonus episode on Patreon Sponsored by: Checkout for WooCommerce | Jilt | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E72 · Tue, March 27, 2018
Building a Marketing Plan with Jen Jamar
Jen Jamar is a marketing strategist who currently works for Modern Tribe. Jen really knows her stuff, which I loved because I learned a ton. And the best part? We talk about a strategy for marketing that won’t cost you thousands of dollars in Facebook Ads! In this episode we cover all sorts of stuff like Field of Dreams marketing, how to properly connect with people, and establishing your authority online. Show Notes Jen Jamar Jen on Twitter Modern Tribe Rebecca Gill & DIY SEO Courses Freemius ROI of WordCamps Sponsored by: Checkout for WooCommerce | Jilt | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E71 · Tue, March 20, 2018
Nicole Kohler and Content Strategy
Nicole Kohler is a Growth Marketer at Automattic; most of her job revolves around building and publishing content for her team and her main product, Jetpack. So in this episode, I talk to Nicole about Content Strategy. This is something I struggle with, and usually just publish when I think of stuff. Nicole provides us with some great advice from her time at Automattic, working with both the Jetpack and the WooCommerce teams! Show Notes Nicole Kohler Nicole on Twitter Jetpack WooCommerce Buffer WP Tavern Nathan Ellering & CoSchedule Sponsored by: Vast Conference | Jilt | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E70 · Tue, March 13, 2018
How to Get a Trademark with Rian Kinney
Rian Kinney is an intellectual property lawyer and today we talk about the legal side of starting a business She's been on Office Hours to discuss contracts so I wanted to talk about IP - copyright and trademark. How it works, what the process for getting a trademark is, what the right text for your footer is, and more! It was a very educational episode for me and I hope it is for you too! Show Notes The Kinney Firm Rian on Twitter Sponsored by: Vast Conference | Jilt | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E69 · Tue, March 06, 2018
Choosing the Right Niche with Sara Dunn
Continuing our series on How You Build a Business, today I get to talk to Sara Dunn about niching down. She’s been pretty public with her process, starting a YouTube channel to discuss her decision making. I loved chatting with her about this because it can be tough and scary to decide to limit your potential client pool, but I think Sara is doing it the right way. Show Notes Sara Dunn Sara on Twitter | Instagram Sara's YouTube Channel Sara Does SEO Sara on Office Hours Rebeca Gil StudioPress Check out our Patreon! Sponsored by: Beaver Builder | Jilt | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E68 · Tue, February 27, 2018
Choosing Self Employment and Sherry Walling
This is Part 1 of our mini series, "How You Build a Business" In today’s episode, I get to talk to Dr. Sherry Walling. She’s kicking off our miniseries on how to build a business and she helps us answer a very important question: “Am I ready to start my own business?” Sherry is a fantastic person to talk to and a wealth of knowledge. We talk self-publishing, self-knowledge, podcasting, and much more. Show Notes Zen Founder Zen Founder Podcast The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together: How to Run Your Business Without Letting it Run You ZenTribes Episode 34: Shawn Hesketh Check out our Patreon! Sponsored by: Beaver Builder | Jilt | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E67 · Mon, February 19, 2018
Creating a Hosting Platform for Developers with Josh Koenig and Pantheon
Josh Koenig is the founder of Pantheon. He is energetic, passionate, and knowledgable in his field. That’s a killer combination you love to see in company leaders. We talk all about the technologically cool stuff Pantheon is doing, so if you’re a developer, you don’t want to miss this one. Show Notes Josh Koenig Pantheon Mythical Man Month Think with Google Fastly Course: Hover & the DNS Sponsored by: Beaver Builder | Jilt | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E66 · Tue, February 13, 2018
Building a Membership Plugin for WordPress with Blair Williams
In today’s episode, I chat with Blair Williams, a WordPress veteran with lots of great plugins. We’ll talk specifically about MemberPress and what it’s like creating that, the decision making that went into their pricing, wp-cron, and lots more. Show Notes: MemberPress Blair's other plugins wp-cron() COBOL Tutorials Pledge on Patreon Sponsored by: Beaver Builder | Jilt | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E65 · Tue, February 06, 2018
Buidling a 2 Million+ Subscriber Channel on YouTube with Peter Hollens
Peter Hollens is an incredible artist and creator. You may have seen some of his videos on YouTube. Today we’re going to talk about what goes into making them, as well as his online courses at Hollens Creator Academy. Peter’s incredibly passionate about this project and it shows. I feel like we’re both cut from the same cloth (minus the singing - I wish!) so this is a great (albeit it slightly longer) episode. Show Notes Peter Hollens Hollens Creator Academy Peter on YouTube Sponsored by: Event Espresso | Jilt | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E64 · Tue, January 30, 2018
How to Build Your Own WooCommerce Store with Patick Rauland
Patrick Rauland is a WooCommerce expert who joins us today to talk through everything you need to think about when setting up an e-commerce site. So this is less asking, “how did you build that,” and more, “how would you build that?” It’s a great conversation and Patrick offers some great advice and insights when making an online store, especially with WooCommerce. We discuss building trust, content marketing, conversion rates, and more. Show Notes Patrick Rauland WooCommerce Let's Encrypt Stripe Mailchimp Convert Kit WP Engine Liquid Web Managed WooCommerce Hosting WP101's WooCommerce Quick Start Guide Product Lighting Box Storefront Premium Themes by StudioPress Lift Off Summit Content for How I Built It Listeners Sponsored by: Event Espresso | Jilt | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E63 · Tue, January 23, 2018
Creating Physical Products with Brad Dowdy and Nock Co.
Brady Dowdy is a podcast, manufacturer, and most important, pen addict. I’m a big fan and Brad and everything he does, and in this episode, we’re wading into very non-techie waters. Brad and I talk about what it’s like building a physical product – from prototyping to manufacturing. It’s a fantastic conversation and I definitely learned a lot. I like it so much, that we did a bonus episode, for Patrons only. Hear more about that in the show! I think you'll love it. Show Notes Brad on Twitter Nock Co. Pen Addict Blog Pen Addict Podcast BOgear Bullpup Tom Bihn Travel Bags Get the bonus episode on Patreon Sponsored by: Event Espresso | Jilt | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E62 · Tue, January 16, 2018
Building Good WooCommerce Sites with Cody Landefeld
Cody Landefeld is the co-founder and director of Mode Effect, a company that specializes in WooCommerce. In this episode we talk about how he and his company built those Disney quizzes that are so addicting. On top of that, we discuss working with Enterprise level clients like Disney and of course, e-commerce. This episode kicks off a 5 episode set of e-commerce-based episodes! Show Notes Cody on Twitter Mode Effect Disney Quizzes on Oh My Disney! WPwatercooler This is Episode # 64, the first episode of Season 4. Sponsored by: Event Espresso | Jilt | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E62 · Fri, December 22, 2017
Special Episode: Live from WordCamp US 2017
In this very special live episode, I had the opportunity to interview WordCamp US attendees and ask them 3 questions: What advice for Frontend Development optimizations do you have for us? How do you level up your skills? If you could go back in time and tell your younger self one thing, what would it be? Special thanks to everyone I interviews, and to Pantheon for sending me to WordCamp US and making this episode possible! Sponsored by: Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E61 · Tue, November 28, 2017
Being an Empathetic Teacher with Morten Rand-Hendriksen
Morten Rand-Hendriksen is an incredible developer and teacher who brings it all to his online courses. In this extra long Season 3 Finale, Morten and I run the gamut on topics, including courses, empathy, technology, WordPress, and more. I strongly recommend you give this one a good listen because it's a great episode. Thanks so much for a great Season - see you in January! Show Notes Morten Rand-Hendriksen Morten on Twitter Lynda Morten in LinkedIn Learning Episode 5: Carrie Dils Javascript Essential Training Course Javascript and jQuery Javascript for Web Designers How I Built It on Patreon How I Built It Facebook Group Sponsored by: LifterLMS | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E60 · Tue, November 21, 2017
Keeping Your Website Secure with Neill Feather and SiteLock
Neill is the President of SiteLock, and has spent a lot of time building a successful company. They are not only good at what they do, but deeply dedicated to the community. In this episode, we talk all about security for your website, who's most at risk, and what can happen if you ignore simple site security. Of-course, we also talk about prevention. Show Notes SiteLock Deleting 3 million spam comments from your WordPress database How I Built It on Patreon How I Built It Facebook Group Sponsored by: LifterLMS | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E59 · Tue, November 14, 2017
Better Website Staging and Testing with Nathan Tyler
I met Nathan at WordCamp DC over the summer. We got to talking about a really cool project of his, Staging Pilot, so I asked him to be on the show. It's a very interesting conversation because we get pretty developery, which I totally love to do. We talk about this smart algorithm to figure out differences between the production and the staging site, and a whole bunch of other things. Make sure to put your developer hat on for this one because it is a doozy! Show Notes Nathan on Twitter Staging Pilot Sponsored by: WP-CRM System | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E58 · Tue, November 07, 2017
Podcasting for Your Brand with Jeff Large
Jeff and I talk about one of my favorite topics: podcasting. Jeff is a professional podcaster; he does it for other brands, so he doesn't just have his own. He is hired to help people set up their own podcasts. Whether it be to promote their brand or other things that you could do with your podcast that don't necessarily make direct sponsor money. We also geek out about hardware and stuff like that too, so it's really really fun episode. Show Notes Jeff Large Come Alive Creative 9 Ways to Determine ROI of Your Podcast The Absolute Beginners Guide to Podcasting: Equipment Bonus episode with Jeff on Patreon Sponsored by: ProsPress | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E57 · Tue, October 31, 2017
Cleaning Up WordPress Notifications with Jack McConnell
Jack McConnell of Made with Fuel talks about his plugin, Better Notifications for WordPress. We talked about scratching your own itch, and getting in there and coding. We also talked about the long game a little bit, so he talked about how he front-loaded a lot of research to make sure that the plugin was worth pursuing. He also talks about hiring out. It's a nice take that developers are sometimes resistant to, but he wanted to make sure he didn't waste as much time spinning his wheels. Show Notes Jack on Twitter Made with Fuel Better Notifications for WordPress Want to engage with other listeners? Check out the Facebook Group ! Sponsored by: ProsPress | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E56 · Tue, October 24, 2017
Building Healthy Communication Habits and Doist and Amir Salihefendic
Amir Salihefendic is the founder and CEO of Doist, maker of the popular Task Management app, Todoist. Today we are talking about their new chat app Twist, which was create as a way to combine email and Slack-like functionality. We talk about all sorts of great topics, but most notably, Work/Life Balance and how always being connected with apps like Slack are unhealthy. Thus, the idea for Twist came to be. It's a great episode, and if you like it, you can catch Part 2 over on Patreon, where we talk more about the making of Todoist and adapting in an ever-changing technological landscape. Show Notes Amir Salihefendic Doist Twist Part 2 on Patreon Sponsored by: SIteLock | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E55 · Tue, October 17, 2017
Building the First Premium WordPress Forms Builder with Alex Cancado
Gravity Forms is one of, if not the, oldest premium form builders for WordPress. Alex Cancado, one of the founders, and I talk about the research that went into creating such an integral part of any website. We also talk about refactoring, automated testing, what it was like creating add-ons for Gravity forms and a whole lot more. If you like this episode, you can catch a bonus episode with Alex where we talk about business, copyrights, and more over on Patreon . Show Notes Gravity Forms Gravity Form Add-ons Jeff Matson's How I Built It Episode Bonus Interview on Patreon : Alex and I go deeper about pricing model, the price of support, copyrights, the importance of Paypal, and more. Sponsored by: SIteLock | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E54 · Tue, October 10, 2017
Creating the Best Donations Platform on WordPress with the GiveWP Team
GiveWP is a plugin that helps you accept donations on your WordPress site. I got to talk to Matt and Devin about all sorts of other stuff though, like collaboration on a large team and the importance of great support. Show Notes GiveWP GiveWP on Twitter Scaling your WordPress Support for Growth Sponsored by: SIteLock | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E53 · Tue, October 03, 2017
Building Your Side Hustle on Open Source with Ben Meredith and Better Click to Tweet
Ben Meredith is a WordPress man about town, working with lots of great folks in the community like GiveWP, and putting out his own plugins. In this episode, Ben and I talk about Better Click to Tweet, a fantastic and free WordPress plugin he created. Show Notes Ben Meredith Ben on Twitter Better Click to Tweet GiveWP In Memory of Jesse Petersen Episode 34: Shawn Hesketh and WP101 Sponsored by: Access Aerial | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E52 · Tue, September 26, 2017
Becoming a WordPress Plugin Developer with Brian Hogg, Part 2
Brian Hogg is a Canadian, WordPress Plugin Developer, Educator, and more. He has a few great courses on how to create WordPress plugins and a very informative newsletter to go with them. In part 2, we talk all about what to put in free vs. paid, build tools, and more. Show Notes Brian Hogg Event Calendar Newsletter Brian's Courses Using Git with the WordPress Plugin Repository Ways to Handle Pro and Free Versions of Your WordPress Plugin Episode 43 - Justin Ferriman & LearnDash Sponsored by: The Events Calendar | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E51 · Tue, September 19, 2017
Becoming a WordPress Plugin Developer with Brian Hogg, Part 1
Brian Hogg is a Canadian, WordPress Plugin Developer, Educator, and more. He has a few great courses on how to create WordPress plugins and a very informative newsletter to go with them. In this 2 part episode, we discuss his plugins as well as general plugin development; this includes build tools, SVN, submitting to the WordPress repository, and more. Show Notes Brian Hogg Event Calendar Newsletter Brian's Courses Using Git with the WordPress Plugin Repository Ways to Handle Pro and Free Versions of Your WordPress Plugin Sponsored by: StagingPilot | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E50 · Tue, September 12, 2017
Building a Sketchnotes Army with Mike Rohde
Mike Rohde is a designer and founder of the Sketchnotes Army! He's also a twice-published author and Green Bay Packers fan. In this episode, we talk about how he came up with sketchnotes, why it helps with retention, getting published, and tons more! Show Notes Mike Rohde Mike on Twitter Sketchnotes The Pen is Mightier than the Keyboard Sponsored by: Seriously Simple Podcasting | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E49 · Tue, September 05, 2017
Becoming a WordPress Theme Developer with Andy Wilkerson Part 2
Andy and I continue our conversation from last week, about general theme development. We discuss our favorite tools and learning resources, plus much more! If you're interested in making WordPress themes, these episodes are must-listens! Show Notes Part 1 Andy Wilkerson Parallelus UpThemes Theme Forest Google Trends WordPress.org Jade Grunt Episode 10: Beaver Builder Runway Underscores Creating a WordPress Theme Joe's WordPress Theming Course Some Nutsi Fan Theories - Stuff You Should Know Sponsored by: Liquid Web | Project Panorama ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E48 · Tue, August 29, 2017
Becoming a WordPress Theme Developer with Andy Wilkerson Part 1
Andy Wilkerson is a theme developer and theme shop owner that made a name for himself on Theme Forest. Now he's working on all sorts of projects, not just for themes, but for podcasts and more! In this 2-parter, he and I talk about his story and general theme development. This episode, Part 1, focuses primarily on how he built his business. Show Notes Andy Wilkerson Parallelus UpThemes Theme Forest Google Trends WordPress.org Jade Grunt Episode 10: Beaver Builder Runway Underscores Creating a WordPress Theme Joe's WordPress Theming Course Sponsored by: Liquid Web | Project Panorama ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E47 · Tue, August 22, 2017
Building the Perfect Journalism Platform with Sean Blanda
Sean Blanda is a long time friend, journalist, and Editor-in-Chief of GrowthLab and I Will Teach You To Be Rich . He has an excellent newsletter that focuses in on specific topics and takes an objective approach to writing. In this episode, we discuss what an full stack Indy publishing platform would look like, and why it's important. Show Notes Sean Blanda Sean on Twitter GrowthLab I Will Teach You To Be Rich 99U Technically Shop Talk Show: News Publishing with Rebekah Monson Medium and the Reason You Can't Stand the News Sponsored by: Liquid Web | Project Panorama ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E46 · Tue, August 15, 2017
Finally, a Good Solution for Gathering Content with James Rose and Content Snare
James Rose is an Australian agency owner who creates websites for a living. In this episode, we talk about his brand new product, Content Snare. Content Snare is a software product built to drastically cut down the time and headache wasted on chasing up clients for website content. I think anyone who's made websites can get behind this. We also talk about being a good developer, and how to create a product people will actually use. Show Notes James on Twitter Content Snare Aktura Glip Jira Rework Sponsored by: FacetWP | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E45 · Tue, August 08, 2017
White Labeling Site Care with Ryan Sullivan
Ryan Sullivan is the founder of WP Site Care, a business that helps service and maintain WordPress sites. In this episode, we talk about building a business that meets a need and defines expectations, some great tools for running a support business, and what customer care really means. Show Notes Ryan on Twitter WP Site Care Help Scout Basecamp Sponsored by: SIteLock | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E44 · Tue, August 01, 2017
Maintaining WordPress with Russell Aaron
Russell Aaron is a backend developer working for WebDevStudios and working out of Reno, NV. He's done lots of work within the WordPress community, including work on the plugin Maintainn Tools, which he uses to help troubleshoot websites. Show Notes Russell Aaron WebDevStudios Maintainn Maintainn Tools Pluginize Query Monitor Sponsored by: WP Site Care | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E43 · Tue, July 25, 2017
Learning Management and WordPress: LearnDash with Justin Ferriman
This is the second of a 2-part series called Educational WordPress! In the last episode, I spoke to Chris Badgett . Today, it's Justin Ferriman Justin Ferriman is the owner of the LearnDash LMS for WordPress. In this episode we talk about building an audience first, scratching your own itch, and listening to your customers. He provides some great advice on making sure you have people to sell to before selling, and lots more! Show Notes Justin Ferriman LearnDash Moodle Video Course Progression Sponsored by: WP Site Care | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E42 · Tue, July 18, 2017
Learning Management and WordPress: LifterLMS with Chris Badgett
This is the first of a 2-part series called Educational WordPress! Over the next 2 episodes, I talk to two of of the biggest names in a WordPress LMSs and WordPress in the educational space. Today, it's Chris Badgett. Chris Badgett is a software company owner, a world traveller, and first and foremost, an educator. In this episode, we get to talk all about empathy, teaching, and scratching your own itch. He offers some great insight on running a company, connecting with customers, and how there are some things you can't outsource. Show Notes Chris Badgett LifterLMS Sterling Audio ST51 Episode 34: Shawn Hesketh The Lean Startup Want to get early access to ad-free episodes, extended interviews, video tutorials and more? Check out our Patreon . Sponsored by: WP Site Care | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E41 · Tue, July 11, 2017
Building Apple’s Tuniversity with Kiko Doran
Kiko Doran is a veteran, developer, musician, teacher, and so much more! In this incredibly interesting interview, Kiko and I talk about how he created the iBook, Learn Pharrell Williams' Happy for Apple's new Tuniversity project . We talk about how the innovative new idea evolved, what it was like working on this high profile project, breaking the music down, learning iBooks Author, and so much more in these 24 minutes. Make sure to check out the extended, 17 minute interview that's for Patreon backers only ! Show Notes Kiko Doran on Twitter Tuniversity Learn Pharrell Williams' Happy Modern Tribe Prestige Conf Part 2 on Patreon Sponsored by: WP Site Care | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E40 · Tue, June 27, 2017
Making a Simple WordPress Plugin with Jeff Matson
Jeff Matson is a WordPress man about town, making contributions to several big plugins and projects, and even WordPress itself. In this episode, we talk all about development, knowing when to cut your losses, developer tools, and much more. It was great having Jeff on the show! Main Project: Heartbeat Control Heartbeat Control is a free WordPress plugin that allows you to easily manage the frequency of the WordPress heartbeat API with just a few dropdowns. Show Notes Jeff Matson Heartbeat Control Gravity Forms Visual Studio Code Tom McFarlin Local by Flywheel Vue.js WordPress Heartbeat Code Complete Check out our Patreon Sponsored by: Liquid Web | Hover.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E39 · Tue, June 20, 2017
Moving from Nurse to Developer with Stephanie Wells and Formidable Forms
Stephanie Wells is a nurse turned coder who launched her own WordPress-based online business. Starting off in client work, she quickly moved into the product space, where she makes Formidable Forms. I was stoked to have Stephanie on the show and we talk about all sorts of great topics from scratching your own itch to family and more. Show Notes Formidable Forms Blair Williams PressNomics CaboPress Girl Develop It Operation Smile Spoiler Alert! I reference a show that hasn't been released yet :-) Check out our new Patreon – be one of the first 20 to pledge $10 and get a free t-shirt! Sponsored by: CodePen Projects | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E38 · Tue, June 13, 2017
Making Mailchimp and WordPress Easier with Tracy Levesque
Or: "How I Met Your Mummers" In this first episode of Season 3, Tracy and I talk about doing client work vs. product work, owning an agency in Philly, and moving from the free to freemium pricing model. We also talk all sorts of non-computer stuff like raising children (being parents and business owners), Philly lingo, and How I Met Your Mother. Show Notes Tracy Levesque Tracy on Twitter YIKES, Inc Easy Forms for MailChimp Jason Coleman Chris Lema CaboPress (yay I'm also going!) Github Grunt WordPress Development with Git/GitHub - Jeremy Pry TortiseSVN Gitbox PHPUnit Check out our new Patreon - be one of the first 20 to pledge $10 and get a free t-shirt! Sponsored by: BoldGrid | Liquid Web ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E37 · Tue, May 23, 2017
When Your Side Gig Becomes Your Main Gig with Michael Sacca
We close out Season 2 talking to Michael Sacca of Crew and Unsplash. Crew has since been acquired by Dribbble , but the story of how they got to where they are is great! We discuss startups, finding the right balance, and how a simple side project can be the thing that changes your main business. It's a great way to end Season 2, so have a listen! Show Notes Crew Unsplash Michael Sacca Rocketship.fm Sponsored by: Level Eleven Art Department | BoldGrid ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E36 · Tue, May 16, 2017
Planning a Conference for Hundreds of People with David Bisset
David Bisset is a WordPress developer who also happens to plan one of the biggest WordCamps in the United States. Their 9th one happened recently so I sat down and talked to David about what goes into planning a WordCamp, especially one this big! Show Notes David Bisset David on Twitter Make WordPress WordCamp.org BuddyPress Episode 21: Liam Dempsey and WordPress Meetups Caring Enough to Give Back to Your Community Organizer Handbook WPCampus WPTavern WordCamp & BuddyCamp Miami 2017: My Thoughts and Plans Results of my Live "Rate my Talk with Emoji" from WPCampus Sponsored by: BoldGrid | Hover.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E35 · Tue, May 09, 2017
Writing and Publishing an eBook with Diane Kinney
Diane Kinney is a WordPress Developer, Designer, and Marketer. And soon, she'll be adding author to that biographical line. She and Carrie Dils are working on a book called Real World Freelancing that talks all about what it really takes to be a freelancer. In this episode, she and I talk all about the writing process, decisions for self-publishing, and more. Show Notes Diane Kinney Diane on Twitter Real World Freelancing Carrie Dils on How I Built It Sponsored by: BoldGrid | Hover.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E34 · Tue, May 02, 2017
Building the Number 1 WordPress Learning Website with Shawn Hesketh
Shawn Hesketh is a good friend of the show and an excellent educator and mentor. His widely popular site, WP101, teached thousands of folks how to use WordPress. In this episode, we get pretty deep into the woods on how he built WP101, and in typical Shawn fashion, he imparts some great advice all along the way. This one is a little longer that usual, but it's packed full of fantastic content, including his recording setup. Show Notes Shawn Hesketh Shawn's Twitter WP101 Bill Erickson Blue Snowball / Yeti Shure SM7B Duet by Apogee Preamp: Grace Design M101 Limiter Plugin Canvas by WooThemes Chris Lema LifterLMS Jetpack Course Zac Gordon WooCommerce Yoast SEO Sponsored by: ProsPress | BoldGrid ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E33 · Tue, April 25, 2017
Teaching Freelancers to Build a Better Business with Erin Flynn
Erin Flynn is a freelancer and educator based on Colorado. In this episode we talk about how she found her way into the product space, all the twists and turns of freelancing, and how she creates courses and keeps her sales funnel on point. Show Notes Erin Flynn Rethink.fm: Tips for Mastering Client Communications Streak for GMail Teachable Rain Maker Unstoppable Courses ConvertKit Sponsored by: BoldGrid | Formidable Forms ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E32 · Tue, April 18, 2017
Building Utility Plugins for WordPress with Tom McFarlin
Tom is a man of many hats! He's a WordPress user, avid blogger, developer, editor for Envato, and much more. He also takes the approach that he'll scratch his own itch if he needs to. In this episode, we talk about how he tackles problems, why and how he built the plugin Page Template Dashboard, and his development tools. Show Notes Tom McFarlin Tom on Twitter Page Template Dashboard Adopt a Plugin WordPress Coding Standards SVN Visual Studio Code Git GUI: Tower SNV GUI: TortoiseSVN , Versions Wordpress Stack Exchange Check out my new WordPress Theme Development course & get 20% : How to Build WordPress Themes Sponsored by: ProsPress | BoldGrid ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E31 · Tue, April 11, 2017
Buidling Good Client Relationships with Ty Fujimura
In this episode, Ty and I discuss a few great topics! His company, Cantilever, focuses on strong client relationships that elicit enough trust to try cool, experimental projects, like what they did with Rustic Pathways. We talk about integrating the REST API in an interesting way, the importance of communicating with clients, and why trying a project as "just a project" might not be the best way to grow your business. Show Notes Ty Fujimura Cantilever Rustic Pathways WordPress REST API Sponsored by: BoldGrid | Hover.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E30 · Tue, April 04, 2017
Using the Right Tools for Non-Profit Websites with Andy Stitt
In this episode, Andy and I discuss some of the specific challenges and rewards of developing WordPress sites for non-profits, why empathy is so important, and why you should never say never when choosing the right tool for the job. Show Notes Andy Stitt WP for Non-Profits How to Use WordPress to Build Your Non-Profit Site - WordCamp Baltimore The Neuroblastoma Children's Cancer Society Have Empathy While Teaching - Joe Casabona - WordCamp Lancaster Genesis Framework Divi Sponsored by: ProsPress | Formidable Forms ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E29 · Tue, March 28, 2017
Building an Easier Websites Testing Platform with WP Stagecoach
In this episode, we get pretty heavy into servers and server setup! Jonathan talks about how he got the idea for WP Stagecoach. We also discuss some of the difficulties with spinning up and simulating multiple server setups, how good coding can go a long way, and much much more. Show Notes WP Stagecoach What is a Staging Server? What is a Script Kiddie? Apache III Sponsored by: BoldGrid | Pantheon ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E28 · Tue, March 21, 2017
Running WordPress from the Command Line with Daniel Bachhuber and WP-CLI
In this episode, Daniel and I get pretty heavy into development tools and using WP CLI, automated testing, and the future of WP-CLI and Open Source. We go a little long, but it's a great conversation no matter what your background is. Show Notes Daniel Bachhuber WP-CLI Hand Built WP-CLI on make.wordpress Behat Automated Testing Unit Testing Laravel Valet Harvest Sponsored by: BoldGrid | Formidable Forms ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E27 · Tue, March 14, 2017
Teaching Freelancers to Grow their Business with Troy Dean
In this episode, Troy and I have a great conversation about developing online courses, creating scarcity, and keeping students engaged. If you've been looking to start an online course or develop a great online community, this episode should not be missed! Show Notes Troy Dean WP Elevation RockStar Empires Running Lean Social Learner Learn Dash Episode 9 with Zac Gordon Teachable Headspace App Sponsored by: Formidable Forms | Hover.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E26 · Tue, March 07, 2017
From Idea in a Bar to Product with JJJ
It's Episode 26, and JJJ and I talk all about getting an idea and running with it. His plugin Publishiza has a funny origin story that decided to develop. We also talk about publishing where you're comfortable, seeing your work get used by actual people, and of-course, deep bar thoughts. ?⛈️ Show Notes JJJ | JJJ on Twitter Publishiza WordCamp US BuddyPress BBPress What is a Tweetstorm? Jetpack Keyring PHP wordwrap 100 ∞ Sponsored by: Pantheon | Hired.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E25 · Tue, February 28, 2017
Building a Blogging Empire with Bob Dunn
In this episode, Bob and I get back to WordPress basics and talk all about blogging! Bob talks about how he built his blog, using plugins (60+!), coming up with good content, and a lot more. This is an excellent episode for anyone who uses WordPress or wants to start a blog. Show Notes Bob Dunn WP Ecommerce Show Episode 12 with Chris Lema Create a Custom Blog with WordPress course Yoast SEO | Episode 8 with Joost De Valk Genesis CoSchedule | Episode 20 with Nathan Ellering Cigars Section of Casabona.org Sponsored by: Pantheon | Hired.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E24 · Tue, February 21, 2017
Creating and Selling Royalty-Free Music with Logan Nickleson
Logan and I talk about what it's like to sell royalty free music with Easy Digital Downloads, as well as the music-writing process, good sound editing, and tips for recording. This is a great episode because Logan is not necessarily in the WordPress space, but he is using WordPress to sell his music. Show Notes Music for Makers | Pricing Logan on The Matt Report Unsplash Easy Digital Downloads DIY Acoustic Foam Sponsored by: Liquid Web | Social Web Suite ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E23 · Tue, February 14, 2017
Turning WordPress Sites into iPhone Apps with Scott Bolinger and AppPresser
In this episode, Scott and I talk all about extending WordPress beyond the web, Javascript frameworks, the REST API, and a lot more! It was great to hear about AppPresser's transformation and where it's heading! Show Notes Scott Bolinger AppPresser State of the Word 2012 Ionic Angular 2 React WordPress REST API Sponsored by: Pantheon | Hired.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E22 · Tue, February 07, 2017
Telling the Untold Stories with HeroPress and Topher DeRosia
In Episode 22, Topher and I discuss building HeroPress, sticking with a project when it's important enough, and giving a voice to people in the community who don't always feel like they have one. Show Notes Topher DeRosia HeroPress Kickstarter GoFundMe WordCamp London Sponsored by: Social Web Suite | Hover.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E21 · Tue, January 31, 2017
How to Run a Good WordPress Meetup with Liam Dempsey
In this episode, Liam and I discuss what goes into making a good meetup. As the organizer of one of the most popular (and active) WordPress meetups in the Northeast, and a 2 time WordCamp US organizer, he shares lots of wisdom about what works, what doesn't work, and ultimately that secret sauce for a successful meetup. Show Notes Liam Dempsey LBDesign Philly 'Burbs Meetup WordCamp US Sponsored by: Hired.com | Project Panorama ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E20 · Tue, January 24, 2017
Putting Your Content Schedule on Autopilot with Nathan Ellering and CoSchedule
It's episode 20! Woo! This season has been pretty developer heavy so far, but my chat with Nathan is anything but, and there's a ton of great stuff I learned. We talk about CoSchedule, coming up with content, and all about marketing. It's definitely something I could use some great advice on, and you'll find it in this episode. Show Notes Nathan Ellering CoSchedule CoSchedule Blog CoSchedule Podcast ReQueue How to Engage Social Media like a Team of 30 Headline Analyzer Click to Tweet Plugin Sponsored by: Social Web Suite | Project Panorama ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E19 · Tue, January 17, 2017
Making Your WordPress Site Secure with Dre Armeda
It's early in the year and something to think about is security! Dre Armeda is here to tell us all about that - the full history of his company, Sucuri, where they've been and why they are kicking it up a notch. Super informative and important to anyone doing business on the web! Show Notes Dre Armeda Sucuri Sucuri Blog What does Zero Day mean? Massive Internet of Things Hack Sponsored by: Project Panorama | Hover.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E18 · Tue, January 10, 2017
Development Philosophy and Building Straight Forward Plugins with Pippin Williamson
It's the first episode of Season 2 and I'm glad to be back! Leading off, I got to talk to Pippin Williamson about resurrecting Restrict Content Pro, what it's like being in the WordPress product space, pricing, developing, finding balance, and lots more in this jam-packed half hour. Show Notes Pippin's Plugins Restrict Content Pro Easy Digital Downloads PayPal Documentation Stripe Documentation Sublime Text Sandhills Brewing Pippin's WCUS Talk Sponsored by: Social Web Suite | Project Panorama ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E17 · Tue, December 13, 2016
What We Learned Podcasting with Jackie D’Elia (Part 2)
It's the end of Season 1! In this 2-part episode, Jackie and I cover everything we've learned while starting a new podcast. In this part (part 2), we go over finding guests and sponsors, choosing the right tools, using iTunes, and more. Show Notes Part 1 Jackie D'Elia Rethink.fm Clapper Board Rethink.fm with Diane Kinney James Laws & Ninja Forms Bluberry Podcast Plugin Seriously Simple Podcasting Podcasts Connect for iTunes Rev.com Let's Encrypt Sponsored by: Anchor Host | Creator Crew ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E16 · Tue, December 06, 2016
What We Learned Podcasting with Jackie D’Elia (Part 1)
It's the end of Season 1! In this 2-part episode, Jackie and I cover everything we've learned while starting a new podcast. In this part (part 1), we go over the ideas for each podcast, some early trial and error, pre- and post-production, tricks of the trade, and more. Show Notes Jackie D'Elia Rethink.fm Audacity Fiverr My Podcast Gear Rode Podcaster Mic | Bundle eCam Libsyn Camtasia Screenflow Sponsored by: Anchor Host | Hover.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E15 · Tue, November 29, 2016
Differentiating Yourself in a Crowded WordPress Forms Market with James Laws
In this episode, James and I talk about breaking into the WordPress forms space, early decisions and pivoting, and building 3.0 from the ground up. Learn about how they built a following, evolved the product, and how they tested and migrated their customers to a brand new, fantastic build of the plugin, and what it could mean for the future. Show Notes James Laws Ninja Forms Mastermind.fm User submitted posts using Ninja Forms | Chris Lema Zapier Sponsored by: Project Panorama | Hover.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E14 · Tue, November 22, 2016
Bringing Project Management to WordPress with Corey Maas
I get to talk to Corey Maass, a WordPress develop who's delved into several different products. His most popular plugin, Kanban for WordPress, turns WordPress into a project management system based on the popular Japanese method of displaying cards and showcasing progress. We discuss the challenges of pricing, updates, and staying focused. Show Notes Corey Maass Kanban for WordPress What is Kanban ? Agile Manifesto Sponsored by: Sucuri | WP Stagecoach ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E13 · Tue, November 15, 2016
Running a Successful US-Based Product Business with Jeff Sheldon and Ugmonk
Jeff and I talk about picking names, following your passion, and his great attention to detail in this episode of How I Built It. In a usually saturated market, Jeff has build a great business on t-shirts and other clothing. His insight is fantastic! Show Notes Ugmonk Ugmonk Journal Square One Coffee (sold out) Chemex Collar Sponsored by: Sucuri | SiteGround ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E12 · Tue, November 08, 2016
Making Better Leaders with Chris Lema
Chris and I talk about all sorts of stuff in this episode, all surrounding his site Beyond Good. We talk about tools, automation, and being a one-man show doing the work of a small company. Chris also shares some exclusive advice on creating content. Make sure to listen until the end! Show Notes Beyond Good Hosting with WPEngine Genesis Beaver Builder WooCommerce ProsPress Subscriptions Skyverge Memberships MemberPress Zapier Lob Startup Threads Agile CRM Chris Lema [dot com] Sponsored by: WP Stagecoach | Hover.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E11 · Tue, November 01, 2016
Teaching WordPress and Scratching Your Own Itch with Brian Richards
This episode goes a little longer than normal, but it's chocked with some great information! We discuss hacking systems (but not in the way you'd expect), how he created WPSessions by basically asking, and why he wanted to bring the WordCamp feel to the online community. We also discussed the need to constantly evaluate if something is working and pivot where necessary. Show Notes WPSessions MySQL Chapter 12: Data Types Setting Up YouTube Live Sponsored by: Sucuri | Brandbucket ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E10 · Tue, October 25, 2016
Building Better WordPress Page with Beaver Builder
In this episode, Robby and Justin from Beaver Builder discuss creating a great product, the importance of feedback from your users and the community, and where they see page builders going. Show Notes Beaver Builder Pippin's Page Builder Review Gulp JS Joomla! React JS GoDaddy Now Includes Beaver Builder Lite How I Built It Patreon Sponsored by: WP Stagecoach | Hover.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E9 · Tue, October 18, 2016
Teaching JavaScript for WordPress with Zac Gordon
In this episode, Zac and I get deep about how he built his online learning course, Javascript for WordPress! We discuss the tools he used, coming up with content, and how often the best course of action is to pay the pros to get the high quality work. It's a great episode, with lots of show notes. Show Notes Zac Gordon Javascript for WordPress LearnDash Wistia Screenflow BadgeOS BuddyBoss Course Access Manager How I Built It Patreon Sponsored by: Sucuri | Brandbucket ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E8 · Tue, October 11, 2016
Building the Most Popular SEO Plugin with Joosy de Valk
In this episode, Joost and I talk all about his incredibly popular Yoast SEO plugin. Running one of the most popular plugins globally is hard work and it shows in the Yoast SEO team's development process. We talk about everything from good readability and supporting multiple languages to the rigid development and testing processes. We also wax poetic on the evolution of the development and how it is affecting the WordPress community. Show Notes Yoast SEO Yoast SEO Plugin Sponsored by: WP Stagecoach | Hover.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E7 · Tue, October 04, 2016
Teaching People How to Use WordPress Plugins with Matt Medeiros
In this episode, Matt and I discuss how he built PluginTut, coming up with content, choosing the right tools for the job, and more! Show Notes PluginTut PluggedIn Radio Matt Report: Nathan Barry Matt Report: Rob Walling Canva My Business Card by Hoban Cards Sponsored by: Hoban Cards | Brandbucket ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E6 · Tue, September 27, 2016
Making Learning HTML, CSS, and JavaScript Easier with CodePen and Chris Coyier
In this episode, I get to talk to Chris Coyier, we talk all about CodePen: the idea and execution, the interest tech stack and how it was coded, the challenges of certain features, and even a bit on taking VC funding. Definitely a great one to listen to! Show Notes CodePen CodePen Radio Chris' book: Practical SVG Sponsored by: Creator Crew | Hover.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E5 · Tue, September 20, 2016
Podcasting with Podcasters: Carrie Dils and Office Hours
In this episode, Carrie and I talk about the evolution of her podcast, the Office Hours Community, and the value of just trying stuff and see what works! Take a listen. Show Notes Carrie Dils Office Hours FM The Office Hours Community Real World Freelancing - the new book Carrie hinted at on the show! Sponsored by: Brandbucket | Creator Crew ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E4 · Tue, September 13, 2016
Building a Quality WordPress Theme Shop with Cory Miller
In this episode, Cory and I have a great conversation about all of the things iThemes does, how they got there, why they do things, and the most important aspect of any business. Show Notes: iThemes BackupBuddy iThemes Security iThemes Sync Sponsored by: Themetry | Hover.com ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E3 · Tue, September 06, 2016
Journalism in the WordPress space with Brian Krogsgard
In this episode, I talk with Brian Krogsgard about how he started Post Status, deciding to take full time, getting members, making decisions, and of-course, the tools he used to built out the website! One of my favorite parts of the interview is around 7:20, where Brian talks about his method for researching his stories. Show Notes: Post Status Thesis, Automattic, and WordPress (on copyright) WooCommerce MailChimp Slack WP Career Starter Sponsored by: Creator Crew | SiteGround ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E2 · Tue, August 30, 2016
Creating an Online Course Marketplace on WordPress with Rebecca Gill
Rebecca and I talk about building an online course, the necessary dedication you need to be able to teach, and some great tools for setting up your own online course! Links from the show: DIY SEO Courses SEO Bootcamp LearnDash Follow Up Emails for WooCommerce Sponsored by: LearnDash | Creator Crew ★ Support this podcast ★
S1 E1 · Tue, August 23, 2016
Building the Most Flexible WordPress Membership Plugin with Jason Coleman
Jason Coleman, CEO and Developer of Paid Memberships Pro talks about what he did to get started, some of the challenges of breaking into the WordPress plugin scene, how talking to others helped him set revenue expectations, and offers great advice on how to handle the inevitable negative feedback that comes with supporting 50,000 users. Check out his excellent plugin, Paid Memberships Pro and use the discount WP1Mo to get 25% off. Sponsors WebsiteSetup.org : A site for freelance writers, small-businesses, new bloggers and creative people who want to expand their online presence, WebsiteSetup.org offers great tutorials on getting your site up and running. Check out their latest free guide on how to create your own blog at http://websitesetup.org/create-blog/ Sponsored by: Creator Courses | SiteGround ★ Support this podcast ★
Thu, July 28, 2016
EPISODE 0: TO BECOME A GOOD CARPENTER, LEARN FROM OTHER CARPENTERS
Welcome to Episode 0 is How I Built It! In these few minutes I introduce the show, what my goals are, and tease with some upcoming guests. There’s a wealth of knowledge out there from people who went through what you are going through. You just need to learn to ask the right folks! Most people are willing to share their experiences, as you will see in Season 1. Source
S1 E1 · Wed, July 27, 2016
Episode 0: To Become a Good Carpenter, Learn from Other Carpenters
Welcome to Episode 0 of How I Built It ! In these few minutes I introduce the show, what my goals are, and what to expect. There's a wealth of knowledge out there from people who went through what you are going through. You just need to learn to ask the right folks! Most people are willing to share their experiences, as you will see in Season 1. Sponsored by ★ Support this podcast ★

Streamlined Solopreneur: Tips to Help Solopreneurs Automate Their Business

Tools To Make Video Production Easier

Less Friction, More Authority: How to Show Up Confidently on Camera with Luria Petrucci

Do You Have an AI Swipe File?

Why Solopreneurs Need to Embrace AI (the right way) with Damien Schreurs

Unveiling my new Personal Brand with Hollie Arnett

Why Solopreneurs Need a Strong Personal Brand with Hollie Arnett

Shortcuts That Make Life Easier for Me

How I Built My Own CRM Using Notion and Automation

Growing a YouTube Channel in a Crowded Field with Stephen Robles

An Introduction to Apple’s Shortcuts with Stephen Robles

Being a Solopreneur Mom vs. a Solopreneur Dad with Leah Remillet

Does Work-Life Balance Exist? With Leah Remillet

I rearranged my office! [Joe's Audio Notes]

Automation 101 for Busy Solopreneurs

2025 Starts Now for me — here’s why

Automation and Delegation are Worth It

Using AI: Disclose It or Don’t Use It

How to Create Content Your Audience Actually Wants

2025 Yearly Theme: The Year of Being Present

Generosity and the Future: My Favorite Christmas Story

My Biggest Failure, and Success, of 2024

It’s Been 2 Years Since ChatGPT Came Out. How do Solopreneurs Use It?

How to Build Authority as a Solopreneur with Jessica Lackey

Some Apps and Services I'm Grateful for

Work-Life Balance Reframed: Be Kind to Yourself with Lindsey Carnick

The 2024 Solopreneur's Gift Guide (with Cat Mulvihill)

How Solopreneurs Can Work with a Virtual Assistant

Free Preview: Joe's Audio Notes

How to Build a Flexible Lifestyle Business with Den López

Why You Need to Automate Your Business as a Busy Parent with Kim Caloca-Madden

How are you Protecting Your Time?

How to Actually Sell Stuff Using Social Media with Katie Brinkley

How to go from chaos to peace as a busy solopreneur with Conny Graf

4 Ways to Market Without Social Media with Emily Aborn

Just Launch the Dang Program Already

How Important is a Good Home Studio, Really? with Junaid Ahmed

Finding Your Non-Negotiable for Health Work-Life Balance with Terry Toh

The Importance of Episode Segments (Bonus!)

Scaling Your Business While Staying a Solopreneur with Joel Oliver

Was Skipping Summer Camp Worth It?

Mastering Visual Storytelling in Presentations with Emily Schneider

Working Through my Product Ladder

Reclaiming Control: Navigating the Hosted vs. Self-Hosted Dilemma

How Solopreneurs can Optimize Their Taxes with Rachel Stas

Why and How I’m Fixing my Newsletter

Generating Predictable Income Joining Affiliate Programs with Justine Galea

The Philosophies Behind Choosing the Right Tools (Without Breaking the Bank) with Sarah St John

Why Solopreneurs NEED to Time Track

Your Next 1000 Leads: How To Consistently Attract Prospects Into Your Business with Jennie Wright

Organizing Your Digital Life (using Obsidian?) with Mike Schmitz

How to Create a Winning Content Calendar with Kaitlyn Merola

Why We’re Not Doing Summer Camp (and How it’s Affecting my Business)

Solopreneur’s Guide to SEO in 2024 with Lauren Gaggioli

Make Your Website a Team Member with Monica Pitts

Forget the Tools: Focus on Mindset with Rashelle Isip

Rebranding my YouTube Channel

Can AI Change What and How We Repurpose With Greg Wasserman

How I Built It is now Streamlined Solopreneur!

Building Native Apps using Nocode as a Team of One with Karla Fernandes

From Doubt to Determination: Pushing Through the Podcasting Dip [Podcraft]

My Be Everywhere Strategy was an Incredible Failure (Which is Good)

Discovering What Customers Really Want with Georgiana Laudi

Tools Check-in: What am I using so far in 2024?

Rethinking Our Relationship with Time and Money with Khe Hy

Aligning Your Values to Set the Right Goals with Tanya Alvarez

Why I’m Killing my Membership

Why Every Business Owner Needs a Podcast with Krystal Proffitt

Solopreneurs Need to Sell Strategy as a Service with Maggie Patterson

Taking a bet on Substack’s Network Effect with Nathalie Lussier

What’s Missing From Your Process?

Great Things Require Time

My Experiment with Substack and Being “Everywhere”

Why LinkedIn's "Best Practices" Might Be Your Downfall in 2024 with Matt Clark

My 2024 Yearly Theme

How to be a Scrappy Researcher (to Actually Sell Products) with Becky Pierson Davidson

You're Using AI All Wrong with Bryan McAnulty

How to be Prepared (and Reach More People) as a Podcast Guest with Adriana Baer

Stop doing "Sales" and Start Having Conversations with Nikki Rausch

Turning the Table: How do I Find the Right Lead Magnet for my Podcast with Zach Swinehart